General Index: Sl. No. Description Page No

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
Name of work:-Construction of 414 capacity single seated New Girls Hostel at

IIT Delhi including Water Supply, Sanitary Installations,
Electrical Installation, DG Set, Substation, HVAC, Fire Alarm,
Fire Fighting System, Solar Water Heating System, Lifts and
LAN.
GENERAL INDEX
Sl. No. Description Page No.
1 Press Notice 2
Part A 3
Volume I (Information and instructions for bidders, CPWD-6 & 4
Eligibility criteria)
Volume II (CPWD-7, SCHEDULE A to F) 39
2 Part B (Civil) 58
Special Conditions 59
Additional conditions and particular specification 100
Guarantee Bonds 192
List of acceptable materials 197
Schedule of Quantity (Civil) 202
3 Part C (Electrical & Mechanical Services) 245
Schedule (A to F) 246
General Terms & Conditions for Electrical & Mechanical services. 252
Technical and Particular Specifications For Electrical & Mechanical 272
Services.
Combined list of Acceptable Makes of Various Equipment/ Material 382
for Electrical & Mechanical Services
Schedule of Quantity (E&M Services) 386
It is certified that this document contains three parts i.e. Part A, Part B & Part C containing page
no. 1 to 449.
Assistant Engineer (P) Executive Engineer (P) Executive Engineer (E)
NIT approved for Rs. 41,69,99,513/- (Forty One Crores Sixty Nine Lac Ninety Nine Thousand Five
Hundred Thirteen Only)
Chief Project Manager

IIT Delhi Project Zone, CPWD
IIT Delhi Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi
ADDITION: NIL CORRECTION : NIL AE(P) EE(P)
OVERWRITING: NIL DELETION: NIL
1
Notice Inviting e -Tender
The Executive Engineer IIT Project Division – II, CPWD, IIT Campus, Near
Vikramshila Apartments, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016, (Office Ph.No.011-
26581217, Fax No. 011-26581470, email id: [email protected]) on behalf
of the President of India invites online Percentage rate composite bid from eligible
firms/contractors in two bid system for the following work:-
NIT No:-18/CPM/IITDPZ/2017-18
IIT Delhi including Water Supply, Sanitary Installations, Electrical
Installation, DG Set, Substation, HVAC, Fire Alarm, Fire Fighting System,
Solar Water Heating System, Lifts and LAN.
Estimated cost Rs. 41,69,99,513/-(Civil Rs. 30,77,26,126/- and E&M Rs.
10,92,73,387/-), Earnest Money Rs. 51,69,995/-; Period of Completion: -16
Months, last date & time of submission of bids Up to15:00 Hrs 09/04/2018.
Time and Date of Opening of Eligibility bid 15:30 hrs. on 09/04/2018.
The bid forms and other details can be obtained from the website
www.tenderwizard.com/CPWD. The press notice is also available on
www.eprocure.gov.in
Executive Engineer,
IIT Project Division-II,
CPWD, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-16

2
NIT NO:-18/CPM/IITDPZ/2017-18
Name of work:- Construction of 414 capacity single seated New Girls Hostel at
LAN.
VOLUME I OF PART “A”
OFFICE OF THE CHIEF PROJECT MANAGER

IIT DELHI PROJECT ZONE
DELHI

3
INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS FOR e-TENDERING
The Executive Engineer IIT Project Division -II, CPWD, IIT Campus, Near
Vikramshila Apartments, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016, (Office Ph. No.011-
of the president of India invites online Percentage rate composite bid from eligible
NIT No. 18/CPM/IITDPZ/2017-18
Name of work & location
Construction of 414 capacity single
seated New Girls Hostel at IIT Delhi
including Water Supply, Sanitary
Installations, Electrical Installation, DG
Set, Substation, HVAC, Fire Alarm, Fire
Fighting System, Solar Water Heating
System, Lifts and LAN.
Estimated cost put to tender Rs. 41,69,99,513/-
Earnest Money Rs. 51,69,995/-
Period of Completion 16 Months
Last date & time of submission 15:00 hrs. on 09/04/2018

of bid, EMD, e-tender,
processing fee &other document
as specified in the NIT
Time & date of opening 15:30 hrs. on 09/04/2018

Eligibility bid
1. Contractors who fulfil the following requirements shall be eligible to apply. Joint
ventures/Consortium and Special Purpose Vehicles are not accepted.
a. Should have enlistment in CPWD under class 1 (AA) or above in composite category.
OR
Should have satisfactorily completed the works as mentioned below during the last
Seven years ending previous day of last date of submission of bids (For this purpose
cost of work shall mean gross value of the completed work including cost of material
supplied by the government/ Client but excluding those supplied by free of cost. This
should be certified by an officer not below the rank of Executive engineer/ Project
Manager or equivalent):-
i) Three similar works each costing not less than Rs.16.68 crores,

4
Or
Two similar works each costing not less than Rs. 25.02 crores,
Or
One similar work costing not less than Rs. 33.36 crores.
Similar work shall mean “Construction of five (G+4) or more storied building
in RCC framed structure including water supply, Sanitary Installations and
Electrical installation”.
Note-1:Components of work executed other than those included in definition of
similar work shall be deducted while calculating cost of similar work. Bidder
shall submit abstract of cost of work in support of this.
Note-2:For the purpose, “Cost of work” shall mean gross value of the completed
work including the cost of materials supplied by the Government/Client, but
excluding those supplied free of cost. This should be certified by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer / Project Manager or equivalent.
Note-3:Mumty/lift machine room/basement will not be counted as storey for

above purpose.
The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing the
actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum; calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last date of submission of tenders.
a) Should have had average annual financial turnover of at least Rs. 20.85 crores on
civil/electrical construction works during the immediate last three consecutive financial
years ending 31st March, 2017. Year in which no turnover is shown would also be
considered for working out the average. Scanned copy of certificate from CA to be
uploaded. Further details if required may asked from the contractor after opening of
eligibility bids.
b) Should not have incurred any loss (profit after tax should be positive) in more than two
years during the immediate last five consecutive years ending 31stMarch, 2017.
Scanned copy of certificate from CA to be uploaded. Further details if required may
asked from the contractor after opening of eligibility bids.
c) Should have a solvency of Rs. 16.68 crores, certified by his banker. (Scanned copy of
original solvency to be uploaded)
d) The bidder should have sufficient number of Technical and Administrative employees
for the proper execution of the contract. The bidder shall have to submit a list of these
employees stating clearly how these would be involved in this work within 15 days of
5
award of work.
2. After award of work for components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for
Associate Agencies will be as detailed below:
The main contractor should either himself meet the eligibility criteria as defined below
or he will have to Associate Agency for E&M package after award of work and has to
submit details of such agency(s) conforming eligibility condition as defined below to
Engineer-In-Charge of minor component within 30 days after award of work. Name of
agency to be associated shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge of minor component.
SL. Component of Estimated Eligibility

No. E&M Works cost Rs. (in
Crore)
1. Internal EI Rs. 2.27 Should have successfully completed the works as
works mentioned below during the last seven years
ending previous day of last date of submission of
bids:
Three similar works each costing not less than

Rs. 0.91 crore.
Or
Two similar works each costing not less than
1.37 crore.
Or
One similar work costing not less than 1.82
crore
Similar work shall mean “Internal Electrical

Installation works”
Components of work executed other than those

included in definition of similar work shall be
deducted while calculating cost of similar work.
Bidder shall submit abstract of cost of work in support
of this.
The value of executed works shall be brought to

current costing level by enhancing the actual value of
work at simple interest rate of 7% per annum,
calculated from the date of completion to the
previous day of the last date of receipt of
application for tender.
2. Lifts Rs. 0.76 The Associate Agency shall be one of the Original
(4 x13) Equipment Manufacturers of the OTIS, Kone,
Passenger Schindler, Mitsubishi & Johnson.
3. HVAC Rs. 3.50 Should have successfully completed the works as

mentioned below during the last seven years
(3×150 TR) ending previous day of last date of submission of
capacity bids:

6
Three similar works each costing not less
than Rs. 1.40 crore
Or
Rs. 2.10 crore
Or
One similar work costing not less than Rs.
2.80 crore
Similar works means “SITC of Central Air-

conditioning system with water cooled chillers.”
having individual chiller capacity not less than 120
TR

of this.

4. Fire fighting Rs. 0.42 Should have successfully completed the works as
System mentioned below during the last seven years
bids:

than Rs. 0.17 crore
Or
Rs. 0.26 crore
Or
0.34 crore
Similar works means “SITC Wet riser and sprinkler

system for fire fighting.”

of this.

7
5. Fire Alarm Rs. 0.08 Should have successfully completed the works as
bids:

than Rs. 0.04 crore
Or
Rs. 0.05 crore
Or
0.07 crore
Similar works means “SITC of

addressable/Conventional fire alarm system”

of this.

6. SOLAR Rs. 0.39 Should have successfully completed the works as
WATER mentioned below during the last seven years
HEATER ending previous day of last date of submission of
bids:

than Rs. 0.16 crore
Or
Rs. 0.24 crore
Or
0.32 crore
Similar works means “SITC of Solar Water Heater.”

of this.

8
7. CCTV Rs. 1.36 Should have successfully completed the works as
bids:

than Rs. 0.55 crore
Or
Rs. 0.82 crore
Or
1.09 crore
Similar works means “SITC of CCTV.”

of this.

8. LAN & Wi-Fi Rs. 0.37 Should have successfully completed the works as
bids:

than Rs. 0.15 crore
Or
Rs. 0.23 crore
Or
0.30 crore
Similar works means “SITC of LAN.”


9
of this.

9. Compact Sub- Rs. 1.52 Should have successfully completed the works as
Station (2×1250 mentioned below during the last seven years
KVA) ending previous day of last date of submission of
bids:

than Rs. 0.61 crore.
Or
Rs. 0.92 crore
Or
1.22 crore
Similar works means “SITC of Sub-Station” having

individual transformer capacity not less than 1000
KVA

of this.

10. DG Set Rs. 0.30 Should have successfully completed the works as
(1 x 250 KVA) mentioned below during the last seven years
bids:

than Rs. 0.12 crore.
Or
Rs. 0.18 crore
Or
0.24 crore
10
Similar works means “SITC of DG set” having
individual DG set capacity not less than 200 KVA

of this.

3. The intending bidder must read the terms and conditions of CPWD-6 carefully. He
should only submit his bid if he considers himself eligible and he is in possession of all
the documents required.
4. Information and Instructions for bidders posted on website shall form part of bid
document.
5. The bid document consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of

various types of items to be executed and the set of terms and conditions of the contract
to be complied with and other necessary documents can be seen and downloaded from
website www.Tenderwizard .com /CPWD or www.cpwd.gov.in free of cost.
Bidders are advised to keep visiting the above mentioned web-sites from time to
time (till the deadline for bid submission) for any updates in respect of the tender
documents, if any. Failure to do so shall not absolve the applicant of his liabilities
to submit the applications complete in all respect including updates thereof, if any.
An incomplete application may be liable for rejection.
6. The bid can only be submitted after depositing e-tender Processing Fee as applicable
in favour of ITI Limited through their e-gateway by credit/debit card, internet
banking or RGTS/NEFT facility.
The contractor already registered on the e-tendering portal will have option to continue
by paying tender processing fee upto one year from the date of registration, or to switch
over to (new) registration without tender processing fee any time. All new registrations
from 01.04.2015 will be without tender processing fee.
7. Earnest money in the form of Treasury Challan, Demand Draft or Pay order or
Banker’s Cheque or Deposit at call Receipt or Fixed Deposit Receipts ( drawn in favour
of the Executive Engineer, INA Project Division, CPWD, New Delhi) shall be
11
scanned & uploaded to the e-tendering website within the period of bid submission.
The original EMD should be deposited either in the office of Executive Engineer
inviting bids or division office of any Executive Engineer, CPWD within the period
of bid submission. (The EMD document shall only be issued from the place in
which the office of receiving division office is situated). The EMD receiving
Executive Engineer shall issue a receipt of deposition of earnest money deposit to
the bidder in a prescribed format (Form ‘F’) uploaded by tender inviting EE in the
NIT.
This receipt shall also be uploaded to the e-tendering website by the intending
bidder upto the specified bid submission date and time.
A part of earnest money is acceptable in the form of bank guarantee also. In such case,
minimum 50% of earnest money or Rs 20 lakhs, whichever is less, shall have to be
deposited in shape prescribed above, and balance may be deposited in shape of Bank
Guarantee of any Scheduled Bank having validity for Six month or more from last date
of submission of tender which is to be scanned and uploaded by the intending bidders.
But the bid can only be submitted after deposition of EMD in favour of Executive
Engineer in the form prescribed in NIT and uploading the mandatory scanned
documents such as receipt for deposition of EMD and other documents as specified.
8. Copy of enlistment order and certificate of work experience and other documents as
specified in the tender documents for eligibility shall be scanned and uploaded to the e-
tendering website within the period of bid submission. However, certified copy of all
the scanned and uploaded document as specified in tender documents shall be submitted
by the lowest bidder within a week physically in the office tender opening authority.
9. Online bid documents submitted by intending bidders shall be opened only of those
bidders, who has deposited e- processing fee with M/s ITI Limited and earnest money
deposit and other document s scanned and uploaded are found in order.
10. Those contractors not registered on the website mentioned above, are required to get
registered beforehand. If needed they can be imparted training on online bidding
process as per details available on the website.
11. The intending bidder must have valid class-III digital signature to submit the bid.
12. On opening date, the contractor can login and see the bid opening process. After
opening of bids he will receive the competitor bid sheets.
13. Contractor can upload documents in the form of JPG format and PDF format.
12
14. Certificate of Financial Turnover: Should have had average annual financial turnover
of at least Rs. 20.85 crores on civil/electrical construction works during the immediate
last three consecutive financial years ending 31stMarch, 2016.Year in which no turnover
is shown would also be considered for working out the average. Scanned copy of
certificate from CA to be uploaded. Further details if required may asked from the
contractor after opening of eligibility bids.
15. Contractor must ensure to quote rate of each item. The column meant for quoting rate in
figures appears in pink colour and the moment rate is entered, it turns sky blue. In
addition to this, while selecting any of the cells a warning appears that if any cell is left
blank the same shall be treated as “0”. Therefore, if any cell is left blank and no rate is
quoted by the bidder, rate of such item shall be treated as “0” (ZERO).
16. The Eligibility bid shall be opened first on due date and time as mentioned above. The
time and date of opening of financial bid of contractors qualifying the eligibility bid
shall be communicated to them at a later date.
17. Pre Bid conference shall be held in the chamber of Chief Project Manager, IIT
Delhi Project Zone, CPWD, near Vikramshilla Apartment IITD Campus Hauz
Khas New Delhi at 11:00 Hrs on 27/03/2018 to clear the doubts of intending
bidders, if any. As a result of pre-bid conference, modifications, if any, may be
uploaded on the website, if felt necessary by the Department.
18. The department reserves the right to reject any prospective application without
assigning any reason and to restrict the list of qualified contractors to any number
deemed suitable by it, if too many bids are received satisfying the laid down criterion.
19. If any information furnished by the applicant is found incorrect at a later stage, he shall
be liable to be debarred from tendering/taking up of works in CPWD. The department
reserves the right to verify the particulars furnished by the applicant independently.
List of Documents to be filled in by the tenderers in various forms as indicated in Section
III, to be scanned and uploaded in JPG/PDF format within the period of bid submission:
a) For Non-CPWD contractors / bidders:
Table-1
1 Treasury challan /Demand draft/Pay order or Banker’s Cheque/ Deposit at Call
Receipt/Fixed Deposit Receipt of a Scheduled Bank/ Bank Guarantee of any Scheduled
Bank against EMD
2 Copy of receipt for deposition of original EMD issued from division office of any
Executive Engineer, CPWD. (including NIT issuing EE, CPWD) (Form-F)
3 Certificate of Registration for GST

13
4 Letter of transmittal
5 Financial information (Form ‘A’).
6 Bank Solvency Certificate (Form ‘B’).
Details of eligible similar nature of works completed during the last seven years ending
7
previous day of last date of submission of tenders (Form ‘C’).
8 Performance report of works referred in Form ‘C’ (Form ‘D’)
9 Structure & Organization (Form ‘E’).
b) For CPWD enlisted contractor:
1 Treasury challan /Demand draft/Pay order or Banker’s Cheque/

Deposit at Call Receipt/Fixed Deposit Receipt of a Scheduled Bank/
Bank Guarantee of any Scheduled Bank against EMD
2 Enlistment order in appropriate class and category issued by CPWD.
3 Copy of receipt for deposition of original EMD issued from division
office of any Executive Engineer, CPWD. (including NIT issuing EE,
CPWD) (Form-F).
4 Certificate of Registration for GST
22. Important:
a) The contractors shall submit original copies of all documents within 03 days of
the date of opening of eligibility bid mentioned at Sl. No. 2, 4, 5, 6 & 8 in Table-
1 and self-certified documents in respect of others with Executive Engineer, IIT
Project Division-II, CPWD, IIT Delhi Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi.
b) CPWD enlisted contractors shall also submit original copy of document at serial
number 3 and self attested copy of Sl. No. 1, 2 & 4.
Executive Engineer,
IIT Project Division-II, CPWD,
Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016.
(For and on behalf of President of India)

14
CPWD-6 for e-Tendering
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
NOTICE INVITING TENDER
1. The Executive Engineer IIT Project Division -II, CPWD, IIT Campus, Near
Vikramshila Apartments, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016, (Office Ph.No.011-
of the president of India invites online Percentage rate composite bid from eligible
“Construction of 414 capacity single seated New Girls Hostel at IIT Delhi
including Water Supply, Sanitary Installations, Electrical Installation, DG Set,
Substation, HVAC, Fire Alarm, Fire Fighting System, Solar Water Heating
System, Lifts and LAN.”
1.1 The work is estimated to total cost of Rs. 41,69,99,513/- the breakup of which is as
below-
Rs. 30,77,26,126/- (Civil)
+ Rs. 41,69,99,513/-
Rs. 10,92,73,387/- (Electrical)
This estimate, however, is given merely as a rough guide.
1.2 Intending bidders are eligible to submit the bid provided they have definite proof from
the appropriate authority, which shall be to the satisfaction of the competent authority,
of having satisfactorily completed similar works of magnitude specified below:-
Criteria of eligibility for submission of bid documents

1.2.1 Contractors who fulfil the following requirements shall be eligible to apply. Joint
a. Should have enlistment in CPWD under class 1 (AA) and above in composite
category.
OR

15
ii) Three similar works each costing not less than Rs.16.68 crores,
Or
Or
Note-1: Components of work executed other than those included in
definition of similar work shall be deducted while calculating cost of similar
work. Bidder shall submit abstract of cost of work in support of this.
Note-2:For the purpose, “Cost of work” shall mean gross value of the
completed work including the cost of materials supplied by the
Government/Client, but excluding those supplied free of cost. This should be
certified by an officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer / Project
Manager or equivalent.
Note-3:Mumty/lift machine room/ basement will not be counted as storey for

above purpose.
completion to previous day of last date of submission of tender.
a) Should have had average annual financial turnover of at least Rs. 20.85 crore on
civil/electrical construction works during the immediate last three consecutive
financial years ending 31st March, 2017. Year in which no turnover is shown would
also be considered for working out the average. Scanned copy of certificate from
CA to be uploaded. Further details if required may asked from the contractor after
opening of eligibility bids.
b) Should not have incurred any loss (profit after tax should be positive) in more than
two years during the immediate last five consecutive years ending 31stMarch, 2017.
asked from the contractor after opening of eligibility bids.
c) Should have a solvency of Rs. 16.68 crore certified by his banker. (Scanned copy
of original solvency to be uploaded)
d) The bidder should have sufficient number of Eligibility and Administrative

16
employees for the proper execution of the contract. The bidder shall have to submit
a list of these employees stating clearly how these would be involved in this work
within 15 days of award of work.
2. Agreement shall be drawn with the successful tenderer on prescribed Form No. CPWD 7
which is available as a Govt. of India Publication and also available on website
www.cpwd.gov.in. Bidders shall quote his rates as per various terms and conditions of the
said form which will form part of the agreement.
3. The time allowed for carrying out the work will be 16 months from the date of start as
defined in schedule ‘F’ or from the first date of handing over of the site, whichever is later,
in accordance with the phasing, if any, indicated in the tender documents.
4.
(I) The site for the work is available.
II) The working architectural and structural drawings shall be made available in phased
manner, as per requirement of the same as per approved programme of completion
submitted by the contractor after award of the work.
5. The bid document consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of various
types of items to be executed and the set of terms and conditions of the contract to be
complied with and other necessary documents except Standard General Conditions of
Contract Form can be seen from website www.tenderwizard.com/CPWD or
www.cpwd.gov.in free of cost.
6. After submission of the bid the contractor can re-submit revised bid any number of times
but before last time and date of submission of bid as notified.
7. While submitting the revised bid, contractor can revise the rate of one or more item(s) any
number of times (he need not re-enter rate of all the items)but before last time and date of
submission of bid as notified.
8. The bid can only be submitted after depositing e-tender Processing Fee as applicable in
favour of ITI Limited through their e-gateway by credit/debit card, internet banking
or RGTS/NEFT facility.
The contractor already registered on the e-tendering portal will have option to continue
by paying tender processing fee upto one year from the date of registration, or to switch
over to (new) registration without tender processing fee any time. All new registrations
from 01.04.2015 will be without tender processing fee.

17
9. Earnest money in the form of Treasury Challan, Demand Draft or Pay order or
Banker’s Cheque or Deposit at call Receipt or Fixed Deposit Receipts (drawn in favour of
The Executive Engineer, INA Project Division, CPWD, New Delhi) shall be scanned &
uploaded to the e-tendering website within the period of bid submission.
The original EMD should be deposited either in the office of Executive Engineer
inviting bids or division office of any Executive Engineer, CPWD within the period
of bid submission. (The EMD document shall only be issued from the place in which
the office of receiving division office is situated). The EMD receiving Executive
Engineer shall issue a receipt of deposition of earnest money deposit to the bidder in
a prescribed format (Form ‘F’) uploaded by tender inviting EE in the NIT.
This receipt shall also be uploaded to the e-tendering website by the intending
bidder upto the specified bid submission date and time.
A part of earnest money is acceptable in the form of bank guarantee also. In such case,
minimum 50% of earnest money or Rs. 20 lacs, whichever is less, shall have to be
deposited in shape prescribed above, and balance may be deposited in shape of Bank
Guarantee of any scheduled bank having validity of six months or more from the last
date of receipt of bids which is to be scanned and uploaded by the intending bidders.
But the bid can only be submitted after deposition of EMD in favour of Executive
Engineer in the form prescribed in NIT and uploading the mandatory scanned documents
such as receipt for deposition of EMD and other documents as specified.
Copy of enlistment order and certificate of work experience and other documents as
specified in the tender documents for eligibility shall be scanned and uploaded to the e-
tendering website within the period of bid submission. However, certified copy of all the
scanned and uploaded document as specified in tender documents shall be submitted by
the lowest bidder within a week physically in the office tender opening authority.
Online bid documents submitted by intending bidders shall be opened only of those
bidders, who has deposited e-processing fee with M/s ITI limited and Earnest money
deposit and other documents scanned and uploaded are found in order.
The Eligibility bid submitted shall be opened at 15:30 hrs. on 09/04/2018.
10. The bid submitted shall become invalid and e-Tender processing fee shall not be refunded
if:
(i) The bidder is found ineligible.
18
(ii) The bidder does not upload all the documents (including GST registration) as
stipulated in the bid document including the details required in para No.-9 regarding
EMD.
(iii) If any discrepancy is noticed between the documents as uploaded at the time of
submission of bid and hard copies as submitted physically by the lowest bidder in the
office of tender opening authority.
(iv) If a tenderer quotes nil rates against each item in item rate tender or does not quote
any percentage above/below on the total amount of the tender or any section head in
percentage rate tender, the tender shall be treated as invalid and will not considered as
lowest tenderer.
11. The tenderer, whose bid is accepted, will be required to furnish Performance
Guarantee of 5% (Five Percent) of the bid amount within the period specified in
Schedule F. This guarantee shall be in the form of cash (in case guarantee amount is
less than Rs. 10000/-) or Deposit at Call receipt of any scheduled bank/Banker’s cheque
of any scheduled bank/Demand Draft of any scheduled bank/Pay order of any
Scheduled Bank (in case guarantee amount is less than Rs. 1,00,000/-) or Government
Securities or Fixed Deposit Receipts or Guarantee Bonds of any Scheduled Bank or the
State Bank of India in accordance with the prescribed form. In case the contractor fails
to deposit the said performance guarantee within the period as indicated in Schedule ‘F’
including the extended period if any, the Earnest Money deposited by the contractor
shall be forfeited automatically without any notice to the contractor. The earnest money
deposited with tender shall be returned after receiving the aforesaid Performance
guarantee.
The contractor whose bid is accepted will also be required to furnish either copy of
applicable license/ registration or proof for applying for obtaining labour license,
registration with EPFO, ESIC and BOCW welfare board and programme chart
(time and progress within the period specified in Schedule ‘F’).
12. Intending Bidders are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and
satisfy themselves before submitting their bids as to the nature of the ground and sub-
soil (so far as is practicable), the form and nature of the site, the means of access to the
site, the accommodation they may require and in general shall themselves obtain all
necessary information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may
influence or affect their bid. A bidders shall be deemed to have full knowledge of the
site whether he inspects it or not and no extra charge consequent on any
misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed. The bidders shall be responsible for
arranging and maintaining at his own cost all materials, tools &plants, water, electricity
access, facilities for workers and all other services required for executing the work
unless otherwise specifically provided for in the contract documents. Submission of a
bid by a bidders implies that he has read this notice and all other contract documents
and has made himself aware of the scope and specifications of the work to be done and

19
of conditions and rates at which stores, tools and plant, etc. will be issued to him by the
Government and local conditions and other factors having a bearing on the execution of
the work.
13. The competent authority on behalf of the President of India does not bind itself to
accept the lowest or any other bid and reserves to itself the authority to reject any or all
the bids received without the assignment of any reason. All bids in which any of the
prescribed condition is not fulfilled or any condition including that of conditional rebate
is put forth by the bidders shall be summarily rejected.
14. Canvassing whether directly or indirectly, in connection with bidders is strictly
prohibited and the bids submitted by the contractors who resort to canvassing will be
liable for rejection.
15. The competent authority on behalf of President of India reserves to himself the right of
accepting the whole or any part of the bid and the bidders shall be bound to perform the
same at the rate quoted.
16. The contractor shall not be permitted to bid for works in the CPWD Circle(Division in
case of contractors of Horticulture/Nursery category) responsible for award and
execution of contracts, in which his near relative is posted a Divisional Accountant or
as an officer in any capacity between the grades of Superintending Engineer and Junior
Engineer (both inclusive). He shall also intimate the names of persons who are working
with him in any capacity or are subsequently employed by him and who are near
relatives to any gazetted officer in the Central Public Works Department or in the
Ministry of Urban Development. Any breach of this condition by the contractor would
render him liable to be removed from the approved list of contractors of this
Department.
17. No Engineer of Gazetted Rank or other Gazetted Officer employed in Engineering or

Administrative duties in an Engineering Department of the Government of India is
allowed to work as a contractor for a period of one year after his retirement from
Government service, without the prior permission of the Government of India in
writing. This contract is liable to be cancelled if either the contractor or any of his
employees is found any time to be such a person who had not obtained the permission
of the Government of India as aforesaid before submission of the bid or engagement in
the contractor’s service.
18. The bid for the works shall remain open for acceptance for a period of Sixty (60) days
from the date of opening of Eligibility bids, if any bidders withdraws his bid before the
said period or issue of letter of acceptance, whichever is earlier, or makes any
modifications in the terms and conditions of the bid which are not acceptable to the
department, then the Government shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy,
be at liberty to forfeit 50% of the said earnest money as aforesaid. Further the bidders
shall not be allowed to participate in there-tendering process of the work.
19. This notice inviting Bid shall form a part of the contract document. The successful
20
bidder/contractor, on acceptance of his bid by the Accepting Authority shall within 15
days from the stipulated date of start of the work, sign the contract consisting of:-
a) The Notice Inviting Bid, all the documents including additional conditions, special
conditions, particular specification, and drawings, if any, forming part of the bid as
uploaded at the time of invitation of bid and the rates quoted online at the time of
submission of bid and acceptance thereof together with any correspondence leading
thereto.
b) Standard C.P.W.D. Form 7 (GCC for CPWD works 2014) amendment upto last date
of submission of bid.
20. For Composite Tenders
20.1.1 The Executive Engineer in charge of the major component will call bids for the
composite work. The cost of bid document and Earnest Money will be fixed with
respect to the combined estimated cost put to tender for the composite bid.
20.1.2 The bid document will include following three components:
Part A:- CPWD-6, CPWD-7 including schedule A to F for the major component of
the work, Standard General Conditions of Contract for CPWD 2014 as
amended/modified up to last date of submission of bid.
Part B:- General / specific conditions, specifications and schedule of quantities
applicable to major component of the work.
Part C:- Schedule A to F for minor component of the work. (SE/EE in charge of
major component shall also be competent authority under clause 2 and
clause 5 as mentioned in schedule A to F for major components)
General/specific conditions, specifications and schedule of quantities
applicable to minor component(s) of the work.
20.1.3 The bidders must associate with himself, with agencies of the appropriate class
eligible to bid for each of the minor component individually.
20.1.4 The eligible bidders shall quote rates for all items of major component as well as for
all items of minor components of work.
20.1.5 After acceptance of the bid by competent authority, the EE in charge of major
component of the work shall issue letter of award on behalf of the President of India.
After the work is awarded, the main contractor will have to enter into one agreement
with EE in charge of major component and has also to sign two or more copies of
agreement depending upon number of EE’s/DDH in charge of minor components.
One such signed set of agreement shall be handed over to EE/DDH in charge of
minor component(s). EE of major component will operate Part A and Part B of the
agreement. EE/DDH in charge of minor component(s) shall operate Part C along
with Part A of the agreement.
20.1.6 Entire work under the scope of composite bid including major and all minor
components shall be executed under one agreement.
20.1.7 Security Deposit will be worked out separately for each component corresponding to
21
the estimated cost of the respective component of works.
20.1.8 The main contractor has to associate agency(s) for minor component(s) conforming
to eligibility criteria as defined in the bid document and has to submit detail of such
agency(s) to Engineer-in-charge of minor component(s) within prescribed tome.
Name of the agency(s) to be associated shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge of
minor component(s).
20.1.9 In case the main contractor intends to change any of the above agency/agencies
during the operation of the contract, he shall obtain prior approval of Engineer-in-
charge of minor component. The new agency/agencies shall also have to satisfy the
laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-charge is not satisfied with the
performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency
executing such items of work and this shall be binding on the contractor.
20.1.10 The main contractor has to enter into agreement with contractor(s) associated by him
for execution of minor component(s). Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to
EE/DDH in charge of minor component as well as to EE in charge of major
component. In case of change of associate contractor, the main contractor has to
enter into agreement with the new contractor associated by him.
20.1.11 Running payment for the major component shall be made by EE of major discipline
to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be made by the
Engineer-in-charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main
contractor.
20.1.12A. The Composite work shall be treated as complete when all the components of
the work are complete. The completion certificate of the composite work shall
be recorded by Engineer- in-Charge of major component after record of
completion certificate of all other components.
20.1.12B. Final bill of whole work shall be finalized and paid by the EE of major component.
Engineer(s)in charge of minor component(s) will prepare and pass the final bill for
their component of work and pass on the same to the EE of major component for
including in the final bill for composite contract.
Executive Engineer,
IIT Project Division-II,
CPWD, Hauz Khas, New Delhi
(For and on behalf of President of India)

22
Form of Earnest Money Deposit (Bank Guarantee Bond)
WHEREAS, contractor.................. (Name of contractor) (hereinafter called "the contractor") has

submitted his tender dated ............. (date) for the construction of .............................................. (name
of work) (hereinafter called "the Tender")
KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that we .........................................registered office at

................................... (hereinafter called "the Bank") are bound unto Executive Engineer, INA Project
Division, CPWD, New Delhi in the sum of Rs. ......................... (Rs. in words
.................................................) for which payment well and truly to be made to the said Executive
Engineer, INA Project Division, CPWD, New Delhi the Bank binds itself, his successors and assigns
by these presents.
SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this .................day of ................. 20.... THE
CONDITIONS of this obligation are:
(1) If after Eligibility Bid opening of tender; the Contractor withdraws, his tender during the period of
validity of tender (including extended validity of tender) specified in the Form of Tender;
(2) If the contractor having been notified of the acceptance of his tender by the Executive Engineer,
IITPD-II, CPWD, IIT Delhi Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016:
(a) fails or refuses to execute the Form of Agreement in accordance with the Instructions to
contractor, if required;
OR
(b) fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Guarantee, in accordance with the provisions of tender
document and Instructions to contractor,
OR
(c) fails or refuses to start the work, in accordance with the provisions of the contract and Instructions
to contractor,
OR
(d) fails or refuses to submit fresh Bank Guarantee of an equal amount of this Bank Guarantee,
against Security Deposit after award of contract.
We undertake to pay to the Executive Engineer, INA Project Division, CPWD, New Delhi either up to
the above amount or part thereof upon receipt of his first written demand, without the Executive
Engineer, INA Project Division, CPWD, New Delhi having to substantiates his demand, provided that
in his demand the Executive Engineer, INA Project Division, CPWD, New Delhi will note that the
amount claimed by him is due to him owing to the occurrence of one or any of the above conditions,
specifying the occurred condition or conditions.
This Guarantee will remain in force up to and including the date* ............. after the deadline for
submission of tender as such deadline is stated in the Instructions to contractor or as it may be
extended by the Executive Engineer, IITPD-II, CPWD, IIT Delhi Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-
110016, notice of which extension(s) to the Bank is hereby waived. Any demand in respect of this
Guarantee should reach the Bank not later than the above date.
DATE ............. SIGNATURE OF THE BANK

WITNESS .................. SEAL
(SIGNATURE, NAME AND ADDRESS)

23
ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA

24
SECTION – I
BRIEF PARTICULARS OF THE WORK
1. Salient details of the work for which bids are invited are as under:
Sr. Period of
Name of Work Approx. Cost
No. completion
1. Construction of 414 capacity single Rs. 41,69,99,513/-

seated New Girls Hostel at IIT Delhi 16 Months
(Civil component
Installations, Electrical Installation,
Rs. 30,77,26,126/-
DG Set, Substation, HVAC, Fire & Electrical
Alarm, Fire Fighting System, Solar component Rs.
Water Heating System, Lifts and 10,92,73,387/-)
LAN.
2. The work is situated at IIT Delhi Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-16.
3.0 Features:
3.1 General features and major components of the work are as under:
3.1.1 The Hostel Building is having Ground+7 storied RCC frame structure having
BUA approximately 11500 sqm & consist of 320 Nos. of rooms and 16 General toilets
and 1 Handicap toilet.
3.1.2 The Dining hall with Kitchen area has been provided at Ground floor & First
floor.
3.1.3 The facilities like 1 no. Common room, 1 no. Reading room, 1 no. Gymnasium
room, 1 no. Sick room, 1 no. Visitor room, 1 no. Laundry room and 1 no. Warden
office in addition to other facilities has been provided at Ground Floor.
4. Work shall be executed according to General Conditions of Contract for Central PWD
works available separately at printer’s outlets. The bidder may obtain the address of the
outlets from the Executive Engineer, IIT Project Division-II, CPWD, IIT Delhi
Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-16.
5. The Soil report, location plan, plans & elevations are available for inspection and main
architectural drawings are part of tender document uploaded in two websites as
specified.

25
SECTION – II
INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS
1.0 GENERAL:
1.1 Letter of transmittal and forms for deciding eligibility are given in Section – III.
1.2 All information called for in the enclosed forms should be furnished against the relevant
columns in the forms. If for any reason, information is furnished on separate sheet, this
fact should be mentioned against the relevant column. Even if no information is to be
provided in a column, a “nil” or “no such case” entry should be made in that column. If
any particulars / query is not applicable in case of the bidder, it should be stated as “not
applicable”. The bidders are cautioned that not giving complete information called for
in the application forms or not giving it in clear terms or making any change in the
prescribed forms or deliberately suppressing the information may result in the bid being
summarily disqualified. Bids made by telegram or telex and those received late will not
be entertained.
1.3 The bid should be type written. The bidder should sign each page of the application.
1.4 Overwriting should be avoided. Correction, if any, should be made by neatly crossing
out, initialling, dating and rewriting. Pages of the eligibility criteria document are
numbered. Additional sheets, if any added by the contractor, should also be numbered
by him. They should be submitted as a package with signed letter of transmittal.
1.5 References, information and certificates from the respective clients, certifying
suitability, technical know-ledge or capability of the bidder should be signed by an
officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer or equivalent.
1.6 The bidder may furnish any additional information, which he thinks is necessary to
establish his capabilities to successfully complete the envisaged work. He is, however,
advised not to furnish superfluous information. No information shall be entertained
after submission of eligibility criteria document unless it is called for by the Employer.
1.7 After opening of the Eligibility bids, Executive Engineer shall prepare a list of
deficiencies found in the bids of each bidder vis-à-vis requirements as per NIT within
one week and send these lists to individual bidders by Speed Post with a request to
furnish required documents within one week of receipt, failing which it will be
presumed that they do not have any further documents to furnish and decision on bids
will be taken accordingly.
2.0 DEFINITIONS:
2.1 In this document the following words and expressions have the meaning hereby
assigned to them.

26
2.2 EMPLOYER: Means the President of India, acting through the Executive Engineer,
IITPD-II, CPWD, New Delhi or successor thereof.
2.3 BIDDER: Means the individual proprietary firm, firm in partnership, limited company
private or public or corporation. Joint ventures, Consortium and Special Purpose
vehicles are not accepted as bidders.
2.4 “Year” means “Financial Year” unless stated otherwise
2.5 “IIT Project” means Indian Institute of Technology Project.
2.6 “IITPD-II” means Indian Institute of Technology Project Division II, CPWD or
successor thereof.
2.7 “CPM IITDPZ” means Chief Project Manager Indian Institute of Technology Delhi
Project Zone, CPWD or successor thereof.
3.0 METHOD OF APPLICATION:

3.1 If the bidder is an individual, the application shall be signed by him above his full type-
written name with current address.
3.2 If the bidder is a proprietary firm, the application shall be signed by the proprietor
above his full typewritten name and the full name of his firm with its current address.
3.3 If the bidder is a firm in partnership, the application shall be signed by all the partners
of the firm above their full typewritten names and current addresses or alternatively by
a partner holding power of attorney for the firm. In the latter case, a certified copy of
the power of attorney should accompany the application. In both cases a certified copy
of the partnership deed and current address of all the partners of the firm should
accompany the application.
3.4 If the bidder is a limited company or a corporation, the application shall be signed by a
duly authorized person holding power of attorney for signing the bid accompanied by a
certified copy of the power of attorney duly attested by a public Notary. The bidder
should also furnish a copy of this memorandum of Articles of Association duly attested
by a public Notary.
4.0 FINAL DECISION MAKING AUTHORITY:
The employer reserves the right to accept or reject any bid and to annul the process and
reject all bids at any time, without assigning any reason or incurring any liability to the
bidders.
5.0 PARTICULARS PROVISIONAL:
The particulars of the work given in Section-I are provisional. They are liable to change
and must be considered only as advance information to assist the bidder.
6.0 SITE VISIT:
27
The bidder is advised to visit the site of work, at his own cost, and examine it and its
surroundings to himself collect all information that he considers necessary for proper
assessment of the prospective assignment.
7.0 INITIAL CRITERIA FOR ELGIBILITY:

7.1 Contractors who fulfil the following requirements shall be eligible to apply. Joint
a. Should have enlistment in CPWD under class 1 (AA) and above in composite
category.
OR
iii) Three similar works each costing not less than Rs.16.68 crores,
Or
Or
Note-1:Components of work executed other than those included in definition
of similar work shall be deducted while calculating cost of similar work.
Bidder shall submit abstract of cost of work in support of this.
Note-2:For the purpose, “Cost of work” shall mean gross value of the
completed work including the cost of materials supplied by the
Government/Client, but excluding those supplied free of cost. This should be
certified by an officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer / Project
Manager or equivalent.
Note-3:Mumty/lift machine room/basement will not be counted as storey for

above purpose.
28
completion to previous day of last date of submission of tender.
7.2 Should have had average annual financial turnover of at least Rs. 20.85/- crore on
civil/electrical construction works during the immediate last three consecutive financial
years ending 31stMarch, 2017. Year in which no turnover is shown would also be
considered for working out the average. Scanned copy of certificate from CA to be
uploaded. Further details if required may asked from the contractor after opening of
eligibility bids.
7.3 Should not have incurred any loss (profit after tax should be positive) in more than two
years during the immediate last five consecutive years ending 31stMarch, 2017.
asked from the contractor after opening of technical bids.
7.4 Should have a solvency of Rs. 16.68/- crore certified by his banker. (Scanned copy of
original solvency to be uploaded)
7.5 The bidder should have sufficient number of Technical and Administrative employees
for the proper execution of the contract. The bidder shall have to submit a list of these
employees stating clearly how these would be involved in this work within 15 days of
award of work.
8. EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR ELIGIBILITY BID:

8.1 The details submitted by the bidders will be evaluated in the following manner:-
8.1.1 The initial criteria prescribed in Para 7.0 above in respect of experience of eligible
similar class of works completed, loss and solvency and financial turn over etc. will
first be scrutinized and the bidder’s eligibility for the work will be determined.
8.1.2 The bidders qualifying the initial criteria, as set out in Para 7.0above will be evaluated
for following criteria by scoring method on the basis of details furnished by them.
(a) Financial strength (Form “A”& B) Maximum 20 Marks
A Turnover 16
B Solvency 4
(b) Experience in eligible similar nature of work during Maximum 20 Marks
last Seven years (Form “C”)
(c) Performance on work (Form “D”)- Time over run Maximum 20 Marks
(d) Performance on work (Form “D”)- Quality Maximum 40 Marks
Total 100 Marks
To become eligible for short listing the bidder must secure at least 50% in each
(section a, b, c and d) and 60% marks in aggregate.
29
The department, however, reserves the right to restrict the list of bidders qualifying
in eligibility bid evaluation to any number, as deemed suitable by it.
Note: The average value of performance of works for time overrun and quality shall
be taken on the basis of performance report of the eligible similar works.
9.0 FINANCIAL INFORMATION:

Bidders should furnish the following financial information:
Annual financial statement for the last five years in (Form “A”) and solvency
certificate in (Form “B”)
10.0 EXPERIENCE IN WORKS HIGHLIGHTING EXPERIENCE IN SIMILAR
WORKS:
10.1 Bidder should furnish the following:
a) List of all eligible similar nature of works successfully completed during the last
seven years (In Form “C”).
11.0 ORGANISATION INFORMATION:
Bidder is required to submit the information in respect of his organization (in Form
“E”).
12.0 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL:
The bidder should submit the letter of transmittal attached with documents.
13.0 OPENING OF PRICE BID:
After evaluation of application, a list of short listed agencies will be prepared.
Thereafter, the financial bids of only the qualified and technically acceptable bidders
shall be opened at the notified time, date and place in the presence of qualified bidders
or their representatives. The validity of tenders shall be reckoned from the date of
opening of eligibility bids. The bids shall remain valid for 90 days from the date of
opening of eligibility bids.
14.0 AWARD CRITERIA:
14.1 The employer reserves the right, without being liable for any damages or obligation
to inform the bidder, to:
(a) Amend the scope and value of contract to the bidder.
(b) Reject any or all the bids without assigning any reason.
14.2 Any effort on the part of the bidder or his agent to exercise influence or to pressurize
the employer would result in rejection of his bid. Canvassing of any kind is
prohibited
30
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF THE PERFORMANCE OF
CONTRACTORS FOR PRE-ELIGIBILITY
Attributes Evaluation
(a) Financial strength (20 Marks) (i) 60% marks for minimum eligibility
(i) Average annual 16 marks criteria
turnover (ii) 100% marks for twice the minimum
(ii) Solvency 4 marks eligibility criteria or more
certificate In between (i) & (ii)- on pro-rata basis
(b) Experience in similar (20 marks) (i) 60% marks for minimum eligibility
Class of works criteria
(ii) 100% marks for twice the minimum
eligibility criteria or more
In between (i) & (ii)- on pro-rata basis
(c) Performance on works(20 marks)
(time over run)
Parameter calculation for points Score Max.
Marks
20
If TOR = 1.00 2.00 3.00 > 3.50
(i) without levy of compensation 20 15 10 10
(ii) with levy of compensation 20 5 0 -5
(iii) Levy of compensation not decided 20 10 0 0
TOR = AT/ST, where AT = Actual Time; ST = Stipulated Time.
Note: Marks for value in between the stages indicated above is to be determined by
straight line variation basis.
(d) Performance of Works (Quality) (15 marks)
(i) Outstanding 40
(ii) Very Good 30
(iii) Good 20
(iv) Poor 0

31
SECTION III
INFORMATION REGARDING ELIGIBILITY
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
From:-
To:
Executive Engineer,
IITPD-II, CPWD, Hauz Khas,
New Delhi-110016.
Sub: Construction of 414 capacity single seated New Girls Hostel at IIT Delhi
including Water Supply, Sanitary Installations, Electrical Installation, DG
Set, Substation, HVAC, Fire Alarm, Fire Fighting System, Solar Water
Heating System, Lifts and LAN.
Sir,
Having examined the details given in press notice and bid document for the above
work, I/We, hereby submit the relevant information.
1. I / We, hereby certify that all the statements made and information supplied in the
enclosed form “A” to “H” and accompanying statements are true and correct.
2. I / We, have furnished all information and details necessary for pre-qualification and
have no further pertinent information to supply.
3. I / We, submit the requisite certified solvency certificate and authorize the Executive
Engineer, IITPD-II, CPWD, Delhi to approach the Bank issuing the solvency certificate
to confirm the correctness thereof. I/We, also authorize Executive Engineer, IITPD-II,
CPWD, Delhi to approach individuals, employers, firms and corporation to verify our
competence and general reputation.
4. I / We, submit the following certificates as per form ‘E’ in support of our suitability,
technical knowledge and capability for having successfully completed the following
eligible similar works: -
S.N. Name of work Amount Certificate issued by
1.
2.
3.
Certificate:
It is certified that the information given in the enclosed eligibility bid are correct. It is
also certified that I/we shall be liable to be debarred, disqualified/cancelation of enlistment in
case any information furnished by me/us found to be incorrect.
Enclosures: Certificate from
Seal of Bidder
Date of Submission SIGNATURE (S) OF BIDDER(S)

32
FORM-A
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
1. Financial Analysis - Details to be furnished duly supported by figures in balance sheet /

Profit and Loss account for the last five years duly certified by the Chartered
Accountant as submitted by the Applicant to the Income - Tax Department (Copies to
be attached).
Fig in lakhs Rs.
Sl. Particulars Financial Year

No.
2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17
1 Gross Annual
Turnover
2 Turn-Over on
Construction Works
3 Profit/loss
2. Financial arrangements for carrying out the proposed work.
3. Solvency Certificate from Bankers of bidder in the prescribed form “B”.
SIGNATURE (S) OF BIDDER (S)
Signature of Chartered Accountant with Seal

33
FORM “B”
FORM OF BANKER’S SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE FROM A SCHEDULED

BANK
This is to certify that to the best of our knowledge and information that M/S. /Sh.
………………………………………………… having marginally noted address, a customer
of our bank are / is respectable and can be treated as good for any engagement up to a limit of
Rs. …...…( rupees………………………………….).
This certificate is issued without any guarantee or responsibility on the bank or any of
the officers.
(Signature)
For the bank.
NOTE:
1. Bankers certificate should be on letter head of the bank, sealed in cover addressed to
tendering authority (Executive Engineer, IIT Project Division-II, CPWD, Near
Vikramshilla Apartment, IIT Delhi Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016).
2. In case of partnership firm, certificate should include names of all partners as recorded
with the bank.
3. The certificate should not be more than 6 months old.

34
FORM “C”
DETAILS OF ELIGIBLE SIMILAR NATURE OF WORKSCOMPLETED DURING THE LAST

SEVENYEARS ENDING PREVIOUS DAY OF LAST DATE OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER…….
Sl. Name of Owner or Cost of Date of Stipulated Actual Litigation Name and Remarks
work/project sponsoring work (in commencement date of date of / address
No. and Organization Crores) as per contract completion completion arbitration (Postal &
Location pending / email)/
in telephone
progress no of
with officer to
details* whom
reference
may be
made
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SIGNATURE (S) OF BIDDER (S)

(WITH STAMP)
*Indicate gross Amount Claimed and Amount Awarded by the Arbitrator.

35
FORM-D
PERFORMANCE REPORT OF WORKS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR
ELIGIBILITY (REFERRED TO IN FORM C&D)
1. Name of Work / Project and Location:
2. Agreement No.
3. Estimated Cost:
4. Tendered Cost:
5. Date of start
6. Date of completion
(a) Stipulated date of completion:
(b) Actual date of completion:
7. (a) Whether case of levy of compensation for delay has been decided or not Yes/No
(b) If decided, amount of compensation levied for delayed completion, if any
8. Performance Report:
(i) Quality of Work : Outstanding/Very Good/Good/Poor
(ii) Financial Soundness : Outstanding/Very Good/Good/Poor
(iii) Technical Proficiency : Outstanding/Very Good/Good/Poor
(iv) Resource fullness : Outstanding/Very Good/Good/Poor
(v) General behaviour : Outstanding/Very Good/Good/Poor
Dated:
EXECUTIVE ENGR. OR EQUIVALENT
WITH STAMP

36
FORM ‘E’
STURCTURE AND ORGANISATION
1. Name and address of the bidder
2. Telephone No./Telex No./Fax No.
3. Legal status of the bidder (Attach copies of original document defining the legal status)
(a) An individual
(b) A proprietary Firm
(c) A firm in Partnership
(d) A limited company or Corporation
4. Particulars of registration with various Government bodies (Attach Attested Photocopy)
Organization/Place of Registration Registration No.
1.
2.
3.
5. Names and Titles of Directors and Officers with designation to be concerned with this
work
6. Designation of individuals authorized to act for the organization.
7. Has the bidder, or any constituent partner in case of partnership firm Limited
Company/Joint Venture ever been convicted by the court of law? If so, give details.
8. In which field of Civil Engineering Construction the bidder has specialization and
interest?
9. Any other information considered necessary but not included above.
SIGNATURE (S) OF BIDDER(S) WITH STAMP

37
`
Form ‘F’
Receipt of Deposition of Original EMD
(Receipt no………. / date……)
* 1. Name of Work:- Construction of 414 capacity single seated New Girls
Hostel at IIT Delhi including Water Supply, Sanitary Installations,
Electrical Installation, DG Set, Substation, HVAC, Fire Alarm, Fire
Fighting System, Solar Water Heating System, Lifts and LAN.
*2. NIT No.:-18/CPM/IITDPZ/2017-18

*3. Estimated Cost: Rs. 41,69,99,513/-
*4. Amount of Earnest money deposit: Rs. 51,69,995/-
*5. Last date of submission of bid 09/04/2018
(* to be filled by NIT approving authority/ EE at the time of issue of NIT and

uploaded along with NIT)
#1.Name of contractor………………………………….
#2.Form of EMD………………………………………...
#3.Amount of Earnest Money Deposit……………………
#4.Date of submission of EMD……………………………
Signature, Name & Designation of EMD

receiving officer (EE/AE(P)/AE/AAO)
along with office stamp
(# to be filled by EMD receiving EE)

38
`
NIT NO: -18/CPM/IITDPZ/2017-18
Name of work:- Construction of 414 capacity single seated New Girls Hostel at
Electrical Installation, DG Set, Substation, HVAC, Fire
Alarm, Fire Fighting System, Solar Water Heating System,
Lifts and LAN.
VOLUME II OF PART A
OFFICE OF THE CHIEF ENGINEER
DELHI

39
`
CPWD-7
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Percentage Rate Tender & Contract for Works
Tender for the work of: Construction of 414 capacity single seated New Girls
Hostel at IIT Delhi including Water Supply, Sanitary
Installations, Electrical Installation, DG Set, Substation,
HVAC, Fire Alarm, Fire Fighting System, Solar Water
Heating System, Lifts and LAN.
(i) To be submitted /uploaded by 15:00 hours on 09/04/2018 to Executive

Engineer, IIT Project Division-II, CPWD, New Delhi -16/upload at www.
Tenderwizard.com/CPWD
(ii) To be opened in presence of tenderers who may be present at 15:30 hours on

09/04/2018 in the office of Executive Engineer, IIT Project Division-II, CPWD,
New Delhi -16
Issued to:-uploaded on website www.tenderwizard.com/CPWD
Signature of officer issuing the documents ………………………….*
Designation Executive Engineer, IIT Project Division-II, CPWD, New Delhi -16
Date of issue: .............
*Note Applicable for e-tendering

40
`
TENDER
I/We have read and examined the notice inviting tender, schedule, A, B, C, D, E & F
Specifications applicable, Drawings & Designs, General Rules and Directions, Conditions
of Contract, clauses of contract, Special conditions, Schedule of Rate & other documents
and Rules referred to in the conditions of contract and all other contents in the tender
document for the work.
I/We hereby tender for the execution of the work specified for the President of India within
the time specified in Schedule ‘F’ viz., schedule of quantities and in accordance in all
respect with the specifications, designs, drawing and instructions in writing referred to in
Rule-1 of General Rules and Directions and in Clause 11 of the Conditions of contract and
with such materials as are provided for, by, and in respect of accordance with, such
conditions so far as applicable.
We agree to keep the tender open for Sixty (60) days from the date of opening of the
eligible bids technical bid and not to make any modification in its terms and conditions.
A sum of Rs. 51,69,995/-is hereby forwarded in cash/receipt treasury challan/deposit at

call receipt of a scheduled bank/fixed deposit receipt of scheduled bank/demand draft of a
scheduled bank/bank guarantee issued by a scheduled bank as earnest money./A copy of
earnest money in receipt treasury challan/deposit at call receipt of a schedule bank/fixed
deposit receipt of scheduled bank/demand draft of scheduled bank/fixed deposit receipt of
scheduled bank/demand draft of a schedule bank/bank guarantee issued by a scheduled
bank is scanned and uploaded(strike out as the case may be). If I/We, fail to furnish the
prescribed performance guarantee within prescribed period. I/We agree that the said
President of India or his successors, in office shall without prejudice to any other right or
remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money absolutely. Further, if I/We fail to
commence work as specified, I/We agree that President of India or the successors in office
shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit
the performance guarantee absolutely. The said performance guarantee shall be a guarantee
to execute all the works referred to in the tender documents upon terms and conditions

41
`
contained or referred to those in excess of that limit at the rates to be determined in

accordance with the provision contained in Clause 12.2 and 12.3 of the tender form.
Further, I/We agree that in case of forfeiture of Earnest Money or Performance Guarantee
as aforesaid. I/We shall be debarred for participation in the re-tendering process of the
work.
I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar work(s) has/have not been got
executed through another contractor on back to back basis. Further that, if such a
violation comes to the notice of Department, then I/we shall be debarred for tendering
in CPWD in future forever. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of Department
before date of start of work, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be free to forfeit the entire
amount of Earnest Money Deposit/Performance Guarantee.
I/We hereby declare that I/We shall treat the tender documents drawings and other records
connected with the work as secret/confidential documents and shall not communicate
information/derived there from to any person other than a person to whom I/We am/are
authorized to communicate the same or use the information in any manner prejudicial to the
safety of the State.
Dated: Signature of Contractor

Witness: Postal Address
Address:
Occupation:

42
`
ACCEPTANCE
The above tender (as modified by you as provided in the letters mentioned hereunder) is
accepted by me for and on behalf of the President of India for a sum of
Rs.……………………………..……..(Rupees………………………………………………
…………………).
The letters referred to below shall form part of this contract agreement:-
(a)
(b)
(c)
For & on behalf of President of India

Signature …………………………………..
Dated: ………….. Designation ……………………………….

43
`
SCHEDULES (A to F)
(For Civil Component)
SCHEDULE ‘A’
Schedule of quantities for Civil Works as attached
SCHEDULE 'B'
Schedule of materials to be issued to the contractor
S.No. Description of item Quantity Rates in figures & Place of
words at which the issue
material will be
charged to the
contractor
1 2 3 4 5
----------------------NIL---------------------
SCHEDULE 'C'
Tools and plants to be hired to the contractor
S.No. Description Hire charges per day Place of Issue
1 2 3 4
-------------------------NIL------------------------
SCHEDULE ‘D’
Extra schedule for specific Nil.

requirement/document for the work, if
any.
SCHEDULE ‘E’
Reference to General Conditions of : GCC 2014 with amendments issued upto

contract last date of submission of bid.

44
`
Name of Work : Construction of 414 capacity single

seated New Girls Hostel at IIT Delhi
Installations, Electrical Installation,
DG Set, Substation, HVAC, Fire
Alarm, Fire Fighting System, Solar
Water Heating System, Lifts and
LAN.
Estimated cost of work : : Rs. 41,69,99,513/- ( Total)

Rs. 30,77,26,126/- ( Civil)
Rs. 10,92,73,387/- (Electrical)
Earnest Money : : Rs. 51,69,995/- ( To be returned after

receiving performance guarantee)
Performance Guarantee : 5 % of tendered Value
Security deposit : 2.5 % of tendered value
SCHEDULE 'F'
GENERAL RULES & DIRECTIONS :
Officer inviting tender : Executive Engineer, IIT Project Division-

II, CPWD, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016.
Maximum percentage for quantity : See below

of items of work to be executed
beyond which rates are to be
determined in accordance with
Clauses 12.2 & 12.3
Definitions:
2(v) Engineer-in-Charge : Executive Engineer, IIT Project

Division-II, CPWD, Hauz Khas, New
Delhi-110016.
2(viii) Accepting Authority : Central Works Board CPWD, New

Delhi or successor thereof
2(x) Percentage on cost of : 15%

materials and Labour to

45
`
cover all overheads and

profits:
2(xi) Standard Schedule of : DSR 2016 Corrected up to last date of

Rates: submission of bid
2(xii) Department: : Central Public Works Department
9(ii) Standard CPWD Form 7 & GCC 2014, modified & Corrected up to last date
of submission of bid.
Clause 1
(i) Time allowed for submission : 15 days

of Performance Guarantee
from the date of issue of letter
of acceptance
(ii) Maximum allowable : 7 days

extension with late fee @ 0.1
% per day of Performance
guarantee amount beyond the
period provided in (i) above,
Clause 2
Authority for fixing compensation : CPM, IITDPZ, CPWD, Hauz Khas, New
under clause 2: Delhi-110016.
Clause 2A
Whether Clause 2A shall be : Applicable

applicable:
Clause 5
Number of days from the date of : 22 days

issue of letter of acceptance for
reckoning date of start:

46
`
Mile Stone Chart

Period for Withheld
Sl. Description of mile stone completion amount for
No. from date of non-
start in achievement of
days/months mile stone.
1 Completion of Ground floor roof slab 04 months 0.5 %
2 Completion of 2nd floor roof slab and internal finishing 06 months 0.5%
upto Ground floor
3 Completion of 4th floor roof slab and finishing upto 2nd 08months 0.5 %
floor
4 Completion of 6th floor roof slab and finishing upto 4th 10 months 0.5 %
floor
5 Completion of 7th floor roof slab and finishing upto 5th 11 months 1%
floor
6. Complete internal finishing of all floors and 50% 13 months 1%
external finishing
7. Completion in all respect 16 months 1%

47
`
Time allowed for execution of work :16 Months

Authority to decide:
(i) Extension of time : CPM, IITDPZ, CPWD, Hauz Khas,
New Delhi-110016 or successor
thereof.
(ii) Rescheduling of mile stones : CPM, IITDPZ, CPWD, Hauz Khas,

New Delhi-110016 or successor
thereof.
(iii) Shifting of Date of start in case of : CPM, IITDPZ, CPWD, Hauz Khas,
delay in handing over of site New Delhi-110016 or successor
thereof.
Clause 6, 6A
Clause applicable : Clause 6A
Clause 7
Gross work to be done together with : Rs. 200 Lacs as per discretion of
net payment /adjustment of advances Engineer-in-charge
for material collected, if any, since the
last such payment for being eligible to
interim payment:
Clause -7A Applicable

No running account bill shall be paid for the work
till the applicable labour licences, registration
with EPFO, ESIC and BOCW Welfare Board,
whatever applicable are submitted by the
contractor to the Engineer-in-Charge
Clause 10A
List of testing equipment to be provided : (As per Table 1 Attached)
by the contractor at site lab
Clause 10B(ii)
Whether Clause 10 B (ii) shall be : Yes, along with clause 10 B(IV) and
applicable 10B(V)

48
`
Whether Clause 10B(III) shall be : No

applicable
Clause 10C Not applicable
Clause 10CA Applicable
S.N. Material Nearest Base Price & its corresponding Reduction

covered Materials (other period of all Materials covered in base
under this than cement, under clause 10 CA** price in
clause reinforcement case of
bars and the Secondary
structural steel) Manufactu
for which All re
India Wholesale Base Price Corresponding
Price Index to Period -
be followed
1. Cement Rs.4109/- per
(PPC ) Nil MT Jan-18
-
2. Reinforce Rs.41000/- per -

ment Steel Nil MT(Primary Jan-18
Producers)
3. Structure Rs.40600/- per -

Nil Jan-18
Steel MT
* Includes cement component used in RMC brought at site from outside approved RMC plant if
any.
** Base price and its corresponding period of all the materials covered under clause 10 CA is to
be mentioned at the time of approval of NIT. In case of recall of tenders, the base price may be
modified by adopting latest base price and its corresponding period.
@ Structural steel does not include stainless steel
Clause 10CC YES
Clause 10 CC to be applicable in
contracts with stipulated period of
12 months
completion exceeding the period shown
in next column

49
`
Schedule of component of other Materials, Labour, POL etc. for price escalation.
Component of civil (except materials covered under Xm-40 %
clause 10CA) / construction Materials expressed as
percent of total value of Civil work. -
Component of Labour – Y-25 %
Expressed as percent of total value of Civil work.
Component of P.O.L. - Z-NIL

Expressed as percent of total value of Civil work.
Clause 11
Specifications to be followed for : CPWD specifications 2009 Vol I and

execution of work Vol II corrected upto the last date of
bid submission/uploading of tender
Clause 12
Type of work : Project & Original Work
12.2&12.3 Deviation Limit beyond which : 30%

clauses 12.2 & 12.3 shall apply
for building work
12.5 (I) Deviation Limit beyond which : 30%

clauses 12.2 & 12.3 shall apply
for foundation work (Except
items mentioned in earthwork
subhead of DSR and related
items))
12.5 (II) Deviation Limit for Items in : 100%

earth work subhead of DSR and
related items
Clause 16
Competent Authority for deciding : CPM, IITDPZ, IIT Delhi Project,

reduced rates CPWD, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-
110016.
Clause 18
List of mandatory machinery, tools & : As per (Table 2) attached

plants to be deployed by the contractor at

50
`
site
Clause 25
Constitution of Dispute Redressal Committee (DRC)
(a)For total claims more than Rs. 25 lakhs
Chairman CPM, PNB Project CPWD, New Delhi

Member Director (W & TLC), O/o ADG(DR),
CPWD, New Delhi
Member SE,PNB PROJECT, CPWD, New Delhi
Presenting Officer PM, IIIDEM Project CPWD, New Delhi
(b) For total claims uptoRs. 25 lakhs
Chairman Director (W & TLC), O/o ADG(DR),
CPWD, New Delhi
Member Executive Engineer, IIT PD-II CPWD,
New Delhi
Member Executive Engineer(P), NDZ-III, CPWD,
New Delhi
Presenting Officer Executive Engineer, IITPD-II, CPWD,
New Delhi
(OM No. DG/Man/364 dated 09.02.2018)

Note: The above constitution of Dispute Redressal Committee is subject to change,
for which necessary notification shall be issued by the competent authority of the
department, if required.

51
`
Clause 36 (i)
Requirement of Technical Staff(s) & Recovery Rate for A composite work
Cost of Requirement of Minimum Designation Rate at which
Work Technical Staff Experience recovery shall
(Rs. In (Years) be made from
Qualification Number
Crore) the Contractor
(of Major + Minor in the event of
Component) not fulfilling
provision of
clause 36(i)
More Graduate 1 20 (and having Project Manager Rs. 60,000/-
than 20 Engineer experience of one per month
to 50 similar nature of
work)
Graduate 1 12 (and having Deputy Project Rs. 40,000/-
Engineer experience of one Manager per Month per
similar nature of person
work)
Graduate 1+1 5 Project/Site Rs. 25,000/-
Engineer Or Engineer per month per
or person
10
Diploma respectively
Engineer
Graduate 1+1 2 Project Rs. 15,000/-
Engineer Or planning/quality per month per
or /billing Engineer person
5
Diploma respectively
Engineer
Assistant Engineers retired from Government services that are holding Diploma will be
treated at par with Graduate Engineers.
Diploma Holder with minimum 10 year relevant experience with a reputed construction
company can be treated at par with graduate Engineers for the purpose of such deployment
subject to the condition that such diploma holders should not exceed 50 % of requirement
of degree Engineers.
Clause 42
(i) (a) Schedule/statement for determining theoretical quantity of cement & bitumen on
the basis of Delhi Schedule of Rates 2016 printed by C.P.W.D.
(ii) Variations permissible on theoretical quantities:

52
`
(a) Cement
For works with estimated cost put to tender : 3% plus/minus.

not more than Rs. 5 lakh.
For works with estimated cost put to tender : 2% plus/minus.

more than Rs.5 lakh.
(b) Bitumen All Works : 2.5% plus & only &nil

on minus side.
(c) Steel Reinforcement and structural steel : 2% plus/minus

sections for each diameter, section and
category
(d) All other materials. : Nil

53
`
(Annexure-1)
Table - 1
Equipments for Testing of Materials & Concrete at Site Laboratory
All necessary equipment for conducting all necessary tests shall be provided at the
site in the well furnished site laboratory of minimum size 25 feet X 15 feet by the contractor
at his own cost The following minimum laboratory equipments shall be set up at site office
laboratory:-
Sl. No. Equipment Numbers
(Minimum)
1. 100MT compression testing machine, electrical-cum- 1
manually operated)
2. Slump cone, steel plate, tamping rod, steel scale, scoop 2
3. Pumps and pressure gauges for hydraulic testing of pipes 2
4. Weighing scale platform type 100 Kg capacity 1
5. Graduated glass measuring cylinder 2
6. Sets of sieves of 450mm internal dia for coarse aggregate 1 set
[100mm, 80mm, 40mm; 20mm; 12.5mm,
10mm; 4.75mm complete with lid and pan]
7. Sets of sieves of 200mm internal dia for fine aggregate 1 set
[4.75mm; 2.36mm; 1.18mm; 600 microns; 300 microns &
150 micron , with lid and pan]
8. Sieve Brushes and sieve shaker capable of 200mm and 450 1 set
mm diasieves , manually operated with timing switch
9. Cube moulds size 70mmx70mmx70mm 4
10. Cube moulds size 150mmx150mmx150mm 24
11. Hot air oven temp. Range 50oc to 300oc- sensitivity 1 1
12. Electronic balance 600gx0.1g., 10kg and 50 kg 1
13. Electronic balance weight upto100 kg 1
14. Air Content of concrete testing machine 1
15. Measuring jars 100ml, 200ml, 500ml 1 nos. each size
16. Spatula 100mm & 200mm with long blade wooden handle 1
17. Verniercalipers 12” & 6” size (Digital) 1 each
18. Digital PH meter least count 0.01mm 1each
19. Digital Micrometer least count. 0.01mm 1 each
20. Digital paint thickness meter for steel 500 micron 1
21. GI tray 600x450x50mm, 450x300x40mm,300x250x40mm 1 nos. each
22. Electric Motor mixer 0.25 cum capacity 1
23. Digital rebound hammer 1

54
`
24. Screw gauge 0.1mm-10mm, least count 0.05 mm (Digital) 1

25. Motorized sieve shaker 1
25. Extra Bottom plates for 15 cm cube mould 4
26. Concrete temperature measuring thermometer with Brass 1
protection sheath 0- 100 degree centigrade
27. Iron Weight of 5 kg, 2 kg, 1 kg, 500 gm, 200 gm, 100 gm 1
28. Brass Weight of 50 gm, 20 gm, 10 gm, 5 gm, 2 gm, 1 gm 1
29. Measuring cylinder TPX or Poly propylene capacity 100 ml, 1 each
500 ml, 250 ml
30. Set of box spanner ratchet 1
31. Hammer 1lb& 2lb 1
32. Hacksaw with 6 blades 1
33. Measuring tape 3 meter, 5 meter, 10 meter, 30 meter 2 each
34. Shovels& Spade 1 each
35. Steel plates 5 mm thick 75x75 cm 2
36. Plastic or G.I. Buckets 15 ltr, 10 ltr, 5 ltr 1 each
37. Any other equipment for site tests as outlined in BIS codes As per actual
and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. requirement.

55
`
(Annexure-2)
Table - 2
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE OWNED / TAKEN ON
LEASE BY THE CONTRACTOR
Sl. No. Equipment Numbers (Minimum)

1. Building Hoist 2
2. Tower Crane with 45 m jib length capacity 1.20 1
3. ton
Mobile tower crane (wheel mounted) as per 1
requirement at site
4. Portable Mini batching plant with adequate 30 1
cum / hour capacity.
5. Transit Mixer of capacity 7cum. 2
6. Needle Vibrators. 4
7. Plate Vibrators. 3
8. Reinforcement cutting machine. 2
9. Reinforcement bending machine 2
10. Concrete Pumps 1
11. DG set ( min Capacity 62.5 Kva) 1
12. Total Station 1
13. Power driven earth rammer (Soil compactor). 1
14. Tractor with trolley. As per requirement
15. Welding machine 400 Ampere As per requirement
16. Screener for coarse sand and fine sand 5
17. Centrifugal mono block water pump As per requirement
18. Double steel Scaffolding and staging material 3000 sqm
19. Centring /shuttering with necessary props 8000 sqm
20. Wire binding machine 5
21. Any other machinery required for completion of As per Actual requirement
the
22. Submersible pump (required capacity) As per Actual requirement
23. JCB As per Actual requirement
Note: The above list is only indicative and not exhaustive.

56
`
(Annexure-3)
Table - 3
RECOVERY RATES FOR QUANTITIES BEYOND PERMISSIBLE
VARIATION
S.No. Description of Item Rates in figures and words at which recovery shall be
made from the Contractor
Excess beyond Less use beyond

permissible variation permissible variation
1. Cement (PPC ) Nil Rs.4,109/- per MT
2. Reinforcement Steel Rs.41,000/- per

Nil
MT(Primary Producers)
3. Structure Steel Nil Rs.40,600/- per MT
Items which are to be executed through specialized agency:
a. Water proofing treatment.

b. Aluminium doors and windows, aluminium partition.
c. Fire Check Door.
d. False Ceiling.
e. Structural Glazing (DGU Glass).

57
`
NIT NO: -18/CPM/IITDPZ/2017-18

LAN.
PART B
SPECIAL, ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AND PARTICULAR
SPECIFICATION
OFFICE OF THE CHIEF PROJECT MANAGER

DELHI

58
`
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 The Contractors are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings
and satisfy themselves with the nature of site, the means of access to the site, the
constraints of space for stacking material / machinery, labour etc. constraints put
by local regulations, if any, weather conditions at site, general ground / subsoil
conditions etc. or any other circumstances which may affect or influence their
tenders. The Contractor shall carry out survey of the work area, at his own cost,
setting out the layout and fixing of alignment of the building as per architectural
and Structural drawings in consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge and
proceed further ensuring full structural continuity and integrated and monolithic
construction. Any discrepancy between the architectural drawings and actual
layout at site shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-charge. It shall be
responsibility of the Contractor to ensure correct setting out of alignment using
total station instrument. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. No
claims, whatsoever, shall be entertained at a later date for any errors found, on
plea that the information supplied by the Department in the tender is insufficient
or is at variance with the actual site conditions.
1.2 The Contractor shall, if required by him, before submission of the tender,
inspect the drawings in the Office of the Executive Engineer, IITPD-II, CPWD,
IIT Delhi Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-16. The Department shall not bear
any responsibility for the lack of knowledge and also the consequences, thereof
to the Contractor. The information and data shown in the drawings and
mentioned in the tender documents have been furnished, in good faith, for
general information and guidance only. The Engineer-in-Charge, in no case,
shall be held responsible for the accuracy thereof and/or interpretations or
conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor and all consequences shall be
borne by the Contractor. No claim, whatsoever, shall be entertained from the
Contractor, if the data or information furnished in tender document is different
oractual working drawings are at variance with the drawings available for
inspection or attached to the tender documents. It is presumed that the
Contractor shall satisfy himself for all possible contingencies, incidental
charges, wastages, bottlenecks etc. likely during execution of work and acts of
coordination, which may be required between different agencies. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account.
1.3 The nomenclature of the item given in the schedule of quantities gives in general
the work content but is not exhaustive i.e. does not mention all the incidental
works required to be carried out for complete execution of the item of work.

59
`
The work shall be carried out, all in accordance with true intent and meaning of
the specifications and the drawings taken together, regardless of whether the
same may or may not be particularly shown on the drawings and/or described in
the specifications, provided that the same can be reasonably inferred there from
may be several incidental works, which are not mentioned in the nomenclature
of each item but will be necessary to complete the item in all respect. All these
incidental works / costs which are not mentioned in item nomenclature but are
necessary to complete the item shall be deemed to have been included in the
rates quoted by the contractor for various items in the schedule of quantities. No
adjustment of rates shall be made for any variation in quantum of incidental
works due to variation / change in actual working drawings. Also, no
adjustment of rates shall be made due to any change in incidental works or any
other deviation in such element of work (which is incidental to the items of work
and are necessary to complete such items in all respects) on account of the
directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
1.4 The contractor(s) shall give to the local body, police and other authorities all
necessary notices etc. that may be required by law and obtain all requisite
licenses for temporary obstructions, enclosures etc. and pay all fee, taxes and
charges which may be levied on account of these operations in executing the
contract. He shall ensure that there is no damage to adjoining property. If any
such untoward happens he shall be entirely responsible for any consequences
besides making good any damages to the adjoining property whether public or
private. He shall supply and maintain lights either for illumination or for
cautioning the public at night.
Proper temporary barricading by fencing with G.I. sheets, shall be carried out
by the Contractor at the start of work to physically define the boundaries of the
plot for restricted entry to only those involved in the work and also to prevent
any accidents, at the same time without causing any inconvenience to the
traffic and the users of the buildings in the adjacent plots. It shall be done by
providing, erecting, maintaining temporary protective barricading of minimum
3.0 meters in height, made in panels, with each panel having MS frames / MS
scaffolding pipes of suitable size and stiffness, with 24 gauge thick GI
corrugated sheet or suitably stiffened plain GI sheet fixed on frames. Such
panels shall be suitably connected to each other for stability with nuts and
bolts, hooks, clamps etc. and fixed firmly to the ground at about 2 metres
spacing, for the entire duration till completion of the work. He shall also
provide and erect temporary protective barricades within the plot, if required,
to prevent any accident. Temporary protective roofing near the Entrance to the
building, under construction, shall be made to protect the visiting officials

60
`
from getting hurt by falling debris etc. Also, one or more coat of enamel paint
of shade as approved and directed by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be applied
on the panels and "CPWD" shall be painted over that in suitable sizes, shapes
and numbers as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. It shall be dismantled and
taken away by the Contractor after the completion of work at his own cost with
the approval of the Engineer-in- Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
The contractor shall maintain the site barricading during the complete period of
execution and realign it if required, for execution of works. A penalty of Rs.
500/- per day shall be levied for not maintaining the barricading in good
condition or breach of any of the above conditions as per the direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
1.4.1 The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward / guard of the
buildings, safety of all fittings and fixtures including sanitary and water supply
fittings and fixtures provided by him against pilferage and breakage during the
period of installations and thereafter till the building is physically handed over
to the department. No extra payment shall be made on this account.
1.4.2 The Contractors shall quote same rates for the identical items which may
inadvertently appear in more than one place. If different rates are quoted by the
tenderers for such identical items, the same shall be rationalized by
considering the lowest quoted rate for such items, for evaluation and
acceptance of tender.
1.4.3 1.4.3 Wherever any reference to any Indian Standards occurs in the
documents relating to this contract, the same shall be inclusive of all
amendments issued thereto or revisions thereof, if any, up to the date of receipt
of tenders.
1.4.4 The Contractor shall establish, maintain and assume responsibility for grades,
lines, levels and benchmarks. He shall report any errors or inconsistencies
regarding grades, lines, levels, dimensions etc. to the Engineer -in-Charge
before commencing work. Commencement of work shall be regarded as the
Contractor’s acceptance of such grades, lines, levels, and dimensions. If at any
time, any error appears due to grades, lines, levels and benchmarks during the
progress of the work, the Contractor shall, at his own expense rectify such
error, if so required, to the satisfaction of the Engineer -in-Charge. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account for any errors found at a later date.

61
`
1.4.5 The Contractor shall protect and maintain temporary/ permanent benchmarks
at the site of work throughout the execution of work. The benchmark shall be
brought from the nearest permanent features within the campus. These
benchmarks shall be got checked by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized
representatives. The work at different stages shall be checked with reference to
bench marks maintained for the said purpose. Nothing extra shall be payable
on this account.
1.4.6 The approval by the Engineer-in-Charge, of the setting out by the Contractor,
shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities and obligation to
rectify the errors/ defects, if any, which may be found at any stage during the
progress of the work or after the completion of the work.
1.4.7 The Contractor shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for the horizontal,
vertical and other alignments, the level and correctness of every part of the
work and shall rectify effectively any errors or imperfections therein. Such
rectifications shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own cost to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer - in-Charge.
1.4.8 Sub-soil investigation report of works is available in the office of the
Executive Engineer IIT Project Division-II, CPWD, New Delhi. Interested
bidders can go through the report if required for their guidance. However the
Bidder is advised to obtain requisite details directly as may be considered
necessary by him before quoting rates in the tender. No claim whatsoever on
account of any discrepancy between the sub-surface strata conditions that may
be actually encountered at the time of execution of the work and those
available in the report shall be entertained under any circumstances. The
ground water table is a variable condition and the information given in the
report is only indicative and it may vary from time to time.
1.4.9 Any legal or financial implications resulting out of disposal of earth shall be
sole responsibility of the contractor. Nothing extra over the schedule shall be
paid on this account.
1.4.10 Wherever required for the execution of work, scaffolding shall be provided
and suitably fixed, by the Contractor. The contractor shall provide steel double
scaffolding system, suitably braced for stability, with all the accessories,
gangways, etc. with adjustable suitable working platforms to access the areas
with ease for working and inspection. It shall be designed to take all incidental
loads. It should cater to the safety features for workmen. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account. It shall be ensured that no damage is caused to any
structure due to the scaffolding.

62
`
1.4.11 The Contractor shall carry out his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the
progress of the work being performed by other Contractors or by the Engineer-
in-Charge. As far as possible, he shall arrange his work and place, so as not to
interfere with the operations of other Contractors or shall arrange his work
with that of the others, in an acceptable and coordinated manner and shall
perform it in proper sequence to the complete satisfaction of Engineer in
charge.
1.4.12 He shall protect and indemnify the Department CPWD and its officials &
employees against any claim and /or liability arising out of violations of any
such laws, ordinances, orders, decrees, by himself or by his employees or his
authorized representatives. Nothing extra shall be payable on these accounts.
1.4.13 The Contractor shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise in connection
with this contract and shall protect and indemnify the Department from any
and all damages and claims that may arise on any account. The Contractor
shall indemnify the Department against all claims in respect of patent rights,
royalties, design, trademarks of name or other protected rights, damages to
adjacent buildings, roads or members of public, in course of execution of work
or any other reasons whatsoever, and shall himself defend all actions arising
from such claims and shall indemnify the Department in all respect from such
actions, costs and expenses. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.4.14 No accommodation is available at the site of work. The labour huts shall not
be erected on the plot and the Contractor shall make his own arrangements to
provide such accommodation as per the rules of the local bodies. He shall
make his own arrangements for stores, field office etc. Before tendering, he
shall visit the site and assess the manner in which he is able to arrange the
above facilities. The Engineer-in-Charge shall in no way be responsible for
any delay on this account and no claim, whatsoever, on this account shall be
entertained. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.4.15 The Contractor shall display all permissions, licenses, registration certificates,
bar charts, other statements etc under various labour laws and other regulations
applicable to the works, at his site office.
1.4.16 No tools and plants including any special T&P etc. shall be supplied by the
Department and the Contractor shall have to make his own arrangements at his
own cost. No claim of hindrance (or any other claim) shall be entertained on
this account.
1.4.17 The Contractor shall take all precautions to abide by the environmental related
restrictions imposed by any statutory body having jurisdiction in the Delhi as
well as prevent any pollution of streams, ravines, river bed and waterways. All
63
`
waste or superfluous materials shall be transported by the Contractor, and

disposed off at designated places only. No claim on account of site constraints
mentioned above or any other site constraints such as lack of public transport,
inadequate availability of skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled workers in the near
vicinity, non-availability of construction machinery spare parts etc. or any
other constraints not specifically stated here shall be entertained from the
Contractor. Therefore, the tenderers are advised to visit site and get first-hand
information of site constraints. Accordingly, they should quote their tenders.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Any hindrances claimed by the
contractor on this account shall not be considered while giving extension of
time under clause 5 of General condition of contract amended upto date till last
date or extended last date of submission of tender.
1.4.18 Other agencies will also simultaneously execute and install the works of
other civil and E&M services for the work and the contractor shall afford
necessary facilities for the same. The contractor shall leave such recesses,
holes, openings, trenches etc. as may be required for such related works and
the contractor shall fix the same at time of casting of concrete, stone work and
brick work, if required, and nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.4.19 HVAC agency will also simultaneously install ducting work and the contractor
shall adjust work schedule of false ceiling accordingly and afford necessary
facilities for the same. Claims of the contractor for damage to false ceiling by
HVAC agency will not be entertained under any circumstances and he should
resolve dispute, if any, amicably.
1.4.20 On completion of work, the contractor shall submit required sets of “as built”
drawings to the Engineer-In-Charge furnishing requisite information for
obtaining various service connections. The contractor shall be responsible for
obtaining “No Objection Certificate” from the local development authorities in
respect of services covered in the scope of his contract.
1.5 The Contractor(s) shall take all precautions to avoid accidents by exhibiting
necessary caution boards day and night. The contractor shall ensure entire
necessary precaution during the entire period of work and site related activities
to ensure full safety to workers and avoid any kind of accident. In case of any
accident of labours/ contractual staffs or any other human being the entire
responsibility will rest on the part of the contractor both legally and financially
and any compensation under such circumstances, if becomes payable, shall be
entirely borne by the contractor. Existing drains, pipes, cables, over-head wires,
sewer lines, water lines and similar services encountered in the course of the

64
`
execution of work shall be protected against the damage by the contractor, at his
own expense, for which nothing is payable. The contractor shall not store
materials or otherwise occupy any part of the site in a manner likely to hinder
the operation of such services.
1.6 The work shall generally be carried out in accordance with the “CPWD
Specifications 2009 Vol. I & II” with up to date correction slips,
additional/Particular Specifications, Architectural/Structural drawings and as per
instructions of Engineer-in-Charge. Any additional item of the work, if taken up
subsequently, shall also confirm to the relevant CPWD specifications as
mentioned above.
1.7 Unless otherwise specified, CPWD Specifications 2009 volume I & II with up to
date corrections slips shall be followed in general. Any additional item of work,
if taken up subsequently, shall also conform to the relevant CPWD
specifications mentioned above. Should there be any difference or discrepancy
between the description of items as given in the schedule of quantities, particular
specifications for individual items of work (including special conditions) and
I.S. Codes etc., the order of preference given in Para 1.9 of Special Conditions
of Contract of General Conditions amended up to date shall be observed
1.8 The several documents forming the tender are to be taken as mutually
complementary to each other another. Detailed drawings shall be followed in
preference to small scale drawings and figured dimensions in preference to scale
dimensions.
1.9 Should there be any difference or discrepancy between the description of items
as given in the schedule of quantities, particular specifications for individual
items of work (including special conditions) and I.S. Codes etc., the following
order of preference shall be observed.
a) Description of items as given in Schedule of quantities
b) Particular specifications
c) Special conditions
d) Additional Conditions
e) CPWD Specifications including upto date correction slips.
f) General Conditions of Contract for CPWD works including correction slips
issued up to last date of submission of bid.
g) Indian Standards Specifications of B.I.S.

65
`
h) ASTM, BS, or other foreign origin code mentioned in tender document.

i) Manufacturer’s specifications and as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
j) Sound Engineering practices or well established local construction
practices.
1.10 The works to be governed by this contract shall cover delivery and
transportation up to destination, safe custody at site, insurance, erection, testing
and commissioning of the entire works.
The works to be undertaken by the contractor shall inter-alia include the

following:
a) Preparation of detailed SHOP drawings and AS BUILT drawings wherever

applicable.
b) Obtaining of Statutory permissions where-ever applicable and required.
c) Pre-commissioning tests as per relevant standard specifications, code of
practice, Acts and Rules wherever required.
d) Warranty obligation for the equipments and / or fittings/fixtures supplied by
the contractor. Contractor shall provide all the shop drawings or layout
drawings for all the co-ordinated services before starting any work or
placing any order of any of the services etc. These shop drawings/layout
drawings shall be got approved from Engineer-in-charge before
implementation and this shall be binding on the contractor. The contractor
shall submit material submittals along with material sample for approval of
Engineer-in-Charge prior to delivery of material at site.
1.11 The work shall be carried out in accordance with the Architectural drawings and
structural drawings to be issued from time to time by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Before commencement of any item of work, the contractor shall correlate all the
relevant architectural and structural drawings issued for the work and satisfy
himself that the information available is complete and unambiguous. The
discrepancy, if any, shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-In-Charge
before execution of the work. The contractor alone shall be responsible for any
loss or damage occurring by the commencement of work on the basis of any
erroneous and or incomplete information.
1.12 Unless otherwise provided in the Schedule of quantities vide Part-B, the rates
tendered by the contractor shall be all inclusive and shall apply to all heights,
lifts, leads and depths of the building and nothing extra shall be payable to him
on this account.

66
`
1.13 The Contractor(s) shall take instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge regarding
collection and stacking of materials at any place. No excavated earth or building
rubbish shall be stacked on areas where other buildings, roads, services and
compound walls are to be constructed. The stacking shall take place as per
stacking plan however, if any change is required, the same shall be done with
the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
1.14 The contractor shall engage specialized agency for carrying out specialized item
such as Structural glazing, stone cladding, interior works, etc. as mentioned in
the tender document covered under Part-B of the schedule of Quantity for Civil
component. Before engaging such agency, the contractor shall submit for the
approval of Engineer-in-charge, the name of the agency along with their
working experience, presentation on method statement and materials being used
for execution of such items etc
1.15 The Contractor shall bear all incidental charges for cartage, storage and safe
custody of materials, if any, issued by department as well as to those materials
also arranged by the contractor.
1.16 Any cement slurry added over base surface (or) for continuation of concreting
for better bond is deemed to have been built in the items and nothing extra shall
be payable or extra cement considered in consumption on this account.
1.17 The contractor shall give performance test of the entire installation(s) as per the
specifications in the presence of the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized
representative before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra what-so-
ever shall be payable to the contractor for such test.
1.18 Water tanks, taps, sanitary, water supply & drainage pipes, fittings &
accessories should conform to bye-laws of local body/corporation, where
CPWD specifications are not available. The Contractor should engage approved,
licensed plumbers for the work and get the materials (fixtures/fittings) tested, by
the municipal Body/ Corporation authorities wherever required at his own cost.
The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, the
name of the plumbing agency (along with their working experience in recent
past) proposed to be engaged by him.
The contractor shall make his own arrangements for water and for obtaining
electric connections if required and make necessary payments directly to the
State Govt. departments concerned. Contractor shall get the water tested from
laboratory approved by the Engineer-in-charge at regular interval as per the
CPWD Specifications 2009. All expenses towards collection of samples,
packing, transportation etc. shall be borne by the contractor. Agency shall
neither be allowed to use existing borewell, if any, nor allowed to dig any
67
`
borewell in the site premises without specific permission from the concerned
Govt. authority.
1.19 FACILITIES FOR THE DEPARTMENT
(a) The Contractor shall provide, construct and maintain at all times during
execution and till the completion of work, a temporary site office with
adequate electric light fittings, A.C., fans, electric/ power points, switches etc
at his own cost for exclusive use of Engineer-in-Charge and his authorized
representatives. Area of such office shall be approximately 150 sqm and shall
be provided with suitable partitions, doors, windows, locking arrangement etc.
for exclusive use of the Department. Adequate toilet connected to a temporary
septic tank / soak pit, drinking water purifier and cooler shall also be provided
exclusively for the use by the Department. All the water and electricity charges
for running these fittings and equipments shall be borne by the contractor. The
entire site office and its surroundings shall be maintained in a neat and clean
condition by the Contractor for the entire duration of the construction. The
premises / facilities provided by the contractor shall be owned and thus
demolished / dismantled / disconnected and material carted away by him at its
own cost after the completion of work or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be inclusive of providing and
maintaining such facilities and nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
(b) The contractor shall make arrangement for Helmets and leather shoes (meant
of construction work at sites) for all field staff of the department during the
entire period of construction for safety reasons. One helmet and two pairs of
shoes per staff member (maximum ten members) of the departments per year
shall be arranged by the contractor.
(c) The Contractor shall arrange, within fifteen days of award of work, for one
number latest desktop computers along with laser printer, necessary
peripherals and including broadband connection at the disposal of Engineer-in-
charge. The computer shall be provided with software viz. with MS-project,
Primavera, MS office, Auto Cad, STADD etc.

68
`
1.20 Site test register & MAS Registers to be maintained by contractor:

All test registers and MAS registers issued by the engineer-in-charge shall be
maintained by the contractor which will be reviewed by the officers of CPWD
at regular intervals. Frequency of tests will be governed by the CPWD
specifications 2009 Volume I & II with upto date correction slips.
1.21 PREVENTION AND NUISANCE AND POLLUTION CONTROL

The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any nuisance or
inconvenience to the owners, tenants or occupants of the adjacent properties
and to the public in general .The Contractor shall take all care, as not to
damage any other adjacent property or other services running adjacent to the
plot. If any damage is done, the same shall be made good by the Contractor at
his own cost and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The
Contractor shall use such methodology and equipments for execution of the
work, so as to cause minimum environmental pollution of any kind during
construction, to have minimum construction time and minimum
inconvenience to road users and to the occupants of the buildings on the
adjacent plot and public in general, etc. He shall make good at his own cost
and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge any damage to roads,
paths, cross drainage works or public or private property whatsoever caused,
due to the execution of the work or by traffic brought thereon, by the
Contractor. Further, the Contractor shall take all precautions to prevent any
pollution of streams and waterways. All waste or superfluous materials shall
be carted away by the Contractor, entirely to the satisfaction of the Engineer-
in-Charge.
1.22 Utmost care shall be taken to keep the noise level to the barest minimum so that
no disturbance as far as possible is caused to the occupants / users of adjoining
buildings. No claim what so ever on account of site constraints mentioned above
or any other site constraints not specifically stated here, shall be entertained from
the Contractor. Therefore, the Contractors are advised to visit site and get first
hand information of site constraints. Accordingly, they should quote their
tenders. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Contactor shall not be
given any extension of time under clause 5 of GCC amended upto date till last
date or extended last date of submission of tender on this account.
1.23 SECURITY AND TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS

69
`
In the event of any restrictions being imposed by the Security agency, CPWD,
Traffic or any other authority having jurisdiction in the area on the working
or movement of labour /material, the contractor shall strictly follow such
restrictions and nothing extra shall be payable to the contractor on such
accounts. The loss of time on these accounts, if any, shall have to be made up
by augmenting additional resources whatever required. Any hindrance on this
account shall not be considered for giving Extension of time under clause 5 of
General Condition of contract amended upto date till last date or extended last
date of submission of tender.
1.24 The site of work is in a restricted area with limited availability of space left out
for accommodation, stores, field office, batching plant etc. and the Contractor
shall make his own arrangements to provide such accommodation as per the rules
of the local bodies. He shall make his own arrangements for stores, field office
etc. Before tendering, he shall visit the site and assess the manner in which he is
able to arrange the above facilities. The Engineer-in-Charge shall in no way be
responsible for any delay on this account and no claim, whatsoever, on this
account shall be entertained.
If as per the rules of the local authority, the huts for labour are not to be erected at
the site of work by the contractors, the contractors are required to provide such
accommodation as is acceptable to local bodies and nothing extra shall be paid on
this account.
1.25 No payment shall be made for any damage caused by rain, snowfall, flood or any
other natural calamity, whatsoever during the execution of the work. The
contractor shall be fully responsible for any damage to the govt. property and the
work for which payment has been advanced to him under the contract and he shall
make good the same at his risk and cost. The contractor shall be fully responsible
for safety and security of his material, T&P/Machinery brought to the site by him.
1.26 The contractor shall construct suitable godowns, yard at the site of work for
storing all other materials so as to be safe against damage by sun, rain, damages,
fire, theft etc. at his own cost and also employ necessary watch and ward
establishment for the purpose at his cost.
1.27 All materials obtained from contractor shall be got checked by the representative
of Engineer-in-Charge on receipt of the same at site before use.
1.28 Royalty at the prevalent rates shall be paid by the Contractor or the RMC supplier
as per the terms of supply between them on all materials such as boulders, metals,

70
`
sand and bajri etc. collected by him for the execution of the work, directly to the
revenue authority of the state government concerned. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.
1.29 The rates quoted by the Contractor are deemed to be inclusive of site clearance,
setting out work, profile, establishment of reference bench mark(s), taking spot
levels, construction of all safety and protection devices, barriers, preparatory
works, working during monsoon, working at all depths, height, lead, lift and
location etc. unless clearly specified otherwise in the description of item in
schedule of quantities of work and any other incidental works required to
complete this work. Total station survey instruments only shall be used for layout,
fixing boundaries, and centre lines, etc. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
1.30 The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all acts and laws of the
Central & State Governments, all orders, decrees of statutory bodies, tribunals
having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner may affect those
engaged or employed and anything related to carrying out the work. All the rules
& regulations and bye-laws laid down by Collector / MCD / NDMC and any other
statutory bodies shall be adhered to, by the contractor, during the execution of
work. The Contractor shall also adhere to all traffic restrictions notified by the
local authorities. The water charges (for municipal water connection as well as
tanker water) shall be borne by the contractor. Also, if the contractor obtains
water connection for the drinking purposes from the municipal authorities or any
other statutory body, the consequent sewerage charges shall be borne by the
contractor. The clause 31A of the General conditions of contract for CPWD works
is not applicable to the tender. All statutory taxes, levies, charges (including water
and sewerage charges, charges for temporary service connections and / or any
other charges) payable to such authorities for carrying out the work, shall be
borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall arrange to give all notices as
required by any statutory / regulatory authority and shall pay to such authority all
the fees that is required to be paid for the execution of work. He shall protect and
indemnify the Department and its officials & employees against any claim and /or
liability arising out of violations of any such laws, ordinances, orders, decrees, by
himself or by his employees or his authorized representatives. Nothing extra shall
be payable on these accounts. The fee payable to statutory authorities for
obtaining the various permanent service connections and Occupancy Certificate
for the building shall be borne by the Department.
1.31 For works below ground level the contractor shall keep that area free from water.
If dewatering or bailing out of water is required the contractor shall do it and

71
`
payment shall be governed as provided in the item of schedule of quantities or as

per stipulation in contract.
1.32 The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to protect the work already
executed from rain and for carrying out the further work, during monsoon
including providing and fixing temporary shelters, protections etc. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account. Also, no claims for hindrance shall be
entertained on this account.
1.33 In case of flooding of site on account of rain or any other cause and any
consequent damage, whatsoever, no claim financially or otherwise shall be
entertained not withstanding any other provisions elsewhere in the contract
agreement. Also, the Contractor shall make good, at his own cost, the damages
caused, if any. Also, no claims for hindrance shall be entertained on this account.
1.34 The contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent his workman and
employees from removing and damaging any flora (tree/plant/vegetation) from
the project area.
1.35 SETTING OUT

(i) The Contractor shall establish, maintain and assume responsibility for grades,
lines, levels and benchmarks. He shall report any errors or inconsistencies
regarding grades, lines, levels, dimensions etc. to the Engineer -in-Charge
before commencing work. Commencement of work shall be regarded as the
Contractor’s acceptance of such grades, lines, levels, and dimensions and no
claim shall be entertained at a later date for any errors found.
(ii) If at any time, any error appears due to grades, lines, levels and benchmarks
during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall, at his own expense
rectify such error, if so required, to the satisfaction of the Engineer -in-Charge.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.36 The rate of items of flooring is inclusive of providing sunken flooring in
bathrooms, kitchen etc. and nothing extra on this account is admissible.
1.37 A site laboratory with the minimum equipments as specified in CPWD

specifications/in this agreement shall be established, made functional and
maintained within one month from the award of work as per Annexure-I without
any extra cost to the department. In case of non compliance / delay in compliance
in this, a recovery @ Rs. 500/- per day will be imposed which will be recovered
from the immediate next R/A Bill of the Contractor.
1.38 INTEGRATED SERVICE DRAWINGS

Before taking up the work, the contractor shall be provided with integrated

72
`
drawings for various civil and electrical services showing details of lay out plan
including sectional elevations and contractor shall plan and mobilize his resources
as per the Integrated drawings and as per the site conditions to facilitate
convenient execution, installation as well as maintenance of these services.
1.39 The Contractor shall do proper sequencing of the various activities by suitably
staggering the activities within various pockets in the plot so as to achieve early
completion. The agency to deploy adequate equipment, machinery and labour as
required for the completion of the entire work within the stipulated period
specified. Also ancillary facilities shall be provided by contractor commensurate
with requirement to complete the entire work within the stipulated period.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Adequate number/sets of
equipment in working condition, along with adequate stand-by arrangements,
shall be deployed during entire construction period. It shall be ensured by the
Contractor that all the equipment, Tools & Plants, machineries etc. provided by
him are maintained in proper working conditions at all times during the progress
of the work and till the completion of the work. Further, all the constructional
tools, plants, equipment and machineries provided by the Contractor, on site of
work or his workshop for this work, shall be exclusively intended for use in the
construction of this work and they shall not be shifted/ removed from site without
the permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.40 The Contractor shall maintain all the work in good condition till the completion of
entire work. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall make good, all
damages and repairs, rendered necessary due to fire, rain, traffic, floods or any
other causes. The Engineer-in-Charge shall not be responsible for any claims for
injuries to person/workmen or for structural damage to property happening from
any neglect, default, want of proper care or misconduct on the part of the
Contractor or of any other of his representatives, in his employment during the
execution of the work. The compensation, if any, shall be paid directly to the
Department / authority / persons concerned, by the Contractor at his own cost.
1.41 ROYALTY
Royalty at the prevalent rates shall be paid by the Contractor or the RMC
supplier as per the terms of supply between them, on all materials such as
boulders, metals, all sizes stone aggregates, brick aggregates, coarse and fine
sand, moorum, river sand, gravels and bajri etc. collected by him for the
execution of the work, directly to the revenue authority of the state government

73
`
concerned. Further, contractor needs to submit proof of submission of full

royalty to the state government or local authority. Nothing extra shall be payable
on this account.
1.42 PRESERVATION AND CONSERVATION MEASURES
(i) Existing drains, pipes, cables, over-head wires, sewer lines, water lines and
similar services, if any, encountered in the course of the execution of work
shall be protected against the damage by the contractor at his own expense.
In case the same are to be removed and diverted, expenditure incurred in
doing so shall be payable to the contractor. The contractor shall work out the
cost, get the same approved by Engineer-in-Charge before taking up actual
execution. The contractor shall not store materials or otherwise occupy any
part of the site in a manner likely to hinder the operation of such services.
(ii) All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains
or things of geological or archaeological interest discovered on project
location during excavation/construction shall be the property of the
Government, and shall be dealt with as per provisions of the relevant
legislation. The contractor will take reasonable precaution to prevent his
work men or any other persons from removing and damaging any such article
or thing. He will, immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal
acquaint the Engineer-in-charge of such discovery and carry out the official
instructions of Engineer-in- charge for dealing with the same, till then all
work shall be carried out in a way so as not to disturb/damage such article or
thing.
1.43 RESPONSIBILITY
(i) He shall protect and indemnify the IIT Delhi/ Department (CPWD) and its
officials & employees against any claim and /or liability arising out of
violations of any such laws, ordinances, orders, decrees, by himself or by his
employees or his authorized representatives. Nothing extra shall be payable
on these accounts.
(ii) The fee payable to statutory authorities for obtaining the various permanent
service connections and Building Use Certificate for the building shall be
borne by the CPWD.
(iii) The Contractor shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise in connection
with this contract and shall protect and indemnify the Department from any
and all damages and claims that may arise on any account. The Contractor
shall indemnify the Department against all claims in respect of patent rights,

74
`
royalties, design, trademarks- of name or other protected rights, damages to

adjacent buildings, roads or members of public, in course of execution of
work or any other reasons whatsoever, and shall himself defend all actions
arising from such claims and shall indemnify the Department in all respect
from such actions, costs and expenses. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
1.44 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS/SPECIALIZED

AGENCIES/ SUB-CONTRACTORS
(i) The Contractor shall take all precautions to abide by the environmental
related restrictions imposed by any statutory body having jurisdiction in
Delhi as well as prevent any pollution of streams, ravines, river bed and
waterways. All waste or superfluous materials shall be transported by the
Contractor, entirely to the satisfaction of the Engineer- in-Charge and
disposed at designated places only. Utmost care shall be taken to keep the
noise level to the barest minimum so that no disturbance as far as possible is
caused to the occupants / users of adjoining buildings. No claim what so ever
on account of site constraints mentioned above or any other site constraints,
lack of public transport, , inadequate availability of skilled, semi-skilled or
unskilled workers in the near vicinity, non-availability of construction
machinery spare parts and any other constraints not specifically stated here,
shall be entertained from the Contractor. Therefore, the tenderers are advised
to visit site and get first-hand information of site constraints. Accordingly,
they should quote their tenders. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
(ii) The Contractor shall cooperate with and provide the facilities to the sub-
Contractors and other agencies working at site for smooth execution of the
work. The contractor shall indemnify the Department (CPWD) against any
claim(s) arising out of such disputes. The Contractor shall:
a) Allow use of scaffolding, toilets, sheds etc.

b) Properly co-ordinate their work with the work of other Contractors.
c) Provide control lines and benchmarks to his Sub-Contractors and the
other Contractors.
d) Provide electricity and water at mutually agreed rates.
e) Provide hoist and crane facilities for lifting material at mutually agreed
rates.
f) Co-ordinate with other Contractors for leaving inserts, making chases,
alignment of services etc. at site.
g) Adjust work schedule and site activities in consultation with the
Engineer-in- Charge and other Contractors to suit the overall schedule
completion.

75
`
h) Resolve the disputes with other Contractors/ sub-contractors amicably and

the Engineer-in-Charge shall not be made intermediary or arbitrator.
(iii) The work should be planned in a systematic manner so as to ensure proper

co-ordination of various disciplines viz. sanitary & water supply, drainage,
rain water harvesting, electrical, fire fighting, information technology,
communication & electronics and any other services.
(iv) Other agencies will also simultaneously execute and install the works of
sub-station / generating sets, air-conditioning, lifts, etc. for the work and
the contractor shall afford necessary facilities for the same. The contractor
shall leave such recesses, holes, openings trenches etc. as may be required
for such related works (for which inserts, sleeves, brackets, electrical
conduits, base plates, clamps etc. shall be supplied free of cost by the
department unless otherwise specifically mentioned) and the contractor shall
fix the same at time of casting of concrete, stone work and brick work, if
required, and nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
(v) The contractor shall conduct his work, so as not to interfere with or hinder
the progress or completion of the work being performed by other
contractor(s) or by the Engineer-In-Charge and shall as far as possible
arrange his work and shall place and dispose off the materials being used or
removed so as not to interfere with the operations of other contractor or he
shall arrange his work with that of the others in an acceptable and in a proper
co -ordination manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to the
complete satisfaction of others.
1.45 SUPERVISION OF WORK

The Contractor shall depute Site Engineer & skilled workers as required for the
work. He shall submit organization chart along with details of Engineers and
supervisory staff. It shall be ensured that all decision making powers shall be
available to the representatives of the Contractor at New Delhi itself to avoid
any likely delays on this account. The Contractor shall also furnish list of
persons for specialized works to be executed for various items of work. The
Contractor shall identify and deploy key persons having qualifications and
experience in the similar and other major works, as per the field of their
expertise. If during the course of execution of work, the Engineer-in-Charge is
of the opinion that the deployed staff is not sufficient or not well experienced;
the Contractor shall deploy more staff or better-experienced staff at site to
complete the work with quality and in stipulated time limit. Principle Technical
representative of the Contractor having minimum twenty years of experience in
similar nature of work as mentioned in the clause 36 of the General Conditions
of the Contract, shall always be available at the site during the actual execution
of the work.

76
`
1.46 Specialized Agencies
(i)The composite tender comprises of two main components: viz. civil work and
E & M works. The list of specialized agencies for civil works is as below:
a) Water proofing treatment.

b) Stone cladding.
c) Gypsum plaster work.
d) Under deck insulation.
e) SS space frame
f) Fire Check Door
The main contractor shall submit the credential of specialized agency well in
advance as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. After verification of the
same, written approval will be conveyed to main contractor in this regard. The
quantum of credentials will be broadly in line with CPWD guidelines. The main
contractor shall not change the specialized agency. However, if the change is
warranted, he may do so, with permission of Engineer-in-charge. However
before making any such change he has to enter into similar agreement as with
previous agency & submit the same to Engineer - in – Charge for approval. This
shall however be without any change in the accepted rates of the contract
agreement and without any cost implications to the Department.
(ii) The main contractor cannot work as a specialized Agency unless his
name is approved as specialized agency by Engineer-in-charge in
accordance with Sr. No. (i) above.
(iii) It shall be the responsibility of main contractor to sort out any dispute /
litigation with the Specialized Agencies without any time & cost overrun
to the Department. The main contractor shall be solely responsible for
settling any dispute / litigation arising out of his agreement with the
Specialized Agencies. The contractor shall ensure that the work shall not
suffer on account of litigation/ dispute between him and the specialized
agencies / sub- contractor(s). No claim of hindrance in the work shall be
entertained from the Contractor on this account. No extension of time
shall be granted and no claim what so ever, of any kind, shall be
entertained from the Contractor on account of delay attributable to the
selection/rejection of the Specialized Agencies or any dispute amongst
them.
1.47 RATES
i. The rates quoted by the Contractor are deemed to be inclusive of site
clearance, setting out work, profile, setting lay out on ground, establishment
of reference bench mark(s), installing various signage, taking spot levels,
survey with total station, construction of all safety and protection devices,

77
`
compulsory use of helmet and safety shoes, and other appropriate safety
gadgets by workers, imparting continuous training for all the workers,
barriers, preparatory works, construction of clean, hygienic and well
ventilated workers housings in sufficient numbers as per drawing supplied by
Engineer in charge, working during monsoon or odd season, working beyond
normal hours, working at all depths, height, lead, lift, levels and location,
implementation of green building norms to achieve desired GRIHA Rating
etc. and any other unforeseen but essential incidental works required to
complete this work. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account and no
extension of time for completion of work shall be granted on these accounts.
ii. The rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes
and levies (including works contract tax but excluding service tax).
iii. No foreign exchange shall be made available by the Department for importing
(purchase) of equipment, plants, machinery, materials of any kind or any other
items required to be carried out during execution of the work. No delay and
no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor, on account of
variation in the foreign exchange rate.
iv. Ancillary and incidental facilities required for execution of work like labour
accommodations, stores, fabrication yard, offices for Contractor, watch and
ward, temporary ramp required to be made for working at the basement level,
temporary structure for plants and machineries, water storage tanks,
installation and consumption charges of temporary electricity, telephone,
water etc. required for execution of the work, liaison and pursuing for
obtaining various No Objection Certificates, completion certificates from
local bodies etc., protection works, testing facilities / laboratory at site of
work, facilities for all field tests and for taking samples etc. during execution
or any other activity which is necessary (for execution of work and as directed
by Engineer-in-Charge), shall be deemed to be included in rates quoted by the
Contractor, for various items in the schedule of quantities. Nothing extra shall
be payable on these accounts. Before start of the work, the Contractor shall
submit to the Engineer-in-Charge, a site / construction yard layout, specifying
areas for construction, site office, positioning of machinery, material yard,
cement and other storage, steel fabrication yard, site laboratory, water tank,
etc.
v. For completing the work in time, the Contractor might be required to work in
two or more shifts (including night shifts). No claim whatsoever shall be
entertained on this account, notwithstanding the fact that the Contractor may
have to pay extra amounts for any reason, to the labourers and other staff
engaged directly or indirectly on the work according to the provisions of the
labour and other statutory bodies regulations and the agreement entered upon
by the Contractor with them.

78
`
vi. All material shall only be brought at site as per program finalized with the
Engineer-in- Charge. Any pre-delivery of the material not required for
immediate consumption shall not be accepted and thus not paid for.
1.48 SAFETY PRACTICES
i. WARNING/ CAUTION BOARDS: All temporary warning / caution boards

/ glow signage display such as "Construction Work in Progress", "Keep
Away", “No Parking”, Diversions & protective Barricades etc. shall be
provided and displayed by the Contractor, wherever required. These glow
signage and red lights shall be suitably illuminated during night also. The
Contractor shall be solely responsible for damage and accident caused, if any,
due to negligence on his part. Also he shall ensure that no hindrance, as far as
possible, is caused to general traffic during execution of the work. This
signage shall be dismantled & taken away by the Contractor after the
completion of work, only after approval of the Engineer – in – Charge.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. If the contractor fails to
provide the warning /caution boards within 7 days of written direction of
Engineer In charge or his authorised representative, recovery of Rs. 1000/- on
per day basis shall be made.
ii. SIGN BOARDS: The Contractor shall provide and erect a display board of
size and shape as required and paint over it, in a legible and workman like
manner, the details about the salient features of the project, as required by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall fabricate and put up a sign board in
an approved location and to an approved design indicating name of the
project, Client/Owner, Engineer-in-charges, Structural Consultants,
Department etc. besides providing space for names of other Contractors, Sub-
Contractors and specialized agencies within 15 days from issue of award
letter. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. In case of non
compliance/delay in compliance in this, a penalty @ Rs. 500/- per day will be
imposed which will be recovered from the immediate next R/A Bill of the
Contractor.
iii. Necessary protective and safety equipments shall be provided to the

Site Engineer, Supervisory staff, labour and technical staff of the contractor
by the Contractor at his own cost and to be used at site.
iv. All signage shall be dismantled and taken away by the contractor after
completion of the work with the approval of Engineer in charge. No payment
shall be made on this account.
v. No inflammable materials including P.O.L shall be allowed to be stored in

79
`
huge quantity at site. Only limited quantity of P.O.L may be allowed to be

stored at site subject to the compliance of all rules / instructions issued by the
relevant authorities and as per the direction of Engineer -in- Charge in this
regard. Also all precautions and safety measures shall be taken by the
Contractor for safe handling of the P.O.L products stored at site. All
consequences on account of unsafe handling of P.O.L shall be borne by the
Contractor.
1.49 QUALITY ASSURANCE
i. The proposed building is a prestigious project and quality of work is of

paramount importance. Contractor shall have to engage well-experienced
skilled labour and deploy modern T&P and other equipment to execute the
work. Many items like exposed finish form work, specialized flooring work,
Polysulphide sealant and backer rod fixing in expansion joints, factory made
door- window shutters, proper slope maintaining in toilet units, sanitary-
water supply installation, textured finishing, grit plastering with aluminium
channel insertions, water proofing treatment will specially require
engagement of skilled workers having experience particularly in execution of
such items.
ii. The contractor shall ensure quality construction in a planned and time bound
manner. Any sub-standard material / work beyond set out tolerance limit shall
be summarily rejected by the Engineer-in-charge & contractor shall be bound
to replace / remove such sub-standard / defective work immediately. If any
material, even though approved by Engineer-In-Charge is found defective or
not conforming to specifications shall be replaced / removed by the contractor
at his own risk & cost.
iii. The contractor/ associated agency shall extend full cooperation to Third Party
Quality Assurance Agencies engaged by the department for the Project during
their field visits for arranging the necessary quality assurance tests for
materials and the construction works.
iv. In addition to the supervision of work by CPWD engineers, the Consultants

deployed by the /CPWD shall also be carrying out regular and periodic
inspection of the ongoing activities in the work and deficiencies,
shortcomings, inferior workmanship pointed out by them shall be
communicated by CPWD engineers to the contractor. Upon receipt of
instructions from Engineer in Charge these are also to be made good by
necessary improvement, rectification, replacement upto his complete
satisfaction. Special attention shall be paid towards line and level of internal
and external plastering, exposed smooth surface of RCC members by

80
`
providing fresh shuttering plates, rubberized linings to all the shuttering joints,
accurate joinery work in wooden doors and windows, thinnest joints in stone/
tiling / cladding work, non-hollowness in floor and dado tiles work, protection
of scratches over flooring by impounding layer of plaster of Paris, water tight
pipe linings, absence of hollow vertical joints in brick masonry, proper
compaction of filled up earth etc. to achieve an Institution of International
standards and up keeping of quality assurance shall be of paramount
importance, as such.
v. The Contractor shall submit, immediately after the award of work within 20
days, a detailed and complete method statement for the execution, testing and
Quality Assurance Plan/procedures for basic materials and such items, to be
followed during the execution of the work, for approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge. All the materials to be used in the work, to give the finished work
complete in all respects, shall comply with the requirements of the
specifications and shall pass all the tests required as per specifications as
applicable or such specifications / standards as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Further, a recovery of Rs. 1000/- shall be made on per day basis in
case of delay in submission of the above programme.
vi. All materials and fittings brought by the contractor to the site for use shall
conform to the samples approved by the Engineer-in-charge which shall be
preserved till the completion of the work. If a particular brand of material is
specified in the item of work in Schedule of Quantity, the same shall be used
after getting the same approved from Engineer-In-Charge. Wherever brand /
quality of material are not specified in the item of work, the contractor shall
submit the samples as per suggested list of brand names given in the tender
document / particular specifications for approval of Engineer-In-Charge. For
all other items, materials and fittings of ISI Marked shall be used with the
approval of Engineer-In-Charge. Wherever ISI Marked material / fittings are
not available, the contractor shall submit samples of materials / fittings
manufactured by firms of repute conforming to relevant specifications or IS
codes and use the same only after getting the approval of Engineer-In-Charge.
vii. The Contractor shall procure and provide all the materials from the
manufacturers / suppliers as per the list attached with the tender documents, as
per the item description and particular specifications for the work. The
equivalent brand for any item shall be permitted to be used in the work, only
when the specified make is not available. This is, however, subject to
documentary evidence produced by the contactor for non-availability of the
brand specified and also subject to independent verification by the Engineer-
in-Charge. In exceptional cases, where such approval is required, the decision
of Engineer-in-Charge as regards equivalent make of the material shall be
final and binding on the Contractor. No claim, whatsoever, of any kind shall
be entertained from the Contractor on this account. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account. Also, the material shall be procured only after
written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
viii. All materials whether obtained from Govt. stores or otherwise shall be got

81
`
checked by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized supervisory staff on

receipt of the same at site before use.
ix. The tests, as necessary, shall be conducted in the laboratory approved by the
Engineer–in-Charge. The samples shall be taken for carrying out all or any of
the tests stipulated in the particular specifications and as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative.
x. All the registers of tests carried out at Construction Site or in outside
laboratories and all material at site (MAS) registers including cement register
shall be maintained by the contractor which shall be issued to the contractor
by Engineer-in-charge. All the entries in the registers will be made by the
designated Engineering Staff of the contractor and same should be regularly
reviewed by JE/AE/AEE/EE. Contractor shall be responsible for safe custody
of all the registers.
xi. The Contractor shall at his own risk and cost make all arrangements and shall
provide all such facilities including material and labour, the Engineer-in-
Charge may require for collecting, preparing, forwarding the required number
of samples for testing as per the frequency of test stipulated in the contract
specifications or as considered necessary by the Engineer-in-Charge, at such
time and to such places, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra
shall be payable for the above.
xii. The Contractor or his authorized representative shall associate in collection,
preparation, forwarding and testing of such samples. In case he or his
authorized representative is not present or does not associate him, the result of
such tests and consequences thereon shall be binding on the Contractor. The
Contractor or his authorized representative shall remain in contact with the
Engineer-in–Charge or his authorized representative associated for all such
operations. No claim of payment or claim of any other kind, whatsoever, shall
be entertained from the Contractor.
xiii. All the testing charges shall be borne by the contractor/ department in the
manner indicated below:
a) By the contractor, if the results show that the material does not conform to
relevant specifications and BIS codes and BIS codes or any other relevant
code for which confirmatory test is carried out.
b) By the department, if the results show that the material conforms to
relevant specifications and BIS codes or any other relevant code for which
confirmatory test is carried out.
xiv. All the hidden items such as water supply lines, drainage pipes, electrical
conduits, sewers etc. are to be properly tested as per the design conditions
before covering.
xv. Water tanks, taps, sanitary, water supply and drainage pipes, fittings and
accessories should conform to byelaws and municipal body / corporation
where CPWD Specifications are not available. The contractor should engage
licensed plumbers for the work and get the materials (fixtures/fittings) tested

82
`
by the Municipal Body/Corporation authorities wherever required at his own

cost. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
xvi. The contractor shall give performance test of the entire installation(s) as per
the standing specifications before the work is finally accepted and nothing
extra whatsoever shall be payable to the contractor for the test.
xvii. The Contractor shall arrange electricity at his own cost for testing of the
various electrical installations as directed by Engineer-in-Charge and for the
consumption by the contractor for executing the work. Also all the water
required for testing various electrical installations, fire pumps, wet riser / fire
fighting equipments, fire sprinklers etc. and also testing water supply, sanitary
and drainage lines, water proofing of underground sump, overhead tanks,
water proofing treatment etc. shall be arranged by the contractor at his own
cost. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
xviii. The Contractor shall make available, on request from the Department, the
copies of challan, cash memos, receipts and other certificates, if any, vouchers
towards the quantity and quality of various materials procured for the work.
The Contractor shall also provide information and necessary
documentation on the name of the manufacturer, manufacturer's product
identification, manufacturer's instructions, warning, date of manufacturing and
test certificates (from manufacturers for the product for each consignment
delivered at site), self life, if any etc., for the department to ensure that the
material have been procured from the approved source and is of the approved
quality, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever specified, day-to-
day account of receipt of such material shall be maintained at site of work.
xix. If the Contractor does not provide adequate supporting staff or labour or both
for carrying out field tests or collecting and forwarding samples to outside
laboratory or for maintaining test records, Engineer in charge may carry out
field tests or collect and forward sample to outside laboratory or appoint any
person to maintain the registers at risk and cost of Contractor. The charges so
incurred shall be entirely borne by contractor and shall be deducted from
Running or final bill of contractor. Further, recovery of Rs. 2000/- for each
default shall be levied to contractor.
xx. In case there is any discrepancy in frequency of testing as given in list of

mandatory tests and that in individual sub-heads of work as per CPWD
Specifications, higher of the two frequencies of testing shall be followed and
nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
xxi. A site laboratory with the minimum equipment as specified in Schedule F of

General condition of contract i.e. Table-I at page no. 67 and as given in

83
`
appendix D of sub head 5 of CPWD specifications vol. I 2009 shall be

established by the contractor, made functional and maintained within one
month from the award of work without any extra cost to the department. All
the relevant and applicable standards and specifications shall be made
available of the contractor at his own cost in the field laboratory.
xxii. The Contractor shall maintain all the work in good condition till the
completion of entire work. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall
make good, all damages and repairs, rendered necessary due to fire, rain,
traffic, floods or any other causes. The Engineer-in-Charge shall not be
responsible for any claims for injuries to person/workmen or for structural
damage to property happening from any neglect, default, want of proper care
or misconduct on the part of the Contractor or of any other of his
representatives, in his employment during the execution of the work. The
compensation, if any, shall be paid directly to the Department / authority /
persons concerned, by the Contractor at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be
paid on this account.
1.50 SUBMISSION AND DOCUMENTATION

The Contractor shall render all help and assistance in documenting the total
sequences of this project by way of photography, slides, audio / video recording
etc. Nothing extra shall be payable to Contractor on this account. The original
films shall be the property of the Department. No copy shall be prepared without
the prior approval of the Engineer- in – Charge.
(i) The Contractor shall display all permissions, licenses, registration

certificates, bar charts, other statements etc under various labour laws and
other regulations applicable to the works, at his site office. He should also
keep at site at least one set of BIS Codes and other relevant codes at site
and produce the same if asked for by Engineer-In-Charge. In case of non
compliance, these codes will be purchased from the Market and actual cost
of purchase will be recovered from the next RA Bill of the Contractor.
(ii) The Contractor shall make available four (04) sets of completed Building
Drawings, “As Built Drawings” along with literatures, manuals, warranty
certificates etc. of various installed fittings, fixtures and equipment for the
completed projects. This shall be the prerequisite for payment of final bill.
(iii) The Contractor shall make available three (03) sets of all drawings of
internal and external services i.e. Water Supply, Sanitary line and Drainage
lines. This shall be the prerequisite for payment of final bill. These
drawings shall have the following information:
(iv) Run off for all piping and their diameters including soil, waste pipes and

84
`
vertical stacks.
(v) Ground and invert level of all drainage pipes together with locations
of all manholes and connections, up to outfall.
(vi) Run off for all water supply lines with diameters location of control valves,
access panels etc.
(vii) The contractor shall make available four (04) sets of computerized Standard
Measurement Books (SMBs) having measurement of all the permanent
standing in a building.
(viii) The Performance Guarantee shall not be released to the contractor until the
aforesaid drawings are submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge
(ix) The contractor will submit computerized measurement sheet for the work
carried out by him for making payment as per Clause – 6A of the CPWD
General Conditions of Contract 2014 (with correction slips upto
24.09.2015). For casting of RCC members and other hidden items the
corrected and duly test checked measurement sheets of reinforcement or
that of other hidden items shall be deposited with Engineer in charge or his
authorized representative, before casting of RCC or other hidden items. The
delay in submission of corrected and duly checked measurement sheet may,
therefore, delay casting of RCC or execution of hidden item for which no
hindrance shall be recorded.
(x) To avoid delay, contractor should submit all samples well in advance so as
to give timely orders for procurement.
1.51 PROGRAM /SCHEDULE

The Contractor shall prepare an integrated program chart within fifteen days of
issue of award letter including civil as well as E & M activities for the execution
of work, showing clearly all activities from the start of work to completion, with
details of manpower, equipment and machinery required for the fulfilment of the
program within the stipulated period and submit the same for approval of
the Engineer-In-Charge within fifteen days of the award of the work. The
integrated program chart so submitted should not have any discrepancy with the
physical milestones attached in the contract agreement. The program chart should
include the following: -
(i) Descriptive note explaining sequence of various activities.
(ii) Construction Program prepared on PRIMAVERA Software, which will

indicate resources in financial terms, manpower and specialized equipment

85
`
for every important stage.
(iii) Program for procurement of materials by the contractor.
(iv) Program for arranging and deployment of manpower both skilled and
unskilled so as to achieve targeted progress.
(v) Program of procurement of machinery/equipment having adequate

capacity, commensurate with the quantum of work to be done within the
stipulated period, by the contractor.
(vi) Program for achieving fortnightly micro milestones and periodic milestones.
(vii) In case of non compliance/delay in compliance in this, a penalty @ Rs. 500/-

per day will be imposed which will be recovered from the immediate next
R/A Bill of the Contractor.
(ix) If at any time, it appears to the Engineer-In-Charge that the actual progress
of work does not conform to the approved program referred above, the
contractor shall produce a revised program showing the modifications to the
approved program by additional inputs to ensure completion of the work
within the stipulated time.
(x) The submission for approval by the Engineer-In-Charge of such program or

the furnishing of such particulars shall not relieve the contractor of any of
his duties or responsibilities under the contract. This is without prejudice to
the right of Engineer-In-Charge to take action against the contractor as per
terms and conditions of the agreement.
(xi) Apart from the above integrated program chart, the contractor shall be
required to submit monthly progress report of the work in computerized
form on 1st and 16th of every month. These Monthly progress reports shall
be accompanied with photographs (at least ten nos.) of the work done at all
the parts of construction site in a computerized form besides forwarding
hard copies of the same before to Engineer in Charge. The contractor shall
submit the 5 minute compiled video in soft copy of execution of different
items of work along with the monthly progress report.
(a) Construction schedule of the various components of the work through a
bar chart for the next two fortnights (or as may be specified), showing
the micro- milestone/milestones, targeted tasks (including material and
labour requirement) and up to date progress. At least 10 digital
photographs showing all the parts of construction site along with at least
5 minutes video of executions of different items in soft copy has to be
submitted in every fortnightly progress report.

86
`
(b) Progress chart of the various components of the work that are
planned and achieved, for the fortnight as well as cumulative up
to the fortnight under reckoning, with reason for deviations, if any in
a tabular format.
(c) Plant and machinery statement, indicating those deployed in

the work.
(d) Man-power statement indicating:

• Individually the names of all the staff deployed on the work,
along with their designations.
• No. of skilled workers (trade wise) and total no. of unskilled
workers deployed on the work and their location of deployment
i.e. blocks.
(e) Financial statement, indicating the broad details of all the running
account payment received up to date, such as gross value of work done,
advances taken, recoveries effected, amount withheld, net payments
details of cheque payment received, extra/substituted/deviation items if
any, etc.
(i) In case of non compliance / delay in compliance in submission of

fortnightly, a penalty @ Rs. 1000/- per fortnightly report will be
imposed which will be recovered from the immediate next R/A
Bill of the Contractor.
(ii) For completing the work in time, the Contractor might be
required to work in two or more shifts (including night shifts).
No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account, not
with-standing the fact that the Contractor may have to pay extra
amounts for any reason, to the labour and other staff engaged
directly or indirectly on the work according to the provisions of
the labour and other statutory bodies regulations and the
agreement entered upon by the Contractor with them.
(xii) The work should be planned in a systematic manner so as to ensure proper

co-ordination of various disciplines viz. sanitary & water supply, electrical,
fire fighting and any other services.
(xiii)Other agencies will also simultaneously execute and install the works of
sub-station / generating sets, air-conditioning, lifts, etc. for the work and the
contractor shall afford necessary facilities for the same. The contractor shall
leave such recesses, holes, openings trenches etc. as may be required for
such related works (for which inserts, sleeves, brackets, electrical conduits,
base plates, clamps etc. shall be supplied free of cost by the department
unless otherwise specifically mentioned) and the contractor shall fix the
87
`
same at time of casting of concrete, stone work and brick work, if required,
and nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
(xiv) The Contractor shall do proper sequencing of the various activities by

suitably staggering the activities within various pockets in the plot so as to
achieve early completion. The agency may deploy adequate equipment,
machinery and labour as required for the completion of the entire work
within the stipulated period specified. Also ancillary facilities shall be
provided commensurate with requirement to complete the entire work
within the stipulated period. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
Adequate number/sets of equipment in working condition, along with
adequate stand-by arrangements, shall be deployed during entire
construction period. It shall be ensured by the Contractor that all the
equipment, Tools & Plants, machineries etc. provided by him are maintained
in proper working conditions at all times during the progress of the work
and till the completion of the work. Further, all the constructional tools,
plants, equipment and machineries provided by the Contractor, on site of
work or his work shop for this work, shall be exclusively intended for use in
the construction of this work and they shall not be shifted / removed from
site without the permission of the Engineer-in-Charge. Delay caused due to
repairing or maintenance of Equipment, tools and other machineries shall be
entirely attributed to the contractor. Extension of time shall not be given on
this account to the contractor.
(xv) To avoid delay, contractor should submit samples well in advance so as to

give timely orders for procurement.
(xvi) All material shall only be brought at site as per program finalized with the
Engineer-in-Charge. Any pre-delivery of the material not required for
immediate consumption shall not be accepted and thus not paid for (in terms
of secured advance or advance payment etc.).
1.52 TEMPORARY WATER/ ELECTRICITY/ TELEPHONE CONNECTION

(i) Arrangement of temporary telephone connection, water and electricity
required by him, shall be made by the Contractor at his own cost and also
necessary permissions shall be obtained by him directly from concerned
authorities, under intimation to the Department. Also, all initial cost and
running charges, and security deposit, if any, in this regard shall be borne
by him. The Contractor shall abide by all the rules/ bye laws applicable in
this regard and he shall be solely responsible for any penalty on account of
violation of any of the rules / byelaws in this regard. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account. The contractor is strictly prohibited to use ground
water by digging bore well from the site premises. He may bring water
from outside through tankers from authorized sources as per condition No.

88
`
1.18 of Special Conditions.
(ii) The Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance and watch and ward of
the complete installation and water / electricity meter and shall also be
responsible for any pilferage, theft, damage, penalty etc. in this regard. The
Contractor shall indemnify the Department against any claim arising out of
pilferage, theft, damage, penalty etc. whatsoever on this account. Security
deposit for the work shall be released only after No Dues Certificates are
obtained from the local Authorities from whom temporary electric/ water /
telephone connection have been obtained by the Contractor. Nothing extra
(iii) The Department shall in no way be responsible for either any delay in
getting electric and/or water and/or telephone connections for carrying out
the work or not getting connections at all. No claim of delay or any other
kind, whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained from the Contractor.
Also contingency arrangement of stand-by water & electric supply shall be
made by the Contractor for commencement and smooth progress of the
work so that work does not suffer on account of power failure or
disconnection or not getting connection at all. No claim of any kind
whatsoever shall be entertained on this account from the Contractor.
1.53 CLEANLINESS OF SITE

i. The Contractor shall not stack building material / malba / muck on the land
or road of the local development authority or on the land owned by the
others, as the case may be. So the muck, rubbish etc. shall be removed
periodically, from the site of work to the approved dumping grounds as per
the local byelaws and regulations of the concerned authorities and all
necessary permissions in this regard from the local bodies shall be obtained
by the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. In case,
the Contractor is found stacking the building material / malba as stated
above, the Contractor shall be liable to pay the stacking charges / penalty as
may be levied by the local body or any other authority and also to face
penal action as per the rules, regulations and bye-laws of such body or
authority. The Engineer –in-Charge shall be at liberty to recover, such sums
due but not paid to the concerned authorities on the above counts, from any
sums due to the Contractor including amount of the Security Deposit and
performance guarantee in respect of this contract agreement.

89
`
ii. The contractor shall take instructions from the Engineer-In-Charge

regarding collection and stacking of materials at any place. No excavated
earth or building rubbish shall be stacked on areas where other buildings,
roads, services and compound walls are to be constructed.
iii. The site of work shall be always kept clean due to constraints of space and
to avoid any nuisance to the users of buildings in the adjacent plots. The
Contractor shall take all care to prevent any water- logging at site. The
wastewater, slush etc. shall not be allowed to be collected at site. It may be
directly pumped into the creek with prior approval of the concerned
authorities. For discharge into public drainage system, necessary
permission shall be obtained from relevant authorities after paying the
necessary charges, if any, directly to the authorities. The work shall be
carried out in such a way that the area is kept clean and tidy. All the
fees/charges in this regard shall be borne by the Contractor. Nothing extra
iv. It is the responsibility of contractor to keep basement neat and clean. The
contractor shall spray the chemicals to check the mosquitoes at frequent
interval or as directed by the Engineer in charge. The contractor shall also
make lighting and temporary ventilation arrangement in basement. The
contractor shall provide submersible pumps with automatic on/off system
in each sump in lower basement to bail out the water accumulated. The
contractor shall quote rates after considering the above sated conditions and
nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
v. The contractor shall not wash the drum of TM (transit mixture) at site and
shall avoid the spread of leachate / cement slurry to be spread at the site of
work and all care shall be taken to keep the site neat and clean at his own
cost.
1.54 INSPECTION OF WORK
(i) In addition to the provisions of relevant clauses of the contract, the work
shall also be open to inspection by Senior Officers of CPWD & the
representative of the Consultants the contractor shall at times during the
usual working hours and at all times at which reasonable notices of the
intention of the Engineer-in-charge or other officers as stated above to visit
the works shall have been given to the contractor, either himself be present
to receive the orders and instructions or have a responsible representative
90
`
duly accredited in writing, to be present for that purpose.
(ii) Inspection of the work by Consultant appointed by the CPWD.
a) The consultant appointed by CPWD, shall be inspecting the works

including workshops and fabrication factory to ensure that the works
are in general being executed according to the design, drawings and
specifications laid down in the contract. His observations shall be
communicated by CPWD engineering staff and compliance is to be
reported to CPWD.
b) The consultant appointed by CPWD shall certify on completion of

particular building that it has been constructed according to the
approved drawings design and specifications.
(iii) Senior Officers of CPWD, Dignitaries from Central Ministry / Department,

IIT Authorities shall be inspecting the on-going work at site at any time
with or without prior intimation. The contractor shall, therefore, keep
updated the following requirements and detailing.
a) Display Board showing detail of work, weekly progress achieved with

respect to targets, reason of shortfall, status of manpower, wages being
paid for different categories of workers.
b) Entrance and area surrounding to be kept cleaned.
c) Display layout plan key plan, Building drawings including plans,

elevations and sections
d) Upto date displays of Bar chart, CPM and PERT etc.
e) Keep details of quantities executed, balance quantities, deviations,

possible Extra item, substituted Item etc
f) Keep plastic / cloth mounted one sets of building drawings.
g) Set of Helmets and safety shoes for exclusive use for officers/dignitaries
visiting at site.
1.55 FINAL TESTING OF THE INSTALLATION

The Contractor shall demonstrate trouble free functioning of all the Civil and E
& M installations and services. The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized
representatives shall carry out final inspection of the various Civil and E & M
services and installations. Any defect(s) noticed during demonstration shall be

91
`
rectified by the Contractor at his own cost to the entire satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.56 SUBMISSION OF AS BUILT DRAWINGS AND OBTAINING

OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE
The contractor shall coordinate and facilitate consultant for obtaining occupation
certificate / completion certificate from local bodies including getting the required
site visits conducted by such authorities with a view to obtain the same.
1.57 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD (REFUND OF SECURITY DEPOSIT)

The clause 17 of the General Conditions of Contract for CPWD works shall be
applied.
1.58 DEALING WITH INCONSISTENT RATES

i. The Contractors shall quote same rates for the identical items which may
inadvertently appear in more than one place. If different rates are quoted by the
tenderers for such identical items, the same shall be rationalized by
considering the lowest quoted rate for such items, for evaluation and
acceptance of tender.
ii. Wherever any reference to any Indian Standards occurs in the documents
relating to this contract, the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued
thereto or revisions thereof, if any, up to the date of receipt of tenders.
iii. Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities, the rates for all items
of work shall be considered, as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out water,
if required throughout the construction period for which no extra payment
shall be made. This shall also include water encountered from any source
such as rains, floods, or any other cause whatsoever except sub soil water
table being high.
iv. All stone aggregate and stone ballast shall be of hard stone variety to be
obtained from approved quarries.
v. Coarse sand should be obtained from approved sources. The same shall be
clean and sharp angular grit type. The coarse sand shall be screened before
using, if required. If the sand brought to site is dirty, it must be washed in
clean water to bring the sand to the required specifications. Nothing extra
vi. The rates for all items of work, shall unless clearly specified otherwise,
include cost of all operations and all inputs of labour, material, T & P,
scaffolding, wastages, watch and ward, other inputs, all incidental charges, all
92
`
taxes, cess, VAT, duties, levies etc. required for execution of the work.
1.59 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF CHEMICALS

(i) The contractor shall construct storage space for Chemicals materials to ensure
that the storage conditions are as recommended by the manufactures.
(ii) All the materials shall be procured and delivered in sealed containers with
labels legible and intact.
(iii) All the chemicals {polymers, epoxy, water proofing compound, plasticizer,
Polysulphide, SBR based elastomeric, all exterior and interior paints, polish
etc.) shall be procured in convenient packs say 20 litres/Kgs.} capacity
packing only or as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, and not in bigger
capacity containers, say 200 litre (Kgs.) drums unless otherwise specifically
permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge. One sample from each lot of the
chemical procured by the contractor shall be tested in a laboratory as approved
by the Engineer-in-charge
(iv) All material required for the execution of the work shall be got approved,
procured and deposited with the Departmental supervisory staff. The materials
shall be kept in joint custody of the contractor and the Department. The watch
and ward of such material shall, however, remain to be the responsibility of the
contractor and no claim, whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained.
Different containers of each chemical shall be serially numbered on packing
and also consumed in that order. Day-to-Day account of receipt, issue and
balance shall be regulated by the Department and proper account shall be
maintained at site of work in the prescribed form as per the standard practice.
(v) All the chemicals shall be procured by the contractor directly from the
manufacturer. In exceptional circumstances, the contractor may be allowed to
procure the materials from the authorized dealers of the manufacturers, if
specifically permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge.
(vi) The original copies of challan/cash memos towards the quantity of various
chemicals procured shall be made available by the contractor at the request
from the Engineer-in- Charge and a copy of the same shall be kept in record.
(vii) The Name of manufacturers, manufacturer’s product identification,

manufacturer’s mixing instructions, warning for handling and toxicity and date
of manufacturing and shelf life shall be clearly and legibly mentioned on the
labels of the each container.
(viii)The contractor shall submit for the chemicals procured, manufacturer’s and /
or authorized dealer’s certificate regarding supplying and verifying
conformance to the material specifications, as specified.

93
`
(ix) All filled containers shall be handled in safe manner and in a way to avoid
breaking container seals.
(x) Empty containers of the chemicals should not be removed from site till the
completion of work and shall be removed only with the written approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
(xi) All arrangements for measuring, dosing and mixing of material / chemicals at
site have to be made by the contractor.
(xii) Contractor shall suitably advise his site Engineer and all the workers as regards
safe handling of chemicals. Necessary protective and safety equipments in
form of hand gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided by the contractor and be
also used at site.
(xiii) All incidental charges of any kind including cartage, storage and wastage and
safe custody of material etc. shall be borne by the contractor and no claim,
whatsoever, shall be entertained on this account.
(xiv) The chemicals shall be tested in an independent laboratory as approved by the

Engineer-in-charge at the frequency as specified. If required, more samples
may have to be tested as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account. However testing charges shall be borne
by the department for the samples satisfying the requirements specified in the
tender.
1.60 De-watering
i. De-watering required, if any, shall be done conforming to BIS Code IS: 9759
(guide lines for de-watering during construction) and / or as per the
specifications approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Design of an appropriate
and suitable dewatering system shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.
Such scheme shall be modified / augmented as the work proceeds based
on fresh information discovered during the progress of work, at no extra cost.
At all times during the construction work, efficient drainage of the site shall be
carried out by the Contractor and especially during the laying of plain cement
concrete, taking levels etc. The Contractor shall also ensure that there is no
danger to the nearby properties and installations on account of such lowering
of water table. If needed, suitable precautionary measures shall be taken by the
Contractor. Also the scheme of dewatering adopted shall have adequate built
in arrangement to serve as stand-by to attend to repair of pumps etc. and
disruption of power / fuel supply.
ii. In trenches where surface water is likely to get into cut / trench during
monsoons, a ring bund of puddle clay or by any other means shall be formed

94
`
outside, to the required height, and maintained by the Contractor. Also,

suitable steps shall be taken by the Contractor to prevent back flow of pumped
water into the trench. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.61 INSURANCE POLICIES

Before commencing the execution of work, the Contractor shall, without in
any way limiting his obligations and liabilities, insure at his own cost and
expense against any damage or loss or injury, which may be caused to any
person or property, at site of work. The Contractor shall obtain and submit to
the Engineer-in-Charge proper Contractor All Risk Insurance Policy for an
amount 1.25 times the contract amount for this work, with Engineer-in-Charge
as the first beneficiary. The insurance shall be obtained in joint names of
Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor (who shall be second beneficiary).
Also, he shall indemnify the Department from any liability during the
execution of the work. Further, he shall obtain and submit to the Engineer-in-
Charge, a third party insurance policy for maximum Rs.10 lakh for each
accident, with the Engineer-in-Charge as the first beneficiary. The insurance
shall be obtained in joint names of Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor
(who shall be second beneficiary). The Contractor shall, from time to time,
provide documentary evidence as regards payment of premium for all the
Insurance Policies for keeping them valid till the completion of the work. The
Contractor shall ensure that Insurance Policies are also taken for the workers of
his Sub-Contractors / specialized agencies also. Without prejudice to any of its
obligations and responsibilities specified above, the Contractor shall within 10
days from the date of letter of acceptance of the tender and thereafter at the end
of each quarter submit a report to the Department giving details of the
Insurance Policies along with Certificate of these insurance policies being
valid, along with documentary evidences as required by the Engineer-in-
Charge. No work shall be commenced by the Contractor unless he obtains the
Insurance Policies as mentioned above. Also, no payment shall be made to the
Contractor on expiry of insurance policies unless renewed by the Contractor.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. No claim of hindrance (or any
other claim) shall be entertained from the contractor on these accounts.
The contractor shall arrange at no extra cost to the Department to train two
persons from the department (CPWD) and two person from the client, one
each for civil and electrical works, on how to operate and carryout preventive
maintenance of the systems (both civil and electrical) . The contractor shall
arrange this training from well qualified and experience personnel for the
period as required.
1.61.1 Contractor shall collect all construction waste generated on site. Segregate
these wastes based on their utility and examine means of sending such waste to
manufacturing units which use them as raw material or other site which require
95
`
it for specific purpose. Typical construction debris could be broken bricks,

steel bars, broken tiles, spilled concrete and mortar etc.
1.61.2 The contractor shall provide potable water for all workers.
1.61.3 The contractor shall provide the minimum level of sanitation and safety
facilities for the workers at site. The contractor shall ensure cleanliness of
workplace with regard to the disposal of waste and effluent; provide clean
drinking water and latrines and urinals as per applicable standard. Adequate
toilet facilities shall be provided for the workman within easy access of their
place of work. The total no. to be provided shall not be less than 1 per 30
employees in any one shift. Toilet facilities shall be provided from the start of
building operations, connection to a sewer shall be made as soon as
practicable. Every toilet shall be so constructed that the occupant is sheltered
from view and protected from the weather and falling objects. Toilet facilities
shall be maintained in a sanitary condition. A sufficient quantity of disinfectant
shall be provided. Natural or artificial illumination shall be provided.
1.61.4 Water spray, through a simple hose for small projects, to keep dust under
control. Fine mists should be used to control fine particulate. However, this
should be done with care so as not to waste water. Heavy watering can also
create mud, which when tracked onto paved public roadways, must be
promptly removed. Also, there must be an adequate supply of clean water
nearby to ensure that spray nozzles don’t get plugged.
1.61.5 Contractor shall be required to provide an easily accessible area that serves the
entire building and is dedicated to the separation, collection and storage of
materials for recycling including (at a minimum) paper, corrugated cardboard,
glass, plastics, and metals. He shall coordinate the size and functionality of the
recycling areas with the anticipated collections services for glass, plastic,
office paper, newspaper, cardboard, and organic wastes to maximize the
effectiveness of the dedicated areas. Consider employing cardboard balers,
aluminium can crushers, recycling chutes, and collection bins at individual
workstations to further enhance the recycling program.
1.61.6 Staging (dividing a construction area into two or more areas to minimize the
area of soil that will be exposed at any given time) should be done to separate

96
`
undisturbed land from land disturbed by construction activity and material

storage.
1.61.7 The contractor shall comply with the safety procedures, norms and guidelines
(as applicable) as outlined in the document Part 7 Constructional practices and
safety of National Building code 2005 of India, Bureau of Indian Standards. A
copy of all pertinent regulations and notices concerning accidents, injury and
first-aid shall be prominently exhibited at the work site. Depending upon the
scope & nature of work, a person qualified in first-aid shall be available at
work site to render and direct first-aid to causalities. A telephone may be
provided to first-aid assistant with telephone numbers of the hospitals
displayed. Complete reports of all accidents and action taken thereon shall be
forwarded to the competent authorities.
1.61.8 The contractor shall ensure the following activities for construction workers
safety, among other measures:
• Guarding all parts of dangerous machinery.
• Precautionary signs for working on machinery
• Maintaining hoists and lifts, lifting machines, chains, ropes, and other
lifting tackles in good condition.
• Durable and reusable formwork systems to replace timber formwork and
ensure that formwork where used is properly maintained.
• Ensuring that walking surfaces or boards at height are of sound
construction and are provided with safety rails or belts.
• Provide protective equipment; helmets etc. - Provide measures to
prevent fires.
• Fire extinguishers and buckets of sand to be provided in the fire-prone
area and elsewhere.
• Provide sufficient and suitable light for working during night time.
1.61.9 The storage of material shall be as per standard good practices as specified in
Part 7, Section 2 in Storage, Stacking and Handling practices, NBC 2005 and
shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge to ensure minimum
wastage and to prevent any misuse, damage, inconvenience or accident. Watch
and ward of the Contractor is materials shall be his own responsibility. There
should be a proper planning of the layout for stacking and storage of different
materials, components and equipments with proper access and proper
manoeuvrability of the vehicles carrying the materials. While planning the
layout, the requirements of various materials, components and equipments at
different stages of construction shall be considered.

97
`
1.61.10 The contractor shall provide for adequate number of garbage bins around the
construction site and the workers facilities and will be responsible for the
proper utilization of these bins for any solid waste generated during the
construction. The contractor shall ensure that the site and the workers facilities
are kept litter free. Separate bins should be provided for plastic, glass, metal,
biological and paper waste and labelled in both Hindi and English with
suitable symbols.
1.61.11 The Contractor shall remove from site all rubbish and debris generated by the
Works and keep Works clean and tidy throughout the Contract Period. All the
serviceable and non-serviceable (malba) material shall be segregated and
stored separately. The malba obtained during construction shall be collected in
well-formed heaps at properly selected places, keeping in a view safe
condition for workmen in the area. Materials which are likely to cause dust
nuisance or undue environmental pollution in any other way, shall be removed
from the site at the earliest and till then they shall be suitable covered. Glass &
steel should be dumped or buried separately to prevent injury. The work of
removal of debris should be carried out during day. In case of poor visibility
artificial light may be provided.
1.61.12 The contractor shall provide O & M Manuals wherever applicable.
1.61.13 The contractor shall make himself conversant with the Site Waste
Management Program Manual and actively contribute to its compilation by
estimating the nature and volume of waste generated by the
process/installation in question.
1.61.14 The contractor shall prepare and submit spill prevention and control plans
before the start of construction, clearly stating measures to stop the source of
the spill, to contain the spill, to dispose the contaminated material and
hazardous wastes, and stating designation of personnel trained to prevent and
control spills. Hazardous wastes include pesticides, paints, cleaners, and
petroleum products.
1.61.15 Contractor shall collect & submit the relevant material certificates for
materials with high recycled (both post-industrial and post-consumer) content,
including materials like RMC mix with fly-ash, glass with recycled content,
calcium silicate boards etc.
1.61.16 Contractor shall collect the relevant material certificates for rapidly renewable
materials such as bamboo, wool, cotton insulation, agri-fiber, linoleum, wheat
board, strawboard and cork etc.
1.61.17 Where possible, the contractor shall select materials / vendors, harvested and
manufactured regionally, within a 800-km radius of the project site.

98
`
1.61.18 The contractor shall ensure that a flush out of all internal spaces is conducted
prior to handover. This shall comprise an opening of all doors and windows for
14 days to vent out any toxic fumes due to paints, varnishes, polishes, etc.
1.62 CONSTRUCTION WASTE

(a) Contractor shall ensure that wastage of construction material is within
3%.
(b) All construction debris generated during construction shall be carefully
segregated and stored in a demarcated waste yard. Clear, identifiable
areas shall be provided for each waste type. Employ measures to
segregate the waste on site into inert, chemical, or hazardous wastes.
(c) All construction debris shall be used for road preparation, back filling,
etc, as per the instructions of the Engineer in Charge, with necessary
activities of sorting, crushing, etc.
(d) No construction debris shall be taken away from the site, without the prior
approval of the Engineer in Charge.
(e) The contractor shall recycle the unused chemical/hazardous wastes such
as oil, paint, batteries, and asbestos.
(f) If and when construction debris is taken out of the site, after prior
permissions from the Engineer in Charge, then the contractor shall ensure
the safe disposal of all wastes and will only dispose of any such
construction waste in approved dumping sites.

99
`
2.0 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AND PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION

FOR CIVIL COMPONENT
2.1 ADDITIONAL CONDITION AND PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION

FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
2.1.1 This specification covers the fabrication and transportation to site and
erection on prepared foundations and structural steel work consisting of
beams, columns, purlins, vertical trusses, bracings, shear connections etc.
2.1.2 Fabrication, erection and approval of steel structures shall be in

compliance with:
- General Specifications mentioned in CPWD specifications and IS : 800
– 1984. For the guidance on general fabrication and erection of
structural steel work, Chapter 11 of IS:800 (1984) must be followed. As
far as safety is concerned guidance could be obtained from Indian safety
code for structural steelwork IS:7205(1974). Before the commencement
of the erection, all the erection equipment tools, shackles, ropes etc.
should be tested for their load carrying capacity. Such tests if needed
may be repeated at intermediate stages also.
- Drawings and supplementary drawings to be supplied to the contractors

during execution of the work.
2.1.3 Providing shop primer coat for steel structures. Grouting of holding-down
bolt pockets and below base plates where required.
2.1.4 In case of conflict between the Clauses mentioned here and the Indian
Standards, those expressed in this specification shall govern.
2.1.5 Scope
The fabrication and erection of the steel work consists of accomplishing of
all jobs here-in enumerated including providing all labour, tools and plant
all materials and consumables such as welding electrodes, bolts and nuts,
oxygen and acetylene gases, oils for cleaning etc. of approved quality as
per relevant IS. The work shall be executed according to the drawings,
specifications, relevant codes etc. in an expeditious and workman like
manner, as detailed in the specifications and the relevant Indian Standard
100
`
Codes and Standard Practice and to the complete satisfaction of the

Engineer-in-charge.
2.1.6 Fabrication Drawings

i. The contractor shall prepare all fabrication and erection drawings on
the basis of design drawings supplied to him and submit the same in
triplicate to the Engineer-in-charge for review, Engineer-in-charge
shall review and comment, if any, on the same. Such review, if any,
by the Engineer-in-charge, does not relieve the contractor of any of
his required guarantees and responsibilities. The contractor shall
however be responsible to fabricate the structural strictly conforming
to specifications and reviewed drawings.
ii. Fabrication drawings shall include but not limited to the following:
- Member sizes and details
- Types and dimensions of welds and bolts
- Shapes and sizes of edge preparation for welding
- Details of shop and field joints included in assemblies.
iii. Bill of material

- Quality of structural steels, welding electrodes, bolts, nuts and
washers etc. to be used.
- Erection assemblies, identifying all transportable parts and sub-
assemblies, associated with special erection instructions, if
required.
- Calculations where asked for approval.
iv. Connections, splices etc. other details not specifically detailed in

design drawings shall be suitably given on fabrication drawings
considering normal detailing practices and developing full member
strengths. Where asked for calculations for the merit shall also be
submitted for approval.
v. Any alternate design or change in section is allowed when approved

in writing by the Engineer-in-charge.
vi. However, if any variation in the scheme is found necessary later, the
contractor will be supplied with revised drawings. The contractor
shall incorporate these changes in his drawings at no extra cost and
resubmit for review.
vii. Engineer-in-charge review shall not absolve the contractor of his

responsibility for the correctness of dimensions, adequacy of details
and connections. One copy will be returned reviewed with or without
101
`
comments to the contractor for necessary action. In the former case

further three copies of amended drawings shall be submitted by the
contractor for final review.
viii. The contractor shall supply three prints each of the final reviewed
drawings to the Engineer-in-charge within a week since final review,
at no extra cost for reference and records.
ix. The Engineer-in-charge will verify the correct interpretation of their

requirements.
x. If any modification is made in the design drawing during the course

of execution of the job, revised design drawings will be issued to the
contractor. Further changes arising out of these shall be incorporated
by the contractor in the fabrication drawings already prepared at no
extra cost and the revised fabrication drawings shall be duly got
reviewed as per the above Clauses.
2.1.7 Materials
i. Rolled Sections
The following grades of steel shall be used for steel structures:
Structural steel will generally be of standard quality conforming to IS:
226/IS:2062. Whenever welded construction is specified plates of more
than 20 mm thickness will generally conform to IS: 2062.
ii. Welding Materials

Welding electrodes shall conform to IS: 814.
Approval of welding procedures shall be as per IS: 823.
iii. Bolts, Nuts & Washers

Bolts and nuts shall be as per IS: 1367 and tested as per IS:1608. It shall
have a minimum tensile strength of 44 Kg/mm2 and minimum elongation
of 23% on a gauge length of 5.65 (A- Original cross sectional area of the
gauge length). Washers shall be as per IS: 2016.
iv. All materials shall conform to their respective specifications. The use of
equivalent or higher grade or alternate materials will be considered only in
very special cases subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge in
writing.
v. Receipt & Storing of Materials

102
`
Steel materials supplied by the contractor must be marked for identification

and each lot should be accompanied by manufacturer's quality certificate,
conforming chemical analysis and mechanical characteristics.
All steel parts furnished by supplier shall be checked, sorted out,
straightened, and arranged by grades and qualities in stores.
Structurals with surface defects such as pitting, cracks, laminations etc.

shall be rejected if the defects exceed the allowable tolerances specified in
relevant standards or as directed by the chief Engineer-in-charge.
Welding wire and electrodes shall be stored separately by qualities and lots
inside a dry and enclosed room, in compliance with IS: 816 - 1969 and as
per instructions given by the Engineer-in-charge. Electrodes shall be
perfectly dry and drawn from an electrode even, if required.
vi. Checking of quality bolts of any kind as well as storage of same shall be
made conforming to relevant standards.
Each lot of electrodes, bolts, nuts, etc. shall be accompanied by
manufacturer's test certificate.
The contractor may use alternative materials as compared to design

specification only with the written approval of the chief Engineer-in-
charge.
vii. Material Tests

The contractor shall be required to produce manufacturer's quality
certificates for the materials supplied by the contractor. Notwithstanding
the manufacturer's certificates, the Engineer-in-charge may ask for testing
of materials in approved test houses. The test results shall satisfy the
requirements of the relevant Indian Standards.
viii. Whenever quality certificates are missing or incomplete or when material

quality differs from standard specifications the contractor shall conduct all
appropriate tests as directed by the Engineer-in-charge at no extra cost.
ix. Materials for which test certificates are not available or for which test
results do not tally with relevant standard specifications, shall not be used.
2.1.8 Fabrication
The Contractor will submit the credential with full particulars about work
completed by fabricator to be deployed for this work for approval of
Engineer-in-charge. After written approval is communicated in respect of

103
`
fabricator, then only the jobs should be a signed to him. Fabrication shall be
in accordance with IS: 800 Section V in addition to the following:
Fabrication shall be done as per approved fabrication drawings adhering

strictly to work points and work lines on the same. The connections shall be
welded or bolted as per design drawings. Work shall also include
fabricating built up sections.
Any defective material used shall be replaced by the contractor at his own
expense, care being taken to prevent any damage to the structure during
removal.
All the fabricated and delivered items shall be suitably packed to be

protected from any damage during transportation and handling. Any
damage caused at any time shall be made good by the Contractor at his own
cost.
Any faulty fabrication pointed out at any stage of work shall be made good
by the contractor at his own cost.
i. Preparation of Materials
Prior to release for fabrication, all rolled sections warped beyond allowable
limit shall be pressed or rolled straight and freed from twists, taking care
that an uniform pressure is applied.
Minor warping, corrugations etc. in rolled sections shall be rectified by cold

working.
The sections shall be straightened by hot working where the Engineer-in-

charge so direct and shall cooled slowly after straightening.
Warped members like plates and flats may be used as such only if wave
like deformation does not exceed L/1000 but limited to 10 mm (L-Length).
Surface of members that are to be jointed by lap or fillet welding or bolting

shall be even so that there is no gap between overlapping surfaces.
ii. Marking
Marking of members shall be made on horizontal pads, of an appropriate
racks or supports in order to ensure horizontal and straight placement of
such members. Marking accuracy shall be atleast + 1 mm.
iii. Cutting
Members shall be cut mechanically (by saw or shear or by oxyacetylene
flame).

104
`
All sharp, rough, or broken edges, and all edges of joints which are
subjected to tensile or oscillating stresses, shall be ground.
No electric metal arc cutting shall be allowed.
All edges cut by oxyacetylene process shall be cleaned of impurities prior to

assembly.
Cutting tolerances shall be as follows:

a) For members connected at both ends + 1 mm.
b) Elsewhere + 3 mm.
The edge preparation for welding of members more than 12 mm thick shall
be done by flame cutting and grinding. Cut faces shall not have cracks or be
rough.
Edge preparation shall be as per IS : 823 - 1964.
iv. Drilling
Bolts holes shall be drilled.
Drilling shall be made to the diameter specified in drawings.
No enlarging of holes filling, by man drolling or oxyacetylene flame shall

be allowed.
Allowed variations for holes (out-of-roundness, eccentricity, plumb-line

deviation) shall be as per IS:800.
− Maximum deviation for spacing of two holes on the same axis shall be
+1mm.
− Two perpendicular diameters of any oval hole shall not differ by more
than 1 mm.
v. Drilling faults in holes may be rectified by reaming the holes to the next upper
diameter, provided that spacing of new hole centres and distance of hole
centres to the edges of members are not less than allowed and that the increase
of hole diameter does not impair the structural strength. Hole reaming shall be
allowed if the number of faulty holes does not exceed 15% of the total number
of holes for one joint.
vi. Welding:
Preparation of Members for Welding

105
`
A. All welding in mild steel work shall be done with electrodes and / or by
methods recommended by the suppliers of the metals being welded in
accordance with corresponding Indian Standards. Type, size and spacing of
welds, shall be as specified. All welding consumables shall be in
accordance with the I.S. standards.
B. Welds behind finished mild steel surfaces shall be so done as to eliminate

distortion and / or discoloration on the finished side.
C. Weld spatter and welding oxides on finished surfaces shall be removed by

descaling and / or grinding. Plug, puddle or spot welding shall not be
permitted. If weld beads are visible on exposed finished surfaces, the
surfaces shall be ground and polished to match and blend with finish on
adjacent parent metal.
D. Structural welds shall be made by certified welders and shall conform to

I.S. code. The welds shall be tested by the Contractor to ensure quality and
integrity of the structural welds. However, welding tests shall be carried out
as below: and the contractor shall maintain records for Visual testing – 100
% of the welds for size and quality. Fillet weld testing- 100 % of the welds
for MPI or Dye penetration test
E. Dirt grease, lubricant, or other organic material shall be removed by vapor

degreasing or suitable solvent.
F. Joints rejected because of welding defects may be repaired only by re

welding. Defective welds shall be removed by chipping or machining.
Flame cutting shall not be allowed.
Assembly of structural members shall be made with proper jigs and fixtures to
ensure correct positioning of members (angles, axes nodes etc.)
Sharp edges, rust of cut edges, notches, irregularities and fissures due to faulty
cutting shall be chipped or ground or filled over the length of the affected area,
deep enough to remove faults completely.
Edge preparation for welding shall be carefully and accurately made so as to

facilitate a good joint.
Generally no special edge preparation shall be required for members under 8

mm thick.
Edge preparation (bevelling) denotes cutting of the same so as to result in V, X

K or U seam shapes as per IS: 823.

106
`
The members to be assembled shall be clean and dry on the welding edges.
Under no circumstances shall wet, greasy, rust or dirt covered parts be
assembled. Joints shall be kept free from any foreign matter likely to get in to
the gaps between members to be welded.
Before assembly the edges to be welded as well as adjacent areas extending for
atleast 20 mm shall be cleaned (until metallic polish is achieved).
When assembling members, proper care shall be taken of welding shrinkage

and distortions, as the drawing dimensions cover finished dimensions of the
structure.
The elements shall be got checked and approved by the Engineer-in-charge or

their authorised representative before assembly.
The permissible tolerances for assembly of members preparatory to welding

shall be as per IS: 823-1964.
After the assemble has been checked, temporary tack welding in position shall
be done by electric welding, keeping in view finished dimensions of the
structure.
vii. Welding procedures
Welding shall be carried out only by fully trained and experienced welders as
tested and approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Any test carried out either by
the Engineer-in-charge or their representative or the inspectors shall constitute
a right by them for such tests and the cost involved thereon shall be borne by
the contractor himself.
Qualification tests for welders as well as tests for approval of electrodes will
be carried out as per IS: 823. The nature of test for performance qualification
of welders shall be commensurate with the quality of welding required on this
job as judged by the Engineer-in-charge.
The steel structures shall be automatically, semi-automatically or manually
welded as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Welding shall begin only after the checks mentioned in Clause herein have
been carried out.
The welder shall mark with his identification mark on each element welded by
him.

107
`
When welding is carried out in open air, steps shall be taken to protect the face
of welding against wind or rain. The electrodes, wire and parts being welded
shall be dry.
Before beginning the welding operation, each joint shall be checked to ensure
that the parts to be welded are clean and root gaps provided as per IS: 823.
For continuing the welding of seems discontinued due to some reason, the end
of the discontinued seem shall be melted in order to obtain a good continuity.
Before resuming the welding operation, the groove as well as the adjacent
parts shall be well cleaned for a length of approx. 50 mm.
For single butt welds (in V, 1/2 V or U) and double butt welds (in K, double U
etc.) the re-welding of the root is mandatory but only the metal deposit on the
root has been cleaned by back gouging or chipping.
The welding seams shall be left to cool slowly. The contractor shall not be
allowed to cool the welds quickly by any other method.
For multi-layer welding, before welding the following layer, the formerly
welded layer shall be cleaned metal bright by light chipping and wire brushing.
Backing strips shall not be allowed.
The order and method of welding shall be so that -

− No unacceptable deformation appears in the welded parts.
− Due margin is provided to compensate for contraction due to welding in
order to avoid any high permanent stresses.
The defects in welds must be rectified according to IS: 823 and as per
instruction of Engineer-in-charge.
viii. Weld Inspection

The weld seams shall satisfy the following :
− shall correspond to design shapes and dimensions.
− shall not have any defects such as cracks, incomplete penetration and
fusion, under-cuts, rough surfaces, burns, blow holes and porosity etc.
beyond permissible limits.
During the welding operation and approval of finished elements, inspections and
tests shall be made as shown in annexure-B. The mechanical characteristics of the
welded joints shall be as in IS: 823.
ix. Preparation of Members for Bolting

108
`
The members shall be assembled for bolting with proper jigs and fixtures to
sustain the assemblies without deformation and bending. Before assembly, all
sharp edges, shavings, rust dirt, etc. shall be removed. Before assembly, the
contacting surfaces of the members shall be cleaned and given a coat of primer
as per IS: 2074.The members which are bolt assembled shall be set according
to drawings and temporarily fastened with erection bolts (minimum 4 pieces)
to check the coaxiality of the holes. The members shall be finally bolted after
the deviations have been corrected, after which there shall not be gaps. Before
assembly, the members shall be checked and got approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. The difference in thickness of the sections that are butt assembled shall
not be more than 3% or maximum 0.8 mm whichever is less. If the difference
is larger, it shall be corrected by grinding or filling. Reaming of holes to final
diameter or cleaning of these shall be done only after the parts have been
check assembled. As each hole is finished to final dimensions (reamed if
necessary) it shall be set and bolted up. Erection bolts shall not be removed
before other bolts are set.
x. Bolting up
Final bolting of the members shall be done after the defects have been rectified
and approval of joints obtained. The bolts shall be tightened starting from the
centre of joint towards the edge.
xi. Planning of Ends

Planning of ends of members like column ends shall be done by grinding when
so specified in the design. Planning of butt welded members shall be done after
these have been assembled, the spare edges shall be removed with grinding
machines or files. The following tolerances shall be permitted on member that
have been planed.
− On the length of the member having both ends planed, maximum + 2

mm with respect to design.
− Level differences of planed surfaces, maximum 0.3 mm.
− Deviation between planed surface and member's axis maximum 1/1500.
xii. Holes for Field Joints

Holes for field joints shall be drilled in the shop to final diameters and tested in
t he shop, with trial assemblies. When three-dimensional assembly is not
possible in the shop, the holes for field joints may be drilled in shop and
reamed on site after erection, on approval by the Engineer-in-charge .For
bolted steel structures, trial assembly in shop is mandatory. The tolerance for
spacing of holes shall be + 1 mm.
xiii. Tolerances
All tolerances regarding dimensions, geometrical shapes and sections of steel
structures, shall be as per Annexure B, if not specified in the drawing.
109
`
xiv. Marking for Identification

All elements and members prior to despatch for erection shall be shop marked.
The members shall be visibly marked with a weather proof light coloured
paint. The size and thickness of the numbers shall be chosen as to facilitate the
identification of members. For the small members that are delivered in bundles
or crates, the required marking shall be done on small metal tags securely tied
to the bundle, while the crates shall be marked directly. Each bundle or crate
shall be packed with members for one and the same assembly; in the same
bundle or crate, general utility members such as bolts, quests etc. may be
packed. All bill of materials showing weight, quality and dimension of
contents shall be placed in the crates.
The members shall be marked with a durable paint, in a visible location,

preferably at one end of the member so that these may be easily checked
during storage and erection. All members shall be marked in the shop before
inspection and acceptance. When the member is being painted, the marking
area shall not be painted but bordered with white paint. The marking and job
symbol shall be registered in all shop delivery documents (transportation, for
erection etc.)
xv. Shop Test Pre-assembly

For steel structures that have the same type of welding the shop test pre-
assembly shall be performed on one out of every 10 members minimum. For
bolted steel structures, shop test pre-assembly is mandatory for all elements as
well as for the entire structure in conformity with previous Clause.
2.1.9 Shop Inspection and Approval
i. General
The Engineer-in-charge or their representative shall have free access at all
responsible times to the contractors fabrication shop and shall be afforded all
reasonable facilities for satisfying himself that the fabrication is being
undertaken
in accordance with drawings and specifications. Technical approval of the steel

structure in the shop by the Engineer-in-charge is mandatory. The contractor
shall not limit the number and kinds of tests, final as well as intermediate once,
or extra tests required by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall furnish
necessary tools, gauges, instruments etc. and technical non-technical personnel
for shop tests by the Engineer-in-charge, free of cost.
ii. Shop Acceptance

The Engineer-in-charge shall inspect and approve at the following stages:

110
`
The following approvals may given in shop:

− Intermediate approvals of work that cannot be inspected later.
− Partial approvals
− Final approvals
Intermediate approval of work shall be given when a part of the work is

preformed later:
− Cannot be inspected later
− Inspection would be difficult to perform and results would not be
satisfactory.
Partial approval in the shop is given on members and assemblies of steel

structures before the primer coat is applied and includes:
− Approval of materials
− Approval of field joints
− Approval of parts with planed surfaces
− Test erection
− Approval of members
− Approval of markings
− Inspections and approvals of special features, like Rollers, loading
platform mechanism etc.
During the partial approval, intermediate approvals as well as all former

approvals, shall be taken in to consideration.
iii. Final approval in the Shop
The final approval refers to all elements and assemblies of the steel structures,
with shop primer coat, ready for delivery from shop to be loaded for
transportation, or stored.
The final approval comprises of:
− Partial approvals
− Approval of shop primer coat
− Approval of mode of loading and transport
− Approval of storage (for materials stored)
2.1.10 Painting and Delivery
i. Preparation of parts for shop painting: Painting shall consist of providing at

least one coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer to steel members before
despatch from shop. Primer coat shall not be applied unless :

111
`
− Surface have been wire brushed, cleaned of dust, oil, rust or sand blasted
as per the requirement and direction of Engineer-in-charge etc.
− Erection gaps between members, spots that cannot be painted or where
moisture or other aggressive agents may penetrate, have been filled with
an approved type of oil and putty.
− The surface to be painted are completely dry.
− The parts where water of aggressive agents may collect (during
transportation, storage, erection and operation) are filled with putty and
provided with holes for drainage of water.
− Members and parts have been inspected and accepted
− Welds have been accepted.
The following are not to be painted or protected by any other product :

− Surface which are in the vicinity of joints to be welded at site.
− Surfaces bearing markings
− Other surfaces indicated in the design.
The following shall be given a coat of hot oil or any approved resistant
lubricant only.
− Planed surfaces
− Holes for links
The surfaces that are to be embedded or in contact with the concrete shall be
given a coat of cement wash. The surfaces which are in contact with the
ground, gravel or brick work and subject to moisture, shall be given
bituminous coat. The other surfaces shall be given a primer coating.
Special attention shall be given to locations not easily accessible, where water
can collect and which after assembly and erection cannot be inspected, painted
and maintained. Holes shall be provided for water drainage and in accessible
box type sections shall be hermetically sealed by welds.
If specified elsewhere, in the schedule of quantities, the contractor shall paint

further coats of red-oxide after erection and placing in position of the steel
structures.
ii. Packing, transportation, delivery
After final shop acceptance and marking, the item shall be packed and
loaded for transportation. Packing must be adequate to protect item against
warping during loading and unloading. Proper lifting devices shall be used for
loading, in order to protect items against warping. Slender projecting parts
112
`
shall be braced with additional steel bars, before loading, for protection against
warping during transportation. Loading and transportation shall be done in
compliance with transportation rules. If certain parts cannot be transported in
the lengths stipulated in the design, the position and type of additional splice
joints shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Items must be carefully
loaded on platforms of transportation means to prevent warping, bending or
falling during transportation. The small parts such as fish-plates, quests etc.
shall be securely tied with wire to their respective parts. Bolts, nuts and
washers shall be packed and transported in crates. The parts shall be delivered
in the order stipulated by the Engineer-in-charge and shall be accompanied by
document showing:
− Quality and quantity of structure or members

− Position of member in the structure
− Particulars of structure
− Identification number job symbol.
2.1.11 Field Erection

i. The erection work shall be permitted only after the foundation or other
structure over which the steel work will be erected is approved and is ready
for erection.
ii. The contractor shall satisfy himself about the levels, alignment etc. for the
foundations well in advance, before starting the erection. Minor chipping
etc. shall be carried out by the contractor on his expense.
iii. Any faulty erection done by the contractor shall be made good at his own
cost.
iv. Approval by the Engineer-in-charge or their representatives at any stage of
work does not relieve the contractor of any of his required guarantees of the
contract.
v. Storage and preparation of parts prior to erection
The storage place for steel parts shall be prepared in advance and got
approved by the Engineer-in-charge before the steel structures start arriving
from the hop. A platform shall be provided by the Contractor near the
erection site for preliminary erection work. The contractor shall make the
following verifications upon receipt of material at site.
− For quality certificates regarding materials and workmanship according

to these general specifications and drawings.
− Whether parts received are complete without defects due to
transportation, loading and unloading and defects, if any, are well within
the admissible limit.

113
`
For the above work sufficient space must be allotted in the storage area
which will be arranged by the contractor without any extra cost to the
department. Steps shall be taken to prevent warping of items during
unloading. The parts shall be unloaded, stored and stored so as to be easily
identified. The parts shall be stored according to construction symbol and
markings so that these may be taken out in order or erection. The parts shall
be at least 150 mm clear from ground on wooden or steel blocks for
protection against direct contact with ground and to permit drainage of
water. If rectification of members like straightening etc. are required, these
shall be done in a special place allotted which shall be adequately equipped.
The parts shall be clean when delivered for erection.
vi. Erection & Tolerances

Erection in general shall be carried out as required and approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. Positioning and levelling of the structure, alignment and
plumbing of the stanchion and fixing every member of the structure shall be
in accordance with the relevant drawings and to the complete satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-charge.
The following checks and inspection shall be carried out before during and
after erection.
− damage during transportation

− accuracy of alignment of structures
− erection according to drawings and specifications
− progress and workmanship.
In case there be any deviations regarding positions of foundations or anchor

bolts, which would lead to erection deviations, the Engineer-in-charge shall
be informed immediately. Minor rectifications in foundations, orientation of
bolts holes etc. shall be carried out as part of the work, at no extra cost. The
various parts of the steel structure shall be so erected so to ensure stability
against inherent weight, wind and erection stresses. The structure shall be
anchored and final erection joints completed after plan and elevation
positions of the structural members have been verified with corresponding
drawings and approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The bolted joints shall be
tightened so that the entire surface of the bolt heads and nuts shall rest on the
member. For parts with sloping surfaces tapered washers shall be used.
2.1.12 Final acceptance and handing over the structure
i. At acceptance, the contractor shall submit the following documents:

114
`
− Shop and erection drawings – four sets soft copy and hard copies
− 4 copies of each of the following:
− Shop acceptance documents quality certificate for structurals, plates, etc.
(electrodes, welding wire, bolts, nuts, washers etc.)
− List of certified welders who worked on erection of structures.
− Acceptance and intermediate control procedure of erection operations.
ii. Approval by the Engineer-in-charge at any stage of work does not relieve the
contractor of any of his required guarantees of the contract.
2.1.13 Method of Payments

Payment for steel work shall be made on basis of admissible weight of the
structure accepted, the weight being determined as described below:
i. The rate for supply, fabrication and erection, shall include cost of all handling
and transportation to Owner's store/site of work where supply and fabrication
only are involved, trimming, straightening, edge preparation, preparation and
getting reviewed of fabrication drawings, and providing one or more coat of
Red-oxide zinc chromate primer as specified in the schedule of quantity.
ii. In the case, Owner supplies materials the rate shall include cost of steel
materials taking delivery of the materials, from owner's store all handling and
rehandling, loading and unloading, transport to site or work, returning of
surplus materials to owner's stores etc. complete as well as the cost of all
handling and transport, scaffolding, temporary supports, tools and tackles,
touching up primer coat, grouting etc.
iii. The actual lengths installed shall be measured and the weight of structural
material/plate shall be calculated wherever necessary on the basis of IS
handbook. If sections are different from IS section, then manufacturers
handbook shall be adopted. No allowance in weights shall be made for
rolling tolerance.
iv. Sections built out of plates, structural shall be paid on the actual weight
incorporated except for gussets which will be paid on the weight of the
smallest rectangle enclosing the shape. No deductions shall be made for skew
cuts in rolled steel sections.
v. Welds, bolts, nuts, washers, etc. shall not be measured. Rate for structural
steel work shall be deemed to include the same.
vi. No other payment either for temporary works connected with this contract or
for any other item such as welds, shims, pacing plates etc. shall be made.

115
`
Such item shall be deemed to have been allowed for in the rate quoted for
steel work.
vii. For arriving at unit weight, for rolled steel sections, the actual weight per
metre of the steel section shall be measured of minimum one sample per
consignment for each type of steel sections brought to site for use in the work.
For this, each sample of steel section shall be cut to required length as decided
by the Engineer-in-charge and weighed and recorded. The weight calculated
as above shall be taken as the actual weight per unit length. Weight so arrived
at shall be compared with the theoretical weight of that particular section.
Actual or theoretical weight whichever is less shall be considered for making
payment for that consignment. Unit weight shall be modified by taking weight
age average of the weight of all the section. However final payment shall be
made on the basis of weighted average of all the consignment.
viii. For MS plates the weight per square metre shall be calculated from minimum
one random sample. The weight shall then be calculated for each
consignment of the material received at site of work which is taken as actual
weight of that particular consignment. Weight so arrived at shall be compared
with the theoretical weight of that particular MS plate. Actual or theoretical
weight whichever is less shall be considered for making payment for that
consignment. Unit weight shall be modified after taking weight age average
of weight of all consignments brought to the site.
ix. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge as regards the average weight shall be
final and binding on the contractor and no claim of any kind shall be
entertained in this regard.
2.1.14 Grouting of Pockets

i. Grouting of pockets and under base plates will be done only after the steel
work has been levelled and plumbed and the bases of stanchions are supported
by steel shims. The space below the base plate and pockets shall be
thoroughly cleaned.
ii. The mortar used for grouting shall not be leaner than 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand)
(grade 300 in case of concrete) or as is specified and shall be mixed to the
minimum consistency required. It shall be poured under suitable head and
tamped until the space has been completely filled.
2.1.15 Tolerances allowed in the erection of building without cranes

The maximum tolerances for line and level of the steel work shall be + 3.00
mm on any part of the structure. The structure shall not be out of plumb more
than 3.5 mm on each 10 M. section of height and not more than 7.0 mm per 30

116
`
M. section. These tolerances shall apply to all parts of the structure unless the
drawings issued for erection purposes state otherwise.
2.1.16 Contractor to submit shop drawing for all structural steel work for
approval. The work at site should commence only after getting the
shop approved.
2.1.17 Contractor to get erection scheme approved before commencement of

erection of trusses.
2.2 REINFORCEMENT BARS:

2.2.1 The Contractor shall procure TMT bars (Fe 500 D) from primary
producers such as SAIL, Tata Steel Ltd. , RINL, Jindal steel & Power Ltd.
and JSW Steel Ltd. or any other producer as approved by CPWD who are
using iron ore as the basic raw material/input and having crude steel
capacity of 2.0 Million tonnes per annum and above.
2.2.2 The specifications of TMT bars procured from primary producers
shall meet the provisions of IS 1786 : 2008 pertaining to Fe 500D grade
of steel as specified in the tender.
2.2.3 The contractor shall have to obtain and furnish factory test certificates to
the Engineer - in-charge in respect of all supplies of steel brought by him
to the site of work.
2.2.4 Samples shall also be taken and got tested by the Engineer -in-Charge
as per the provisions in this regard in relevant BIS codes. In case the test
results indicate that the steel arranged by the contractor does not conform
to the specifications as defined, the same shall stand rejected, and it shall
be removed from the site of work by the contractor at his cost within a
week time of written orders from the Engineer-in-Charge to do so. Else the
department shall remove it and recover double the cost of removal from
the contractor.
2.2.5 The steel reinforcement bars shall be brought to the site in bulk supply of
15tonnes or more, or as decided by the Engineer -in-charge.

117
`
2.2.6 The steel reinforcement bars shall be stored by the contractor at site of
work in such a way as to prevent their distortion and corrosion, and
nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Bars of different sizes and
lengths shall be stored separately to facilitate easy counting and checking.
2.2.7 For physical and chemical tests, like checking nominal mass tensile
strength, re-bent etc. specimens of sufficient length shall be cut from each
size of the bar at random and at frequency not less than that specified
below:
Size of Bar For Consignment below 100 For consignments

tonnes above 100 tonnes
Under 10 One sample (Three One sample(Three
mm dia bars specimen) for each 25 specimen) for each
tonnes or part thereof 40 tonnes or part
10 mm to 16 One sample (Three One sample(Three
mm dia bars specimen) for each 35 specimen) for each
Over 16 mm One sample (Three thereof
One sample(Three
dia bars specimen) for each 45 specimen) for each
thereof
2.2.8 The contractor shall supply free of charge the steel required for
testing including its transportation to testing laboratories. The cost of
tests shall be borne by the contractor.
2.2.9 The actual issue and consumption of steel on work shall be regulated and
proper accounts maintained as provided in the contract. The theoretical
consumption of steel shall be worked out as per procedure prescribed in
clause 42 of the contract and shall be governed by the conditions laid
therein. In case, the consumption is less than theoretical consumption
including permissible variations, recovery at the rate so prescribed shall be
made. In case of excess consumption no adjustment shall be made.
2.2.10 The steel brought to site and the steel remaining unused shall not be
removed from site without the written permission of the Engineer-in-
charge.

118
`
2.2.11 For the purpose of payment, the actual weight of steel reinforcement /
structural steel sections/ plates / bolts and nuts shall be measured as below:
(i) Unit weight for reinforcement bars: The actual weight per meter of the
reinforcement of various diameters shall be measured for three random
samples collected (for each diameter of steel reinforcement) from each
lot of particular diameter of steel reinforcement brought to the site for
use in the work. For this, each sample (one sample consisting of three
specimens) for each diameter of steel reinforcement shall be cut to
require lengths and weighed and average weight calculated and
recorded. The average weight for each type of steel section and steel
reinforcement of each diameter shall be taken as the actual weight per
metre for that steel section and that diameter of steel reinforcement.
(ii) In case actual unit weight is less than standard unit weights
mentioned in CPWD specifications 2009 Volume 1, but within
variation, in such cases payment shall be made on the basis of actual
unit weight. However, if actual unit weight is more than standard unit
weights mentioned in CPWD specifications 2009 Volume 1, then
payment shall be made on the basis of standard unit weight in such
cases. In such case nothing extra shall be paid for difference in actual
weight and standard weight.
2.2.12 Contractor to submit Bar Bending Schedule (BBS) for reinforcement steel
work for approval. The RCC work should commence only after getting the
BBS approved and signing of pour card by Engineer-in-charge.
2.2.13 The decision of the Engineer-in-charge as regards the random samples

shall be final and binding on the contractor and no claim of any kind shall
be entertained in this regard.
2.2.14 The work shall be carried out as per the CPWD specifications.

119
`
2.3 CONDITIONS FOR CEMENT

2.3.1 The Contractor shall procure 43 grade (conforming to IS: 8112)/53 grade
(confirming to IS12269) ordinary Portland cement and Portland Pozzolana
Cement(PPC) conforming to IS 1489 (Part I) with a flyash content as
required in the work from reputed manufacturers of cement such as Ultra
tech, ACC, Lafarge, JK Super, Ambuja, Vikram, Shree Cement or from
any other reputed cement manufacturer having a production capacity not
less than one million tonnes per annum as approved by ADG for that sub
region. Samples of cement arranged by the Contractor shall be taken by the
Engineer-in-charge and got tested in accordance with provisions of
relevant BIS codes. In case test results indicate that the cement arranged by
the Contractor does not conform to the relevant BIS codes, the same shall
stand rejected and shall be removed from the site by the Contractor at his
own cost within a week’s time of written order from the Engineer-in-
Charge to do so. The supply of cement shall be taken in 50Kg bags bearing
manufacturer’s name and ISI marking
2.3.2 The cement shall be brought at site in bulk supply of approximately 50

tonnes or as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.3.3 Every delivery of cement shall be accompanied by producer’s certificate

confirming that the supplied cement conforms to relevant specifications.
These certificates should be endorsed to Engineer-in-charge for his record.
2.3.4 For each grade, cement bags shall be stored in two separate godowns, one
for tested cement and the other for fresh cement (under testing) constructed
by the contractor at his own cost as per sketch given in General Conditions
of Contract for CPWD 2014 with weather proof roofs and walls. The
actual size of godown shall be as per site requirements and as per the
direction of the Engineer in charge and nothing extra shall be paid for the
same. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding the capacity
required/needed will be final. However, the capacity of each godown shall
not be less than 250 tonnes or as decided by Engineer-In-Charge
2.3.5 Each godown shall be provided with a single door with two locks. The
keys of one lock shall remain with CPWD Engineer-in-charge or his
authorized person and that of other lock with the authorized agent of the

120
`
contractor at the site of work so that the cement is issued from godown
according to the daily requirement with the knowledge of both the parties.
The account of daily receipt and issue of cement shall be maintained
in a register in the prescribed Performa and signed daily by the
contractor or his authorized agent in token of its correctness. The
contractor shall be responsible for the watch & ward and the safety of the
cement godown. The contractor shall facilitate the inspection of the cement
godown by the Engineer-in-charge any time.
2.3.6 The cement godown of the capacity to store a minimum of 1000 bags of
cement shall be constructed by the Contractor at site of work for which no
extra payment shall be made.
2.3.7 The contractor shall supply free of charge the cement required for testing
including its transportation cost to testing laboratories. Samples of cement
arranged by the contractor shall be taken by the Engineer-in-charge and
got tested in accordance with provisions of relevant BIS codes. The
cement shall be used on the work only after satisfactory test results have
been received. In case the test results indicate that the cement arranged by
the contractor does not conform to the relevant BIS codes, the same shall
stand rejected, and it shall be removed from the site by the contractor at his
own cost within a week’s time of written order from the Engineer- in-
charge to do so.
2.3.8 The cost of tests shall be borne by the contractor.
2.3.9 If allowed, then PPC (Portland Pozzolana Cement) shall be used in

accordance with the circular issued by the Directorate General of
Works vide No.CDO/SE(RR)/Fly Ash (Main)/102 dt.09.04.2009. The
use of PPC shall be regulated as per the following conditions stipulated in
the circular dt.09.04.2009:-
a) IS:456-2000 Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete (as

amended upto date) shall be followed in regard to Concrete Mix
Proportion and its production as under:
(i) The concrete mix design shall be done as “Design Mix Concrete”
as prescribed in clause-9 of IS 456 mentioned above.
(ii) Concrete shall be manufactured in accordance with clause 10
of above mentioned IS:456 covering quality assurance measures

121
`
both technical and organizational, which shall also necessarily

require a qualified Concrete Technologist to be available during
manufacture of concrete for certification of quality of concrete.
b) Minimum M-25 or as specified grade of concrete shall be used in all

structural elements of RCC, both in load bearing and framed structure.
c) The mechanical properties such as modulus of elasticity, tensile

strength, creep and shrinkage of concrete using fly ash blended cements
(PPCs) are not likely to be significantly different and their values are to
be taken same as those used for concrete made with OPC.
d) To control higher rate of carbonation in early ages of concrete in PPC

based concrete, water/binder ratio shall be kept as low as possible,
which shall be closely monitored during concrete manufacture. If
necessitated due to low water/binder ratio, required workability shall be
achieved by use of chloride free chemical admixtures conforming to
IS:9103. The compatibility of chemical admixtures and super
plasticizers with each set PPC received from different sources shall be
ensured by trials.
e) In environment subjected to aggressive chloride or sulphate attack in

particular, PPC based concrete is recommended. In case, where
structural concrete is exposed to excessive magnesium sulphate, fly ash
content shall be limited to 18% by weight. Special type of cement with
low C3A content may also be alternatively used. Durability criteria like
minimum binder content and maximum water/binder ratio also need to
be given due consideration is such environment.
f) Wet curing period shall be enhanced to a minimum of 10 days or its

equivalent. In hot & arid regions, the minimum curing period shall be
14 days or its equivalent.
g) Subject to General Guidelines detailed out as above, PPC

manufactured conforming to IS:1489 (Part-I) shall be treated at par
with OPC for manufacture of Design Mix Concrete for structural use in
RCC.
h) Till the time, BIS makes it mandatory to print the %age of fly ash on
each bag of cement, the certificate from the PPC manufacturer
indicating the same shall be supplied by the contractor.
i) While using PPC for structural concrete work, no further admixing of

fly ash shall be permitted.

122
`
2.3.10 The actual issue and consumption of cement on work shall be

regulated and proper accounts maintained as provided in clause 10 of the
contract. The theoretical consumption of cement shall be worked out as per
procedure prescribed in clause 42 of the contract and shall be governed by
conditions therein. No payment for excess consumption of cement will be
allowed. However for consumption lesser than permissible theoretical
variation, a recovery shall be made in accordance with conditions of
contract of schedule A to F without prejudice to action for acceptance of
work/item of reduced rate or rejection, as the case may be.
2.3.11 For non-schedule items, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge or

successor thereof regarding theoretical quantity of cement which should
have been actually used shall be final and binding on the contractor.
2.3.12 Cement brought to site and cement remaining unused after completion of
work shall not be removed from site without written permission of the
Engineer-in-charge.
2.3.13 Damaged /settled/expired cement shall be removed from site immediately

by the contractor on receipt of notice in writing from the Engineer-in-
charge. If he does not do so within three days of receipt of such notice,
the Engineer-in-charge shall get it removed at the cost of the
contractor.

FOR R.C.C. WORK (DESIGN MIX CONCRETE)
GENERAL:-
2.4.1 The RCC work shall be done with RMC Design Mix Concrete, unless
otherwise specified in the nomenclature of items, wherever letter M has
been indicated, the same shall imply for the Design Mix Concrete. The
Ready Mix Concrete shall be as per IS :4926 and as per CPWD
Specification and guide lines. For the nominal mix in RCC, CPWD
specification shall be followed. The Design Mix Concrete will be designed
based on the principles given in IS : 456, 10262, SP 23 and CPWD
specifications. The contractor shall carry out design mixes for each class of
concrete indicating that the concrete ingredients and proportions will result

123
`
in concrete mix meeting requirements specified. The cement shall be

actually weighed as presumption of each bag having 50 kg shall not be
allowed. In case of use of admixture, the mix shall be designed with these
ingredients as well. The specification mentioned herein below shall be
followed for Design Mix Concrete.
INGREDIENTS
i. Coarse Aggregate:- As per CPWD Specifications
ii. Fine Aggregate:- As per CPWD Specifications.
iii. Water:- As per requirements laid down in IS 456-2000 and CPWD
specifications.
iv. Cement: Cement arranged by the contractor will be OPC (in
bags) conforming to IS : 8112.
v. Admixture:- Admixtures shall not be used without approval of
Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever required, admixtures of approved
quality shall be mixed with concrete to achieve the desired
workability within specified water cement ratio. The admixture shall
conform to IS : 9103. The chloride content in the admixture shall
satisfy the requirement of BS : 5075. The total amount of chlorides in
the admixture mixed concrete shall also satisfy the requirements of IS :
456-2000
vi. Minimum and Maximum cement content – shall be accordance as per
CPWD specifications.
2.4.2 The contractor shall not be paid nothing extra for admixture required for
achieving desired workability without any change in specified water
cement ratio for RCC / CC work.
2.4.3 The Concrete mix will be designed for minimum workability as specified
in para 7 of IS–456-2000
2.4.4 The recommended values of slump for various members to confirm IS 456
2.4.5 In the designation of concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the
number to the specified characteristic compressive strength of 15 cm –
Cube at 28 days expressed in N/mm2. It is specifically highlighted that in

124
`
addition to above requirement the maximum cement in concrete for any

grade shall not exceed 500 kg/cum.
2.4.6 The concrete design mix with or without admixture will be carried out by
the contractor through IIT Delhi or DTU or NCBM Ballabhgarh and as per
direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
2.4.7 The various ingredients for mix design/laboratory tests shall be sent to the
lab / test houses through the Engineer-In-Charge of the project and got it
tested in approved laboratories as may be decided by the Engineer-in-
chargeEngineer-in-chargeEngineer-in-chargeimmediately after award of
work and the samples of such aggregate sent shall be preserved at site by
the department. The admixture if used by contractor shall be at his own
cost without any extra payment.
2.4.8 The contractor shall submit the mix design report for the approval of
Engineer-in-charge from any one of laboratories like IIT Delhi, DTU,
NCBM Ballabhgarh or Govt. laboratories as approved by Engineer in
charge within 30 days from the date of issue of letter of acceptance of the
bid. No concreting shall be done until the mix design is approved.
2.4.9 In case of change of source or characteristic properties of the ingredients

used in the concrete mix during the work, a revised laboratory mix design
report conducted in laboratories approved by Engineer-In-Charge shall be
submitted by the contractor as per the direction of the Engineer in charge.
2.4.10 APPROVAL OF DESIGN MIX

i. The mix design for a specified grade of concrete shall be done
for a target mean compressive strength Tck = Fck + 1.65s
Where Fck = Characteristic Compressive Strength at 28 days
s = Standard deviation which depends on degree of quality control.
ii. The degree of quality control for this work is “good” for which the
standard deviation (s) obtained for different grades of concrete shall
be as per IS relevant IS Standards/ Codes.

125
`
iii. Out of the six specimen of each set, three shall be tested at seven days
and remaining three at 28 days. The preliminary tests at seven days
are intended only to indicate the strength to be attained at 28 days.
2.4.11 CHARGES FOR DESIGN MIX

i. All cost of mix designing and testing connected therewith including
charges payable to the laboratory shall be borne by the contractor.
2.4.12 DESIGN MIX CONCRETE FROM FULLY AUTOMATIC

COMPUTERISED CONCRETE BATCHING AND MIXING PLANT
i. Proportioning Concrete
In proportioning cement concrete, the quantity of both cement and
aggregates shall be determined by weight. The cement shall be weighed
separately from the aggregates. Water shall either be measured by volume
in calibrated tanks or weighed. All measuring equipment shall be
maintained in a clean and serviceable condition. The amount of mixing
water shall be adjusted to compensate for moisture content in both coarse
and fine aggregates. The moisture content of aggregates shall be
determined in accordance with IS : 2386 (Part III). Suitable adjustments
shall also be made in the weights of aggregates to allow for the variation in
weight of aggregates due to variation in moisture content.
ii. Production of Concrete
The concrete shall be RMC .produced in a central batching and mixing
plant with computerized printing for contents and admixture dosage. The
batching plant shall be fully automatic. Automatic batcher shall be charged
by devices which when actuated by a single starter switch will
automatically start the weighing operation of each material and stop
automatically, when the designated weight of each material has been
reached. The batching plant shall have automatic arrangement for
dispensing the admixture and shall also be capable of discharging water in
more than one stage. A print out from the batching plant for every lot shall
be submitted. A batching plant essentially shall consist of the following
components : Separate storage bins for different sizes of aggregates, silo
for cement; and water storage tank.
a) Batching equipment
b) Mixers
c) Control panels
d) Mechanical material feeding and elevating arrangements
126
`
e) The Contractor shall arrange for inspection of automatic batching

plant within seven days of issue of letter of award to facilitate
inspection and approval of same by Engineer-In-Charge. Nothing
extra will be paid for this.
iii. The compartments of storage bins for aggregates shall be approximately of

equal size. The cement compartment shall be centrally located in the
batching plant. It shall be watertight and provided with necessary air vent,
aeration fittings for proper flow of cement & emergency cement cut off
gate. The aggregate and sand shall be charged by power operated centrally
revolving chute. The entire plant from mixer floor upward shall be
enclosed and insulated. The batch bins shall be constructed so as to be self-
cleansing during drawdown. The batch bins shall in general conform to the
requirements of IS :4925.
iv. The batching equipment shall be capable of determining and controlling

the prescribed amounts of various constituent materials for concrete
accurately i.e. water, cement, sand, individual size of coarse aggregates
etc. The accuracy of the measuring devices shall fall within the following
limits.
Measurement of Cement ±2% of the quantity of cement

in each batch
Measurement of Water ±3% of the quantity of water in

each batch
Measurement of Aggregate ±3% of the quantity of aggregate in
each batch
Measurement of Admixture ±3% of the quantity of admixture in
each batch
2.4.13 Mixing Concrete

The mixer in the batching plant shall be so arranged that mixing action in
the mixers can be observed from the operator's station. The mixer shall be
equipped with a mechanically or electrically operated timing, signaling and
metering device which will indicate and assure completion of the required

127
`
mixing period. The mixer shall have all other components as specified in IS
: 4925.
2.4.14 Transportation, Placing and Compaction of Concrete

i. Mixed concrete from the batching plant shall be transported to the point of
placement by transit mixers or through concrete pumps or steel closed
bottom buckets capable of carrying 6 cum concrete. In case the concrete is
proposed to be transported by transit mixer, the mixer speed shall neither
be less than 4 rev/ min. of the drum nor greater than a speed resulting in a
peripheral velocity of the drum as 70 m / minute at its largest diameter.
The agitating speed of the agitator shall neither be less than 2 rev / min.
nor more than 6 rev / min. of the drum. The number of revolutions of the
mixing drum or blades at mixing speed shall be between 70 to 100
revolutions for a uniform mix, after all ingredients, have been charged
into the drum. Unless tempering water is added, all rotation after 100
revolutions shall be at agitating speed of 2 to 6 rev / min. and the number
of such rotations shall not exceed 250. The general construction of transit
mixer and other requirements shall conform to IS : 5892.
ii. In case concrete is to be transported by pumping, the electrical conduits

shall be primed by pumping a batch of mortar / thick cement slurry
through the line to lubricate it. Once the pumping is started, it shall not be
interrupted (if at all possible) as concrete standing idle in the line is liable
to cause a plug. The operator shall ensure that some concrete is always
there in the pump-receiving hopper during operation. The lines shall
always be maintained clean and shall be free of dents.
iii. Materials for pumped concrete shall be batched consistently and

uniformly. Maximum size of aggregate shall not exceed one-third of the
internal diameter of the pipe. Grading of aggregate shall be continuous and
shall have sufficient ultra fine materials (materials finer than 0.25mm).
Proportion of fine aggregates passing through 0.25mm shall be between15
& 30% and that passing through 0.125 mm sieve shall not be less than 5%
of the total volume of aggregate. When pumping long distances and
through hot weather, set- retarding admixtures may be used. Admixtures to
improve workability can be added. Suitability of concrete through
pumping shall be verified by trial mixes and by performing pumping tests.

128
`
2.4.15 PREPARATION OF MIXES AS PER APPROVED DESIGN MIX

AND CONDUCTING CONFIRMATORY TEST AT FIELD LAB.
i. The contractor shall make the cubes of trial mixes as per approved Mix
design at site laboratory for all grades in presence of Engineer-in-charge
using sample of approved materials proposed to be used in the work prior
to commencement of concreting and get them tested in his presence to his
entire satisfaction for 7 days and 28 days. Test cubes shall be taken from
trial mixes as follows.
For each mix, a set of six cubes shall be made from each of the three
consecutive batches. Three cubes from each set of six shall be tested at age
of 7 days and remaining three cubes at age of 28 days. The cubes shall be
made, cured, transported and tested strictly in accordance with the
specifications. The average strength of nine cubes at age of 28 days shall
exceed the specified target mean strength for which design mix has been
approved. The evaluation of test results will be done as per IS : 456-2000.
2.4.16 WORK STRENGTH TEST
TEST SPECIMEN
Work strength test shall be conducted in accordance with IS: 516 on random
sampling. Each test shall be conducted on six specimen, three of which shall
be tested at 7 days and remaining three at 28 days. Additional samples shall
be prepared, if required, as per direction of Engineer in charge for testing
samples cured by accelerated method as described in IS : 9103.
TEST RESULTS OF SAMPLE

The test results of the sample shall be the average of the strength of three
specimen. The individual variation shall not be more than + - 15 percent of
the average. If variation is more, the test results of the sample are invalid.
90% of the total tests shall be done at the laboratory established at site by
the contractor and remaining 10% in the laboratory of Government
Engineering colleges, or in any other approved laboratory as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge.
2.4.17 STANDARD FOR ACCEPTANCE

129
`
i. Standard of acceptance shall be same as specified in clause 16 of IS 456-

2000.
ii. In order to keep the floor finish as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and
as per Architectural drawings and to provide required thickness of the
flooring as per specification, the level of top surface of RCC shall be
accordingly adjusted at the time of its centering, shuttering and casting for
which nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor.
2.4.18 Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Method of Test for RCC
i. The underlying principle of assessing the quality of concrete is that

comparatively higher velocities are obtained when the quality of concrete in
terms of density, homogeneity and uniformity is good. The consistency of
the concrete as regards its general quality gets established. In case of poorer
quality, lower velocities are obtained. If there are cracks, voids or flaws
inside the concrete which come in the way of transmission of pulse, lower
velocities are obtained.
ii. The quality of concrete in terms of uniformity, incidence or absence of

internal flaws, cracks and segregation etc. indicative of the level of
workmanship employed, can thus be assessed using the guidance given in
table below which have been evolved for characterizing the quality concrete
in structure in term of the ultrasonic pulse velocity.
Velocity criterion for Concrete Quality Grading:
Sl. No. Pulse velocity by Cross Probing Concrete Quality Grading

(km/sec)
1 Above 4.5 Excellent
2 4.5 to 3.5 Good
3 3.5 to 3.0 Medium
4 Below 3.0 Doubtful
Note : In Case of “doubtful” quality, it may be necessary to carry further tests.

130
`
iii. Pulse velocity method of test of concrete is to be conducted for CPWD

works as a routine test. The acceptance criteria as per the above table will be
applicable which is as per IS 13311 (part-1): 1992. From the above, “Good”
and “Excellent” grading are acceptable and below these grading the concrete
will not be acceptable.
iv. 5% of the total number of RCC members in each category i.e. beam,
column, slab and footing may be tested by UPV test method for establishing
quality of concrete. It is suggested that test be conducted on RCC beam near
joint with column, on RCC column near joint with beam, on RCC footings
and rafts. On RCC rafts, a suitable grid can be worked out for determining
number of tests. In addition, doubtful areas such as honeycombed locations,
where continuous seepage is observed, construction joints and visible loose
pockets will also be tested.
v. The test results are to be examined in view of the above acceptance criteria
“Good” and “Excellent” and wherever concrete is found with less than
required quality as per acceptance criteria, repairs to concrete will be made.
Honeycombed areas and loose pockets will be repaired by grouting using
Portland Cement Mortar/Polymer Modifies Cement Mortar /Epoxy Mortar
,etc. after chipping loose concrete in appropriate manner. In areas where
concrete is found below acceptance criteria and defects are not apparently
visible on surface, injecting approved grout in appropriate proportion using
epoxy grout /acrylic Polymer modified cements slurry made with shrinkage
compensating cement / plain cement slurry etc will be resorted to for repairs.
(refer relevant chapters from CPWD Hand Book on Repairs and
Rehabilitation of RCC Buildings). Repair to concrete will be done till
satisfactory results are obtained as per the acceptance criteria by retesting of
the repaired area. If satisfactory results are not obtained, dismantling and
relaying of concrete will be done.
2.4.19 MEASUREMENT
As per CPWD specifications.
2.4.20 TOLERANCES
As per CPWD specifications
2.4.21 RATE :-

131
`
i. The rate includes the cost of materials and labour involved in all the
operations described above except for the cost of centering, shuttering and
reinforcement, which will be paid separately.
ii. In case of actual average compressive, strength being less than specified
strength which shall be governed by para ‘ Standard of Acceptance” as
above, the rate payable shall be worked out accordingly on prorata basis.
iii. In case of rejection of concrete on account of unacceptable
compressive strength, governed by para ‘Standard of Acceptance’ as above,
the work for which samples have failed shall be redone at the cost of
contractors. However, the Engineer-in-charge may order for additional tests
(like cutting cores, ultrasonic pulse velocity test, load test on structure or
part of structure etc) to be carried out at the cost of contractor to ascertain if
the portion of structure wherein concrete represented by the sample has been
used, can be retained on the basis of results of individual or combination of
these tests. The contractor shall take remedial measures necessary to retain
the structure as approved by the Engineer in charge without any extra cost.
However, for payment, the basis of rate payable to contractor shall be
governed by the 28 days cube test results and reduced rates shall be
regulated in accordance with para 5.4.13 of Revised CPWD
specification 2009, Vol.-I.
iv. As per general engineering practice, level of floors in toilet / bath, balconies,
shall be kept 12 to 20mm or as required, lower than general floors.
Shuttering should be adjusted accordingly. The landing level of mumty /
Staircase cabin shall be Kept one riser level higher than adjoining slab level
so as to accommodate water proofing treatment over terrace slab. In case of
kitchen slab the portion of floor trap below kitchen platform be kept at lower
level as per drawings. Nothing extra is payable on this account.
v. For the execution of centering and shuttering, the contractor shall use
propriety “Reebole” chemical mould release agent of FOSROC or
equivalent as shuttering oil as approved by Engineer-in-charge and nothing
extra shall be paid on this account.
2.5 READY MIX CONCRETE (RMC)/BATCH MIX CONCRETE FROM

RMC PRODUCER
2.5.1 Contractor shall be allowed to arrange Ready Mix Concrete (RMC) from the
approved listed RMC producing plants as given in the approved list.

132
`
2.5.2 The contractor shall, within a period of 26 days of award of the work,
submit text of MOU proposed to be entered between purchaser (the
contractor) and supplier (RMC) producer) to the Engineer-in-Charge for his
approval. The contractor shall draw the MOU with approved RMC producer
and submit to the Engineer-in-Charge within a week of such approval. The
contractor will not be allowed to use ready mix concrete without completion
of above stated formalities.
2.5.3 Notwithstanding the approval granted by the Engineer-in-Charge in

aforesaid manner or provisions in CPWD specifications 2009, the contractor
shall be fully responsible for quality of concrete including input control,
transportation and placement etc.
2.5.4 For all purpose the contractor shall carry out fully, the responsibilities of the
placement contractor and the manufacturer of concrete.
2.5.5 The Engineer-in-Charge will reserve right to inspect at any stage and reject
the concrete if he is not satisfied about quality of product at the user’s end.
2.5.6 The Engineer-in-Charge reserves the right to exercise control over the:-
i. Ingredients water and admixtures purchased stored and to be used in the
concrete including conducting of tests for checking quality of materials
recording of test result and declaring the materials fit or unfit for use in
production of mix.
ii. Calibration check of the RMC plant.
iii. Weight and quantity check on the ingredients, water and admixture added
for batch mixing.
iv. Time of mixing of concrete.
v. Testing of fresh concrete, recording of results and declaring the mix fit or
unfit for use. This will include continuous control on the workability during
production and taking corrective action, if required.
vi. For exercising such control, the Engineer-in-Charge shall periodically
depute his authorized representative at the RMC plant. It shall be
responsibility of the contractor to ensure that all necessary equipment,
manpower & facilities are made available to the Engineer-in-Charge and/or
his authorized representative at RMC plant.

133
`
2.5.7 The contractor should therefore draw MOU/agreement with RMC producer
very carefully keeping in view all terms and conditions/specifications
forming part of this document.
2.5.8 All required relevant records of RMC shall be made available to the
Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative. The Engineer-in-
Charge shall as required, specify guidelines & additional procedures for
quality control & other parameters in respect of materials, production &
transportation of concrete mix which shall be binding on the contractor &
the RMC plant. Only concrete as approved in design mix by the Engineer-
in-Charge shall be produced in RMC plant and transported to the site.
2.5.9 OPC/Containing to IS: 862 of brand/make/source as approved by the

Engineer-in-Charge shall only be used for production of RMC. RMC
mix with OPC plus fly ash as per the codal provisions is permissible.
2.5.10 QUALITY CONTROL OF READY MIXED CONCRETE

It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that RMC producer
provides all necessary testing equipments and takes all necessary measures
to ensure quality control of ready mixed concrete. In general the required
measures shall be:-
i. Control of purchased material quality

RMC producer shall ensure that all the materials purchased and used in the
production of concrete conform to the stipulation of the relevant agreed
standards and the requirements of the concrete mix design and quality
control procedures. This shall be accomplished by visual checks, sampling
and testing, certification from material supplier and information/date from
materials supplier. Necessary equipment for the testing of all materials shall
be provided and maintained in calibrated condition at the plant by the RMC
producer.
ii. Control of material storage
Adequate and effective storage arrangement shall be provided by RMC

producer at RMC plant for reliable transfer and feed systems, drainage of
aggregate, prevention of freezing or excessive solar heating of aggregate,
prevention from contamination etc.

134
`
iii. Record of mix design and mix design modification
RMC producer shall ensure that record of mix design and mix design
modification is readily available in his computer at RMC plant for
inspection of Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative at any
time. Any modification in mix design shall be done only after the approval
of the Engineer-in-Charge.
iv. Transfer and weighing equipment
RMC producer shall ensure that a documented calibration procedure is in

place. Proper calibration records shall be made available indicating date of
next calibration due & corrective action taken. RMC producer shall ensure
additional calibration checks whenever required by the Engineer-in-Charge
in writing to contractor. RMC producer shall also maintain a daily
production record including details of customers to whom RMC was
supplied including details of mixes supplied. Record shall also be
maintained of materials used for each day’s production including water and
admixtures.
The accuracy of measuring equipment shall be within + 2% of quantity of

cement & + 3% of quantity of aggregate, admixture and water being
measured.
v. Maintenance of Plant, Truck Mixers and Pumps:
Plant, Truck Mixers and Pumps should be well maintained so as to not

hamper any operation of production, transportation and placement of
concrete.
vi. Production of concrete at RMC producing plant

a) Weighing (correct reading of batch date and accurate weighing):- For each
load, written, printed or graphical records shall be made of the weights of
the materials batched, the estimate slumps, the total amount of water added
to the load, the delivery ticket numbers for that load and the time of loading
the concrete into the truck.
b) Visual observation of concrete during production and delivery or during
sampling and testing of fresh concrete (assessment of uniformity cohesion,
workability, adjustment to water content:- The workability of the concrete
shall be controlled on a continuous basis during production. The batch mix
found unfit shall not be loaded into the truck for transportation. Necessary
corrective action shall be taken in the production of mix as required for
further batches.
135
`
c) Adequate testing equipments at the plant including equipment for

measuring surface moisture content of aggregates shall be provided by the
RMC producer.
d) Making corresponding adjustments at the plant automatically or manually
to batched quantities to allow for observed measured or reported changes in
materials or concrete qualities.
e) Sampling of concrete, testing, monitoring of results.
f) Diagnosis and correction of faults identified from observation/complaints.
g) Control of designed and the prescribed mixes: a quality control system shall
be operated to control the strength of designed mixes to the required levels.
The system shall include continuous analysis of results from cube tests.
vii. Ready mix concrete shall be arranged in quantity as required at site of

work. The ready mix concrete shall be supplied as per the pre-agreed
schedule approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Noting extra shall be payable on
this account.
viii. The Engineer-in-Charge reserves the right to approve RMC producing

plants not mentioned in the list of approved RMC plants if they fulfill all
the necessary conditions.
ix. In case of rejection of concrete as governed by the para “Standard of

Acceptance” as above, the work for which samples have failed shall be
redone at the cost of the contractor. However, the Engineer-in-Charge may
order for additional tests (like cutting cores, ultrasonic pulse velocity, and
rebound hammer test etc.) to be carried out at the cost of contractor to
ascertain, if the portion of structure wherein concrete represented by the
sample has been used, can be retained on the basis of results of individual
or combination of these tests. The contractor shall take remedial measures
necessary to retain the structure as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge
without any extra cost. However, for payment, the basis of rate payable to
contractor shall be governed by the 28 days cube test result and reduced
rates shall be regulated in accordance with para5.4.10.5 D(D-3) of CPWD
specifications.
2.5.11 Laying of RMC concrete- All ready mixed designed concrete shall be laid
with the help of concrete pump of adequate capacity.

136
`
2.5.12 Transportation, placing and Compaction of Concrete

Mixed concrete from the RMC shall be transported to the point of placement
by transit mixers and placed in position through concrete pumps and/or steel
closed bottom buckets capable of carrying minimum 0.6 cum concrete is
proposed to be transported by transit mixer, the mixing speed shall not be
less than 4 rev/min. of the drum nor greater than a speed resulting in a
peripheral velocity of the drum 70 m/minutes at its largest diameter. The
agitating speed for the agitator shall be not less than 2 rev/min nor more than
6 rev/min of the drum. The numbers of revolution for a uniform mix, after
all ingredients, have been charged into the drum. Unless tempering water is
added, all rotation after 100 revolutions shall be at agitating speed of 2 to 6
rev/min and the number of such rotations shall not exceed 250. The general
construction of transit mixer and other requirement shall conform to IS:
5892.
In case concrete is to be transported by pumping, the conduit shall be primed

by pumping a batch of mortar through the line to lubricate it. Once the
pumping is started, it shall not be interrupted (if at all possible) as concrete
standing idle in the line is liable to cause a plug. The operator shall ensure
that some concrete is always there in the pump receiving hopper during
operation. The lines shall always be maintained clean and shall be free of
dents.
At all stages, special precaution shall be taken that surrounding temperature

during concreting shall not exceed 30 degree centigrade.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-Charge, concrete shall

be deposited in horizontal layers to a compacted depth of not more than
450mm. unless agreed to by the Engineer-in-charge; concrete shall not be
dropped into place from a height exceeding 1.5m. In order to avoid such
situations chutes, termite pipe or closed bottom buckets shall be used. These
shall be kept clean and used in such a way as to avoid segregation. Slope of
the chute shall be so adjusted that concrete flows without the use of
excessive quantity of water. The delivery end of chute shall be as close as
possible to the point of deposit; the chute shall be thoroughly flushed with
water before and after each working period and the water used for this
purpose shall be discharged outside the formwork. The concrete shall be
compacted by using immersion type vibrators. When the concrete is being
continuously deposited to a uniform depth along a member, vibrator shall
not be operated within one meter of free end of the advancing concrete.

137
`
Every effort shall be made to keep the surface of the previously placed layer
of concrete alive so that the succeeding layer can be amalgamated with it by
the vibration process.
In case the concrete in underlying layer has hardened to such an extent that
it cannot be perpetrated by the vibrator but is still fresh (that is, just after
initial set), un-imposed bond shall be achieved between the top and
underlying layer by first scarifying the lower layer before the new concrete
is placed by systematically and thoroughly vibrating the new concrete. The
points of insertion of vibrator in the concrete shall be so spaced that the
range of action overlap to some extent and the freshly filled concrete is
sufficiently consolidated at all locations. The spacing between the dipping
positions of vibrator shall be maintained uniformly throughout the surface of
concrete so that concrete is uniformly vibrated. The vibrating head shall be
regularly and uniformly inserted in the concrete so that in penetrates of its
own accord and shall be withdrawn slowly whilst running so as to allow
redistribution of concrete in its way and allow the concrete to flow back into
the hole behind the vibratory.
The vibrator head shall be kept in one position till the concrete within its
influence is completely consolidated. Vibration shall be continued until the
coarse aggregate particle have blended into the surface but have
disappeared. The contractor shall keep at least one additional vibrator in
serviceable condition to be used in the event of breakdowns and
maintenance problems.
The vibrator head shall not be brought more than 200mm near to the
formwork as this may cause formation of water stagnations. The formwork
shall be strong and great care shall be exercised in its assembly. It shall be
designed to take up increased pressure of concrete and pressure variations
caused in the neighbourhood of vibrating head, which may result in
excessive local stress on the formwork. The joints of the formwork shall be
made and maintained tight and close enough to prevent the squeezing out
slurry or sucking in of air during vibration. The formwork to receive
concrete shall be cleaned and made free from standing water, dust, etc. The
contractor shall keep provision for screed and shutter vibrators at site.
2.6 COVER/SPACER BLOCK

The contractor shall provide approved type of support for maintaining the
bars in position and ensuring required spacing and correct cover of concrete

138
`
to reinforcement as called for in the drawings. Chairs and spacer bars shall
be used in order to ensure accurate positioning of reinforcement. Spacer
blocks shall be cast well in advance with approved proprietary pre-packed
free flowing mortars (Conbextra as manufactured by M/S Fosroc Chemicals
India Ltd. or equivalent as approved by the Engineer-in-charge at his
discretion) of high early strength and same colour as surrounding concrete.
Pre-cast cement mortar/concrete blocks/blocks of polymer shall not be used
as spacer blocks unless specially approved by the Engineer-in-charge, rate
of RCC items is inclusive of cost of such cover blocks.

FOR FLOORING&WALL LINING.
General (applicable for all kinds of flooring and dado / cladding works
under this sub-head):
2.7.1 The work under this sub-head in general shall be carried out as per the
CPWD Specifications, as per the architectural drawings and as per the
direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
2.7.2 The Engineer-in-Charge or his representative may, if required, visit the

source of supply of the various stones to assess the quality as well as
availability of the material in the required quantities. The Department shall
bear the cost of such visits of the officers of the Department.
2.7.3 Based on the samples approved by the Engineer-in-Charge for various

flooring and dado / cladding materials as specified hereinafter, the contractor
shall prepare mock up(s) at site of work as specified under relevant flooring
and dado / cladding items, for approval of quality of workmanship and
material specified. If the quality of the workmanship and the material is as
per the required standards and approved by the Engineer-in- Charge, the
mock up shall be allowed as part of the work and measured for payment.
Otherwise, it shall be dismantled by the contractor as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge and taken away from the site of the work at his own cost.
The mock up(s) so made shall be kept till completion of respective works for
reference. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

139
`
2.7.4 The stones / tiles shall be transported to site well packed in boxes or
otherwise. These shall be handled carefully to prevent any damage. The
various types of stones and tiles, procured shall be free of any surface defect
or any edge damage. The damaged stones and tiles shall not be allowed to be
used in the work. So, the contactor shall procure additional quantity of the
stone and tiles to cover such contingencies. However, nothing extra shall be
2.7.5 For the enclosures with circular or curved profile, only the actual area of the
flooring shall be measured for payment and nothing extra shall be payable
for labour, material, wastages and any other incidental charges.
2.7.6 For the skirting in the enclosures with curvilinear profiles, the tiles / stones
shall be cut to the required size and the shape to match the profile and/ or the
joints as per the architectural drawings. Similarly, the skirting shall be fixed
in a manner as to flush or project from the finished face of the wall as per the
architectural drawings and as directed by the Engineer – in – Charge. Any
chasing of the C.C masonry blocks required for such fixing is deemed to be
included in the cost of masonry. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
2.7.7 For flooring work, the joints between the different types of flooring shall be
located as per the architectural drawings and the measurement shall be done
as per item description. Also, the Contractor shall maintain the uniform level
of the finished flooring of the different types unless specifically mentioned
on the architectural drawings. Nothing extra shall be payable on these
accounts.
2.7.8 All the flooring works specified under this sub-head shall be adequately
protected by a layer of plaster of paris which shall be laid over a 400 micron
PVC film. The protective layer shall be maintained throughout the execution
of works and removed just before handing over of the site for which nothing
extra shall be payable.
2.7.9 At the time of handing over, flooring & dado / cladding shall be free of any
scratches, stains etc. The flooring & dado / cladding shall be properly

140
`
cleaned before handing over. However, abrasive cleaners shall not be used to
clean the marks and other scratches.
GRANITE WORKS
2.7.10 The granite stonework shall, in general, be carried out as per the CPWD
Specifications. The specifications for dressing, laying, curing, finishing,
measurements, rate etc. for the granite stone flooring shall be same as
that of works for the Marble flooring, skirting and risers of steps under
Flooring Sub Head of the CPWD Specifications. The wall lining / veneer
work with granite stone shall be as per the CPWD Specifications for Marble
work Sub Head.
2.7.11 Granite stone tiles and slabs shall be pre polished (mirror polished), eggshell
polished, flame finished or given any other surface treatment as specified in
architectural drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.7.12 Machine polishing and cutting to required size shall be done with water (as
lubricant) only. Sawing shall also be done preferably with water as lubricant
but as a special case, the Engineer-in-Charge may permit, at his discretion,
oil or kerosene as lubricant subject to all kerosene or oil in the body and
surface of tiles / slabs being thoroughly dried in ovens. Tiles / slabs with
stains or patches due to the use of oil or otherwise, either before or after
installation, shall be rejected and shall be replaced by the Contractor at his
own cost. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
2.7.13 Granite stone slabs shall be individually packed in cardboard paper. These
shall be handled carefully to prevent any damage. The stone slab procured
shall be free of any surface defect or any edge damage. The damaged stones
shall not be allowed to be used in the work. So the Contractor shall procure
additional quantities to cover such contingencies. However nothing extra
shall be payable on this account. The stone slabs shall not be waxed or
touched up with dyes / colours.
2.7.14 The granite stone slabs to be procured for the work shall match the samples
shown to the Contractors before submission of the tenders. Before starting
the work, the Contractor shall procure and submit the samples of granite

141
`
stone slab (matching to the samples shown to the Contractors before

submission of the tenders) for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. The
samples shall be submitted along with the following details:
a) Three representative samples for each type of granite stone specified.
b) Details of physical characteristics such as dimensional tolerances (within

the specified limits), water absorption, compressive strength, Mohs
Hardness, Specific gravity with reference to IS or International standards.
c) Source of supply and confirmation of availability in full quantity and

uniformity of colour, tone and textures.
d) Company profile of Suppliers.
e) The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as regards the approval of the

samples for the various types of the granite stones shall be final and
binding on the Contractor. No claim of any kind whatsoever shall be
entertained from the Contractor on this account. The Contractor shall
then procure and get the mock up prepared at site of work for approval of
quality of workmanship and the granite stone as specified. The mock up
shall be prepared, on one of the floors at the location as decided by the
Engineer-in-charge. The size of the stones shall be as per the
architectural drawings. If the quality of the workmanship and the
material is as per the required standards, the mock up shall be allowed as
part of the work and measured for payment and shall not be dismantled.
Otherwise, it shall be dismantled by the contractor as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge and taken away from the site of the work at his own
cost. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
f) The mock up (one each) shall be prepared in places wherever decided by

Engineer incharge.
2.7.15 The entire supply for each type of granite stone slab shall be procured from
one location (in one quarry), and supplied preferably, in one lot to keep
variations to the minimum. The Contractor shall also segregate and sort the
slabs according to colour, shade, texture and size of grains etc. to keep
variation(s) in stones used at any one floor to the minimum. Any slab with
variation in the colour, shade, texture and size of grains etc., not acceptable
to the Engineer-in-Charge, shall not be used in the work and shall be
removed and replaced by the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on

142
`
these accounts. Also, no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the
Contractor on this account.
2.7.16 The stone work may be required to be carried out in patterns, design and / or
in combination with granite stones of different colour and shade with or
without borders and in combination of different stone slabs / ceramic tiles for
which nothing extra shall be payable. The stones shall be provided in sizes
and shapes as per the approved architectural drawings and wastages and
incidental costs, if any, shall be deemed to be covered in the cost of the
relevant items. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. For the
purpose of payment, only the actual area of each type of granite stone
provided and fixed shall be measured separately under the relevant items.
2.7.17 The following tolerances shall be allowed in the dimension of granite stone
slab:
Slabs: Tolerance
a). Length ± 1mm
b). Width ± 1mm
c). Thickness - 1mm
d). Angularity at corners ± 0.25%
The stone (slab and tiles) not meeting the above tolerance limits shall be
rejected and not permitted to be used in the work. Nothing extra shall be
2.7.18 Stones slabs shall have uniform thicknesses within the tolerance limits and
linear items like treads, sills and jambs, coping, risers, urinal partitions,
kitchen / wash basin platforms, vanity counters, facias and other similar
locations etc. shall have edge polished calibrated thickness i.e. exposed edges
shall have edge polished uniform thickness throughout the length of the
work. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
2.7.19 The flooring work shall be carried out as per the architectural drawings in
design and pattern (geometric, abstract etc.) and in linear and / or curvilinear
portions and in combination with stones of different colour and shade and
ceramic tiles etc. For the flooring portions curved in plan, the stone slabs (at

143
`
the edge) shall be cut to the required profile and shape as per the architectural
drawings. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account and any consequent
wastages and incidental charges on such accounts shall be deemed to be
included in the cost of such items. For the purpose of payment, the actual
area of each type granite stone as laid shall be measured separately under the
relevant items.
2.7.20 The granite slabs used for providing and fixing in the sills, soffits and jambs
of doors, windows, ventilators and similar locations shall be in single piece
unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever stone slab
other than in single piece is allowed to be fixed, the joints shall be provided
as per the architectural drawings and as per the directions of the Engineer-in-
Charge. In the cabin areas, the joints in sills shall preferably be provided in
line with the partition wall. Depending on the number of joints, as far as
possible, the stone slabs shall be procured and fixed in slabs of equal lengths
as per the architectural drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
2.7.21 The specifications for dressing, laying, curing, finishing, measurements, rate
etc. for the granite stone flooring shall be same as that of works for the
Marble flooring, skirting and risers of steps under Flooring Sub Head of the
CPWD Specifications. The wall lining / veneer work with granite stone shall
be as per the CPWD Specifications for Marble work Sub Head.
Kota stone work
2.7.22 The Contractor shall procure and submit the samples of the kota stone for
flooring as well as risers and treads in the staircase, for the approval of the
Engineer-in-charge prior to the execution of the item.
2.7.23 Mock up (one no.) shall be prepared for staircase (tread as well as riser).
2.7.24 All the Kota stones shall have uniform colour and shade. So, the entire
quantity shall be obtained, preferably, in one lot from one location (in one
quarry) to keep variation to the minimum. The Contractor shall also sort,
segregate and use the stone slabs, according to colour, shade, etc. at any one
location to keep variation in the colour, shade etc. in stones used to the
minimum. Any stone slab with a variation, not acceptable to the Engineer-in-
144
`
Charge, shall not be used in the work and shall be removed and replaced by
the Contractor at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be payable on these
accounts. Also, no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor
on this account.
2.7.25 The exposed cut edges of the Kota Stone slab in risers and treads along its
width (sides of the risers and treads of the steps i.e. along the shorter
dimensions of the kota stone slab for the risers and treads) shall be polished
in a workmanlike manner. The top exposed edge of the kota stone skirting
shall also be polished in a workmanlike manner. Nothing extra shall be
2.7.26 Nosing / edge moulding shall be provided to the front edge of the Kota stone
slab treads along its length i.e. along the longer dimensions of the kota stone
slab, as per the architectural drawings. The payment of the same shall be
made separately under relevant item.

OF CIVIL FINISHES WORK (Wood Work)
GENERAL
2.8.1 The wood work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications
2009
2.8.2 The wood selected shall be best quality second class Teak wood or as
specified.
2.8.3 Specified timber shall be of good quality and well-seasoned. It shall have
uniform colour, reasonably straight grains and shall be free from knots,
cracks, shakes and sapwood. It shall be close grained.
2.8.4 Wood work shall not be painted, oiled or otherwise treated before it has been
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

145
`
2.8.5 All portion of timber including architrave abutting against masonry, concrete,
stone or embedded in ground shall be painted with approved wood
preservative or with boiling coal tar.
2.8.6 Anti-termite Treatment and fire retardant paint to be provided of approved

brand and manufacturers as directed.
2.8.7 All fittings and fixtures shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-
Charge before procurement well in advance and the approved samples
shall be kept at site till completion of the work.
2.8.8 The timber to be procured for the work shall match the samples shown to the
Tenderers before submission of the tenders. Before starting the work, the
Contractor shall procure and submit the samples of timber (matching to the
samples shown to the Tenderers before submission of the tenders) for the
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.8.9 The samples of species of timber to be used shall be deposited by the

contractor with the Executive Engineer before commencement of the work.
The contractor shall produce cash vouchers and certificates from standard
kiln seasoning plant operator about the timber section to be used on the work
having been kiln seasoned by them, failing which it would not be so accepted
as kiln seasoned.
2.8.10 Factory made shutters, as specified shall be obtained from factories to be

approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall conform to IS: 2202 (Part-I)
1991. The contractor shall inform well in advance to the Engineer-in-Charge
the names and address of the factory where from the contractor intends to get
the shutters manufactured. The contractor will place order for manufacture of
shutters only after written approval of the Engineer-in- Charge in this regard
is given.
2.8.11 The contractor is bound to abide by the decision of the Engineer-in-

Charge and recommend a name of another factory from the approved list in
case the factory already proposed by the contractor is not found
competent to manufacture quality shutters. Shutters will however, be

146
`
accepted only if this meet the specified tests. The contractor will also arrange
stage wise inspection of the shutters at factory by the Engineer-in-Charge or
his authorized representative. The contractor will have no claim if the
shutters brought at site are rejected by the Engineer-in-Charge in part or in
full lot due to bad workmanship/quality. Such shutters will not be measured
and paid. The contractor shall remove the same from the site of work within
7 days after the written instructions in this regard are issued by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
2.8.12 Testing
i. The shutters shall be tested for species, seasoning & treatment, defects in
the timber, panel material, construction & workmanship in the approved
Laboratory at the frequency mentioned in CPWD specification 2009.
ii. If shutters are found defective in any one of the criterion double the shutter
shall be tested & if found permissible can be accepted. If shutter is found
defective in more than one criterion, the whole lot shall be rejected.
iii. Finish
a) All components of door shutter shall have smooth finish.
b) Panels of the door shutters shall be flat and well sanded to a smooth
and level Surface.
c) All the surfaces of door shutters which are required to be painted or
polished or varnished shall be got approved from the Engineer In
Charge before applying protective coat of primer, polish or varnish.
iv. Transparent sheet glass conforming to IS: 2835 with thickness of 5.00 mm
shall be used.
2.8.13 Locks
The entire office shall be on a master keying system. The schedule of
master keying shall be prepared by the Consultant and got approved from
IIT Delhi /CPWD. Contractor shall not procure locks unless such approved
schedule is supplied to him in writing. All locks will have a stainless steel
body with a stainless steel bolt or as specified.
2.8.14 FALSE CEILING

i. General
Work shall in general be carried out as per the CPWD specification.
Modular and acoustical false ceiling shall be provided and installed in all
areas. All ceilings in the office areas, pantry and all service areas shall be
147
`
openable. A Combination of fixed board ceiling and openable tiles is used

in the interiors for visual effect as long as the majority of the ceiling is
openable.
Modular acoustical tile ceilings with high reflectivity of light and recessed
grid is to be provided meeting with the international standards.
False ceiling shall be coordinated with the services to achieve maximum

height from the finished floor level in the office areas with cove lighting.
The false ceiling material shall be of Gypsum board, metal, acoustic

modular tiles or mineral fibre ceiling tiles. The technical assistance and
guidance is to be taken from the respective approved manufacturers and
work shall be done strictly according to the manufacturers specifications
and manuals. Material from original source shall only be used.
A sample of each finish shall be got approved before proceeding for bulk
production. GI framing shall be erected as per recommendation of the
manufacturer specification and approval of CPWD
No sagging, unleveled stretch of work or chipped tiles shall be accepted.

Contractor shall take full responsibility for its firmness with the structure.
The false ceiling comprises of Gypsum board, Acoustical Ceiling Tiles and
Metallic Tiles. The Gypsum board false ceiling is to be in different shapes
such as Vaults, Coffers, cove’s and plain in unison with Acoustical Ceiling
Tiles and Metallic Tiles Ceiling. The technical assistance and guidance is
to be taken from manufacturers and work has to be done according to the
manufacturer’s specifications and manuals. A sample of each finish shall
be got approved before proceeding for bulk production. GI framing shall
be erected as per recommendation of the manufacturer specification and
approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The main contractor shall engage
specialized agency and submit its credentials to Engineer-in-charge for
approval. The criteria for setting the terms and conditions shall be broadly
in line with CPWD criteria for similar works. The work shall be taken up
only when specialized agency is approved in writing by Engineer-in-
charge.
False ceiling work shall be carried out in accordance with the actual site
conditions at different /split-levels. Any sagging, unleveled stretch of work
148
`
shall be redone /replaced and made good, at no extra charge, to the

satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. No compensation shall be paid on
account of provision /coverage of openings for lighting fixtures, air-
conditioning ducts and the likes as detailed in drawings and /or directed.
2.9 Particular specifications for wood work, factory made doors and wooden fire
resistant door (FRD) frames and shutters
2.9.1 General
a) The work in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD specifications.
b) The glue / wooden adhesive to be used for this sub-head shall be PVC
based adhesive, of approved make (Fevicol of Pidilite Industries Ltd. or
Vemicol).
2.9.2 Wood work

a) The work in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD specifications.
b) The wood shall be selected best quality second-class teak wood.
c) The work shall be carried out in accordance with the architectural drawings
issued by the department. The architectural drawings shall at all times be
properly correlated and architectural requirements have to be fully satisfied.
d) All the wood used for the manufacturing of the door shutters including the
door frames, internal & external lipping, beading for fixing glazing etc.
shall be seasoned as per the requirements of the CPWD Specifications.
e) All the screws used for woodwork shall be fully threaded, counter sunk
stainless steel screws, grade 304 and they shall be suitably concealed or
plugged.
3.7.1 Factory made doors
The work shall be carried out as per the CPWD specifications.
2.9.3 Decorative high pressure laminate
a) The work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD specifications.

149
`
b) The contractor shall procure and submit to the Engineer-in-Charge, samples

of laminate for approval. After approval of the samples, the contractor shall
prepare a mock up for approval. The material shall be procured and the
mass work taken up only after the approval of the mock up by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
c) Each type of laminate shall be obtained from only one of the approved
manufacturers as specified and in one lot. Adequate spare quantity shall be
ordered to cover for any damaged sheet and for replacement by the
Contractor till the completion of the work.
d) The Contractor shall ensure that the edges of the laminates do not come out
or chip / peel off during cutting and fixing of the laminates. Defective work
on this account shall not be accepted and shall be redone by the contractor
at his own cost.
2.9.4 FIRE DOORS (Metal)
i. SCOPE
This specification covers the design, supply of materials, Manufacture and
installation of factory made special type of approved make steel fire doors of 2
Hrs rating.
ii. CODES AND STANDARDS

All standards, specifications, acts, and codes of practice referred to herein shall
be the latest editions including all applicable official amendments and
revisions.
List of certain important Indian Standards, Acts and Codes applicable to this
work is given below. However, the applicable standards and codes shall be as
per but not limited to the list given below:
IS : 277 Galvanised steel sheet (plain and corrugated)
IS : 3614(Part-2) 1992 Metallic and non-metallic fire check doors –
Resistance test and Part – 2 performance criteria.
iii. GENERAL
Test Report of the Prototype: The door frames and shutters shall be fabricated
from approved manufacturers with materials and specifications identical to

150
`
those for the prototype test report in accordance with IS:3614 (Part-2) 1992 for
prescribed fire rating either by CBRI Roorkee or by the Quality Marking
Centre for Engineering Goods , Department of Industries , Bahadurgarh ,
Haryana, ARAI, National Test House of Govt. of India shall be submitted to
the Engineer-in-charge, and execution of the work shall commence only after
obtaining his approval in writing. The test report shall include the information
prescribed in clause 10 of IS:3614(Part2) 1992.
Testing: The Engineer-in-charge may select, out of the fire door and shutter,
assemblies brought at site , random samples for testing either at CBRI Roorkee
or at the Quality Marking Centre for Engineering Goods, Department of
Industries, Bahadurgarh Harayana, ARAI, National Test House of Govt. Of
India. The contractor shall make all arrangement for testing of the sample as
per IS: 3614(Part2) 1992 and submit the test result to Engineer-in-charge. In
case the test result is satisfactory testing charges (which includes the cost of
sample and transportation) shall be paid by Engineer-in-charge. If the test
result indicates that the fire door assembly does not conform to the
requirement of IS:3614 (Part2) 1992for FD/60/120/180, the entire lot of the
material shall be rejected. In later case, no testing charges shall be paid.
The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labour, operations, equipment, tools
& plant, scaffolding and incidentals necessary and required for the completion
of all metal work in connection with steel doors, as called for in the drawings,
specifications and bill of quantities which cover the major requirements only.
Anything called for in the tender documents shall be considered as applicable
to the items of work concerned. The supply and installation of additional
fastenings, accessory features and other items not specifically mentioned, but
which are necessary to make a complete functioning installation shall form a
part of this contract.
All metal work shall be free from defects, impairing strength, durability and
appearance and shall be of the best quality for purposes specified made with
structural proprieties to withstand safety strains, stresses to which they shall
normally be subjected to.
All fittings shall be of high quality and as specified and as per approval.
The Contractor shall strictly follow, at all stages of work, the stipulations
contained in the Indian Standard Safety Code or its Equivalent British
Standard and the provisions of the safety code and the provision of the safety

151
`
rules as specified in the General Conditions of the Contract for ensuring safety
of men and materials.
Any approval, instructions, permission, checking, review, etc., whatsoever by

the Engineer-in-charge shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility
and obligation regarding adequacy, correctness, completeness, safety, strength,
quality, workmanship, etc.
The fire check doors shall satisfy:
Stability: The fire check door should not collapse during the rated period of
fire under the specified fire conditions. The fire check doors provide safe
access to the escape route in the building namely protected corridors and
staircase.
Integrity: The fire check door should not allow the passage of hot gases or the
flames through the rebate or the gap between the door frame and shutters for
the duration of its fire rating.
Insulation: The mean temperature of the fire door on the unexposed side
should not exceed 140 degrees C above ambient temperature for the duration
of its fire rating. The fire/smoke check door assembly being offered shall be as
prototype tested by CBRI, Roorkee or any other approved laboratory for the
prescribed fire rating as per BS:476 part20/22, IS:3614 part-II. A test report
from CBRI Roorkee shall be submitted for approval before executing the
work. The fire/smoke check doors should also have Tarriff Advisory
Committee approval as admissible. The tenderer shall employ specialized
agency or manufacturer of the fire check door assembly having their own
manufacturing facility and such agency shall be got approved by the Engineer-
in-charge. Door frame and shutter shall in general be fabricated as per the
nomenclature of the item of the work and recommendations of the specialized
agencies as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Fire check doors shall be 2 hour or as specified fire rated and shall satisfy the
three performance criteria of stability, integrity and insulation as per BS:476
part20/22, IS:3614 part-II.
One door assembly shall be got tested from CBRI Roorkee or any other test
laboratory approved by Engineer-in-charge as per the nomenclature of the item
for the same.
152
`
The tenderer shall be responsible for obtaining ‘No Objection Clearance’ from
local fire authority for the executed work.
Guarantee Bond: The work shall be guaranteed for a period of five years
from the date of N.O.C. issued by the local fire authority. The security deposit
against this item of work shall be in addition to the security deposit mentioned
in schedule-F. The contractor shall execute the necessary guarantee bond
against any structural defect, faulty materials, workmanship and defective
finish. In addition 5% (five percent) of the cost of this item of work shall be
retained as security deposit and the amount so withheld would be released after
five years from the date of completion of the entire work under the agreement,
if performance of the work is found satisfactory. If any defect is noticed during
the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor along with any
incidental repairs to the structure, flooring, finishing, fixtures and any other
related damaged work within fifteen days of receipt of intimation of such
defects in the work. If the defects pointed out are not attended to within the
specified period, the same shall be got done from another agency at the risk
and cost of the contractor and the cost of the attending such repairs shall be
deducted from any dues payable to the contractor. However, the security
deposit deducted may be released in full against bank guarantee of equivalent
amount in favour of Engineer-in-charge in the prescribed proforma.
2.9.5 Wooden Fire Resistant Door (FRD) frames and shutters
a. The fire resistant flush doors along with the frames shall be procured as a
set from one of the approved manufacturers and shall be as per the
specifications, as per description of the item and the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge. The door shutters shall be entirely symmetrical on
both faces. The complete door assembly shall have the required stability
and shall satisfy performance required for integrity & insulation as per BS
476: Part 20 & 22 applicable for 2 hours fire rating. Besides, it shall
conform to all the requirements for Flush door shutters as per the relevant
IS codes and CPWD Specifications.
b. The gap between the shutter and frame, between shutters in case of double
leaf shutter should not be more than 2mm. Similar care shall be taken for
making rebates for fixing hinges and other hard wares. The workmanship
required is of superior class for achieving the desired results.
c. Graphite based Intumescent strip seal of required size as per manufacturer’s

specifications shall be provided and fixed in the grooves on the door
153
`
shutters all around the periphery except on the bottom to prevent

penetration of smoke and fire. The shutters shall not be worked upon at site
to prevent damage to the intumescent strip. In case of double leaf shutters,
Intumescent strips, of required size as per manufacturer’s specifications
shall be fixed in the rebate portion of meeting styles of each leaf of the
shutter.
d. All the FRD shutters shall be provided with 2nd class teak wood external
lipping all around the shutter as per manufacturer’s specifications. The
grooves of required size and shape shall be made in the external wooden
lipping for fixing intumescent seal. All the external visible surfaces of
lipping will be finished with 3 coats of melamine polish.
e. The hinges to be used for fixing the door shutters shall be fire rated
stainless steel ball bearing hinges of grade 304 fixed with stain steel screws
of grade 304. While testing for fire resistance, the whole assembly shall be
tested along with the door shutter, door frame, beadings, hinges, etc
f. All the shutters shall be treated for anti-termite treatment, against

woodborer, fungus, pests etc. Therefore, it shall be provided with the
preservative treatment based on Boron & Fluoride and as per CPWD
Specifications. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
g. The calcium silicate boards to be used for manufacturing fire rated door
shutters shall be from one of the approved brands. It shall be
noncombustible and shall conform to BS 476 part 4 and to class 1 of BS476
part 7 for surface spread of flame.
h. The contractor shall submit manufacturer’s test certificate for specified fire
rating for integrity and insulation criteria, required as per the item
nomenclature and the specifications. The Contractor shall also co-ordinate
and facilitate with the office of the Fire Officer, MIDC for obtaining
clearance for the FRD shutters along with frames including getting the
required site visits conducted by such authorities with a view to obtain Fire
NOC. The Contractor shall also be responsible for liaising work required, if
any, in this regard. Statutory charges / fees etc. required to be paid to the
concerned authorities in this connection shall only be paid by the
Department or shall be reimbursable to the Contractor on production of
proof of actual payment by him.

154
`
i. Destructive Testing for fire resistance of the door shutter along with door
frame shall be done in a laboratory approved by Engineer-in-Charge such
as CBRI Roorkee. The complete door assembly should be able to resist
thermal stresses and should not fail on account of shrinkage, cracking or
distortion or any other reason, during testing for the duration for which it is
fire rated. The cost of sample of door shutter along with the frame
(including cost of laminates, beadings, intumescent strips, hinges, screws
etc. but excluding painting, polishing etc.), packaging, sealing and
transportation of sample to the approved laboratory etc., shall be borne by
the Contractor. Atleast one finished sample (door shutter fixed to the door
frame with hinges etc.) for two-hour fire rating shall be tested.
j. The sample shall be randomly chosen by the Engineer-in-Charge, from the

lot (of shutter along with frame) procured and brought to the site of work
for fixing. If the shutter fails to satisfy the test requirements, the entire lot
shall be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at his own cost. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account and no delay shall be accepted on this
account.
k. Testing charges shall be borne by the Department provided that the door
assembly fulfils the requirements of relevant specifications. If the door
assembly fails to fulfil the requirements, testing charges shall be borne by
the Contractor.
l. Measurement - For the purpose of payment, the area shall be measured

from outer frame to outer frame above the finished floor level excluding the
portion embedded inside floors, wall cladding. The door frame shall not be
measured separately for payment. No deduction shall be made for making
vision panel, if any.
2.9.6 CODES & SPECIFICATIONS

The complete assembly of the doors i.e. frame, shutter, vision glass and
hardware shall have fire rating as required and shall confirm to:
BS:476,Part-4 Non combustibility test for materials
BS:476,Part-7 Surface spread of flame test for materials
BS:476,Part-20 Method for determination of the fire resistance of
elements of construction (general principles).
BS:476,Part-22 Method for determination of the fire resistance of
non load bearing elements of construction
BS:6206:1981 Specification for impact performance
requirements for flat safety glass and safety
plastics for use in buildings

155
`
EN:410 Determination of luminous and solar

EN:12600 Characteristics of glazing.
Specification for impact performance
requirements for flat safety glass and safety
plastics for use in buildings.
EN:1634 Part-1- Fire resistance tests for doors, shutters and open
1999 able windows
EN:1364 Part-1- Fire resistance tests for non-load bearing elements
1999
2.9.7 FIRE CHECK GLAZED DOORS & WINDOWS

Composition of the Doors & Windows
All materials, items, hardware etc. shall be subjected to approval by Engineer-In-
Charge. Necessary documentation/ test certificates shall be furnished by the
Contractor for such approval. FCD & FCW shall be fabricated only after approval
of materials etc, by Engineer-In-Charge.
Each FCD & FCW shall be provided with a small metal identification plate in
suitable location indicating Fire rating, name of the Manufacturer, date of
installation and approval of approved test house.
Each vision panel shall carry a stamp of the manufacturer.
Unless otherwise mentioned elsewhere, all FCD & FCW shall be of two hours
(120 Mins.) and all door assemblies (except fully glazed fire door) shall satisfy
three criteria of fire resistance (stability, fire smoke check integrity and thermal
insulation).For glazed fire rated door it should exhibit integrity , stability and
radiation control for 120 mins and insulation for the first 15 mins. The glazed fire
doors shall be manufactured as per the nomenclature of the item an as per the
manufacturers specification as per the best engineering practice and as per the
drawing and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
The glass panels shall be double glazed with thickness as specified clear, 120 min.
rated, non wired toughened glass of approved make complies to BS476 Part22 or
(EN-1634-1:1999). The glass shall be complied to Class 1B1 Category of Impact
Resistance to EN:12600 safety Glazing Material. The system should be tested as
per EN:1364 Part-1-1999 or equivalent standard.
2.9.8 INSTALLATION
156
`
Shop drawings of the doors, windows and partitions in accordance to the prototype
profiles used to obtain fire test certificate by approved national or international test
house shall be prepared and submitted for approval by the Engineer-In-Charge.
The shop drawings shall include all details of construction, anchoring,
connections, fastenings etc. Any suitable modification in fittings, fixtures as
required for project specific installations shall have to be incorporated in door
profile and approval obtained prior to the installation of the door.
2.9.9 DELIVERABLES BY THE CONTRACTOR
Following documentation/ drawings shall be furnished along with the Doors

i. Prototype Test Certificate by international test house/ Exova/ Shop drawings
ii. specification / Manufacturer’s literature, Test certificates and other
documentation for materials and items intended to be used.
iii. Certificate indicating that design and installation of Doors and hardware
conforms to norm laid down by approved international test house.
iv. Test report attested by Fire rated glass manufacturer.
v. The Fire rated glass applicator has to be approved by Fire rated Glass
Manufacturer and Submit the approved applicator certificate.
2.9.10 GLASS AND GLAZING WORK
GENERAL
A sensitive use of clear glass and glass with frosted 3M film shall be used in the
interiors to admit natural light and give privacy to areas. All glass above 300mm x
300mm should be tempered/ toughened. Frameless glass used should be highly
polished edges using CNC machines.
a) Glazing
The contractor shall furnish all labour, material and equipment required
completing the installation of all glass and related items. A glass shall be of the
type, quality, and substance specified in the schedule of quantities. The contractor
shall cut glass sizes by field measurements or dimensions of the approved shop
drawings. The responsibility for correct glass sizes shall rest with the contractor.
No cracked, chipped or disfigured glass shall accepted, and the contractor shall
replace all breakages or faulty installation without extra cost.

157
`
The glass shall be set in wood or metal glazing straps and metal sash with elastic
glazing and compound. The glass shall be beaded first and so installed as to
achieve a completely watertight result. The opaque glass, where called for, shall be
set with the smooth surface outside. At the completion of the work all glass shall
be thoroughly cleaned off paint and other marks removed. No cracked, chipped or
disfigured glass shall be accepted, and the contractor shall replace all breakage or
faulty installation without extra cost to the owner before acceptance of fit-out.
All vision glasses shall be float glass of specified thickness. The edges shall be
bevelled as indicated in drawings and shall be done at approved source.
The Etching wherever specified in drawings, shall be done at approved sources as

per full-scale drawing approved by Engineer-in-charge / Project Manger. The
etched panel shall be chemically washed /treated as per specialist specifications to
have a permanent dust free surface.
The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all mirrors and glasses fixed by
him and shall replace at his own expense any broken or damaged mirror / glass
caused through lack of adequate protection or care in installation or handling.
b) Tempered / Toughened Glass:
Tempered /Toughened glass shall be examined by the glass manufacturer to detect

and discard any glass which exceeds the following tolerance: 1.5mm bow in
600mm: 3mm bow in 1500mm; 6mm bow in 3000mm; 9 mm bow in 4500mm.
Where the strengthening process results in essentially parallel ripples or waves, the
deviation from flatness at any peak shall not exceed 0.13 mm and the difference
between adjacent peaks shall not exceed 0.13mm. Where bow tolerance and wave
tolerance differ, the stricter requirements shall govern. Direction of ripples shall be
consistent and in conformance with architectural design.
Following test shall be also carried out by the contractor at his own cost as per
following provisions.
Thickness Impact Fragmentation Surface Bending
Strength Compression Strength
IS-2835- IS-2553- IS-2553- ASTM C- DIN 1249-
1987 PART-I PART-I 1048-90 PART – 12
c) Float Glass

158
`
Glass that gives distorted reflections will not be accepted. Reflections due to
pressure, paints poor manufacturing process, uneven thickness or poor storage are
some of the reasons for distortion. All clear float glass quality should conform to
BS – 952 and ASTM C 1036 – 90.
d) Mirrors
Mirrors shall be fabricated from best clear plate or float glass of approved quality
in imported variety and shall match the International Standards. All fixed panel
mirrors shall be +/- 0.30mm tolerance. The edges of mirrors shall be polished and
beveled and mitered as per I.S. specifications wherever, it’s indicated in the
drawing.
2.9.11 FINISHING (PAINT)

General
The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications -2009
Vol. I to Vol. II with upto date correction slips and the manufacturer’s
specifications where CPWD specifications are not available.
The quantity of paint required as per the theoretical consumption including
wastages, if any, shall be procured from the approved manufacturer or his
authorized dealers and deposited with the representative of the Engineer-in-
Charge at site.
The paint shall be obtained in smaller packing (around 20 litre).
The paint shall be kept in the joint custody of the Department and the
Contractor and day- to-day account of receipt and issue shall be maintained.
However, the safe custody and watch and ward shall remain to be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
a. The name of the manufacturer, manufacturer’s product identification,
manufacturer’s mixing instructions, warnings and instructions for
handling and application, toxicity and date of manufacturing and shelf
life shall be clearly and legibly mentioned on the labels of each
container. These details shall be kept in record. The material shall be
consumed in the order of material brought to site, first come first
consume basis. The Contractor shall obtain and submit to the
Department the manufacturer’s certificate for compliance of the various
characteristics of the materials as per the manufacturer’s specifications
and also copy of the manufacturer’s test report for the record.
b. Empty containers of the paints shall not be removed from site till the
completion of the work unless otherwise permitted and shall be removed

159
`
only with the permission of the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized

representative at site of work.
c. All arrangements for measuring, dosing etc. at site shall be made by the
Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
d. The Contractor shall apply samples of each kind of paint for the
approval of shade and colour as per the directions of the Engineer-in-
Charge before procuring the paint in mass.
e. All incidental charges of cartage, storage, wastage, safe custody,

scaffolding, cost of samples and mock ups etc. shall be borne by the
Contractor and no claim, whatsoever, shall be entertained on this
account.
f. For the item of Epoxy paint, it is clarified that the surface for painting
shall be prepared by shot blasting. The metal surface shall be cleaned off
any rust using sand/ emery paper and also by mechanical brush / power
tool cleaning using grinder as required as per the manufacturer’s
specifications etc. The sand blasting as such is not required to be carried
out on the surface. However the epoxy primer shall be applied
immediately after the surface preparation.
g. For the item of melamine polish, the item includes all the sand papering
required to be carried out and wiped properly for cleaning all the loose
dust particles. Necessary masking tapes are to be provided where
different finishing work is to be carried out, so that the melamine polish
does not spread to the other surfaces. Care should be taken while
removing the masking tape, so that the surface is not damaged. Cost of
melamine polish includes the cost of providing and removing the
masking tapes wherever required. The surface shall be sand papered
using emery paper no. 180, 320 and 400 as required. Any staining
required shall be carried out by applying Apcolite Wood Stain or
equivalent, to achieve the required colour and shade as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The item of melamine polish is deemed to include
cost of such staining. Where French spirit polish is to be carried out the
rate is inclusive of cost of staining and wood filler (Apcolite wood filler
of Asian Paints or Asian NC Clear Wood filler or equivalent of other
brands ICI and Pidilite Industries) if required. Nothing extra shall be

160
`
QUALITY ASSURANCE
For Quality Assurance the Contractor shall ensure that color and texture of finish
coats, shall match the approved sample. Also,
(i) Color of priming coat shall be lighter than body coat.
(ii) Color of body coat shall be lighter than finish coat.
(iii) Color prime and body coats as required so as not to show through
the finish coat and to mask surface imperfections.
Before starting application of each type of paint, the Contractor shall apply the
paint to a specimen area, not to exceed 10 square meter and get finish and texture
approved and shall use it as a sample for the remainder of the work.
2.9.12 STAINLESS STEEL HAND RAIL

i. Providing, fabricating and fixing in position welded built –up section using
stainless steel section/pipes and connecting plates, of Grade S.S 304 and of
required diameter & thickness as per the Engineer-in-chargeural Drawings and
details, at the junctions of doors, on walls, other locations as directed etc.
including cutting, welding, grinding, bending to required profile and shape,
finish, hoisting, buffing and polishing, cutting chase / embedding in RCC /
Masonry, fixing using stainless steel screws, nuts, bolts and washers or
stainless steel fasteners as required to make it rigidly fixed & stable and
making good the plaster/ flooring etc. all complete, at all floors and all levels
as directed by the Engineer-in – Charge. Prototype samples to be approved by
Engineer-in-charge before mass fabrication.
ii. Rate includes cost of all inputs of materials, labour, T&P, etc. involved in the
work and all incidental charges to execute this item. However, for the purpose
of payment only the actual weight of the stainless pipes and stainless steel
plates provided and fixed shall be measured in kg.
2.10 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION AND ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS

FOR WATER PROOFING WORK
WATER PROOFING TREATMENT
2.10.1 All the water proofing treatment shall be got executed as per CPWD
specification and as per the manufacturer’s specification through one of the
specialized agencies as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge list of
approved agencies attached with the tender. The water proofing agency shall

161
`
carry out water proofing work with one of the approved water proofing
compound mentioned in the tender. If so specifically requested by the
contractor, he will be allowed to use other water proofing compound meeting
various technical parameters, subject to prior approval of Engineer-in-
Charge.
The contractor shall furnish the following particulars immediately after the
issue of letter of acceptance by the Department.
a) The name of the specialized firm.
b) The trade names of the product, which would be used.
c) List of works where the treatment has been used.
d) Quantity of chlorides and sulphides used in the product.
2.10.2 The contractor shall be fully responsible for and shall guarantee proper
performance of the entire waterproofing system for a period of 10 (Ten)
years from the final completion of works. In addition, specific 10 years
written guarantee (to be furnished in a non-judicial stamp paper of value not
less than Rs.100/-) in approved proforma shall be submitted for the
performance of the system, before final payment and shall not in any way
limit any other rights the Employer may have under the contract .Guarantee
for water proofing shall comprises of all the items described above in
particular specification.
2.10.3 All water-proofing work shall be carried out through approved

specialist agency as per method of working approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. However the Contractors shall be solely responsible for
waterproofing treatment until the expiry of the above guarantee period.
2.10.4 Ten years guarantee in prescribed proforma attached shall be given by the
contractor for the water proofing treatment. In addition 10% (ten percent) of
the cost of these items of water proofing under this sub head shall be retained
as guarantee to watch the performance of the work executed. However, half
of this amount (withheld) would be released after five years from the date of
completion of the work, if the performance of the waterproofing works is
satisfactory. The remaining withheld amount shall be released after
completion of ten years from the date of completion of work, if the

162
`
performance of the waterproofing work is satisfactory. If any defect is

noticed during the guarantee period, it should be rectified by the contractor
within seven days of issuing of notice by the Engineer-in-Charge and, if
not attended to, the same shall be got done through other agency at the risk
and cost of the contractor and recovery shall be effected from the amount
retained towards guarantee. In any case, the contractor and the specialist
agency, during the guarantee period, shall inspect and examine the treatment
once in every year and make good any defect observed and confirm the same
in writing. The security deposit can be released in full, if bank guarantee of
equivalent amount, valid for the duration of guarantee period, is produced
and deposited with the Department.
2.11 STRUCTURAL GLAZING
2.11.1 INTRODUCTION
This specification covers the general requirements of external façade work

(Hard finishing and Aluminium glazing work) including engineering design
involving structural stability of system as a whole, supply, fabrication,
installation, testing, ensuring water tightness and maintenance etc.
Work under this section shall be performed by Specialized agency, who is

regularly engaged in the engineering, fabrication, finishing and installation of
glazing system including glazing and sealing of glass comparable to the
volume of work in this project. The contractor shall submit full details and
credentials of specialized agency for verification and to demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge that he has successfully performed
comparable projects over the last three years ending 24.09.2015 as per the
CPWD guidelines only after written approval of engineer in charge, the
contractor will engage such specialized agency for this work.
Subcontracting any part of this work is specifically prohibited, except for that
which may be approved by the Engineer-in-charge in writing prior to the
award of the Contract.
2.11.2 SCOPE OF WORK
• The scope of work includes all labour, material, equipment and services as
required for the complete design, engineering, testing, fabrication,
assembly, delivery, anchorage, installation and water tightness of the
glazing system. Anchorage includes all primary and secondary anchor
163
`
assemblies and supportive structural framing as required for securing the

glazing to the building structure. The scope of work also includes complete
design, engineering, testing, fabrication, assembly, delivery, anchorage and
installation of a suitable gondola/jib system for cleaning of the vertical
glass and stone facade.
• The contract documents define only the design intent and general
performance requirements. The contractor is fully responsible for design,
structural calculations, shop drawings, procurement of materials,
fabrication, installation, warranties, certifications and related
documentation. The entire work shall be carried out strictly in accordance
with the true intent and meaning of the specification and drawings taken
together regardless of whether the same may or may not be shown
particularly on the drawings or described in the specification provided that
the same can be reasonably inferred from there.
• Only suggestive sizes and details are proposed by the Engineer-in-charge

that have a visual impact on façade. Contractor’s fabrication / shop
drawing will seek these suggestions and design the final construction
details.
• The glazing shall be designed, fabricated at works, supplied, delivered and

installed in accordance with the shop drawings and samples of materials
approved by the Engineer-in-charge and shall be constructed to meet the
performance requirements and standards.
• In general, the system should be designed to suit the aesthetics and

performance requirements, taking into consideration the necessary factors
to suit fabrication and the site conditions for erection.
• Calculation of all wind loads applicable before designing the system
• The contractor shall strictly follow, at all stages of work, the stipulations
contained in the Indian standard safety code and the provisions of the
safety rules for ensuring safety of men and material. The successful bidder
shall submit a safety plan for approval of the Employer. On approval of the
same, the same shall be followed during the currency of the contract.
• The contractor must comply with all applicable local-building regulations

and allthe safety guidelines particularly specified for glazing work as per
relevant I.S codes
• Shop and field materials and workmanship shall be subject to inspection of

the Engineer-in-charge and his authorized representative at all time. Such

164
`
inspections do not relieve the contractor from obligations to provide

materials conforming to all requirements of the contract documents and
industry standards for material quality.
• All approvals, instructions, permission, checking, review etc. whatsoever

by the Engineer-in-charge shall not relieve the contractor of his
responsibility and obligation regarding adequacy, correctness,
completeness, safety, strength, quality, workmanship etc. of the structural
glazing system.
• Testing will be done as per nomenclature of the item of typical DGU Panel
of approved size in factory and in field through an approved testing
agency. The testing charges for laboratory test will be paid by the
department on successful test report as per actual.
2.11.3 LOCATION
The works shall be carried out for the Construction of 414 Capacity Single
Seated New Girls Hostel, IIT Delhi Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi.
2.11.4 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA FOR NCR

Latitude : As per Met. Deptt
Longitude :
Height above mean sea level :
The values mentioned above are indicative only. The contractor is requested to
confirm the above with Meteorological Centre, Delhi, India. Any further
details like rainfall data, relative humidity and wind speed data can also be
obtained from the same source.
2.11.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The contractor shall devise a suitable framing system for vertical glazing
application keeping in view the performance characteristics and aesthetics
requirements.
The vertical structural glazing system shall be Semi unitized and shall be
designed to suit sealed insulated glass units (hereafter referred to as "IG unit").
Aesthetically the design of the vertical glazing system shall provide a filtering
envelope to the building and provide a uniform appearance. The glazing
system shall have flush glazed exterior joints both horizontal and vertical. The
structural glazing system shall be designed to receive fixed glazing as well as
structurally glazed openable vents with protection of the glass edges. The
contractor shall take adequate measures to ensure the thermal performance of
165
`
the glazing system under the increased solar radiation prevalent in the region.
No onsite sealant application will be permitted except for weather sealant in
case of semi unitized system. The system shall comprise of factory
prefabricated glazed vision and spandrel panels. The system should preferably
permit re-glazing of vision panels from inside the building. Smaller dimension
of mullion should not be more than 75mm. The contractor should choose a
appropriate system also keeping in view the various requirements arising
during future maintenance during the life span of the glazing system.
The structural glazing system shall be designed to allow for three-dimensional

adjustments due to dead load, live load, wind load, seismic load and thermal
movement. The framing system must be designed to provide adequate support
for the IG units to prevent transfer of loads to the glazing below and to provide
uniform support to both sides of the IG unit. Intermediate mullions should be
of same size as that of outer mullions.
The structural aspects of the structural glazing system must be carefully

integrated with the glazing rabbet and drainage details to ensure proper
performance. The structural glazing system shall be designed on the rain
screen principle with provision for pressure equalization.
The structural silicon sealant to be used in this structural glazing system shall
be of such quality / designed to transfer wind, seismic, live and dead loads
from the glass to the framed structure of the structural glazing.
The design shall incorporate floor-to-floor noise isolators, fire and smoke stops
between the floor slabs and sill flashing etc. as per the NBC of India and also
of the best international practices.
2.11.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
i) System design
The vertical glazing system and its components shall be designed to withstand
dead loads and live loads caused by positive and negative wind loads acting
normal to the plane of the glazing system. Design wind loads shall be 200KPa.
The contractor to submit the design calculation and weight of aluminium per
meter
The vertical glazing system shall also be designed to withstand seismic forces
as calculated in accordance with I.S: 1893 (latest revision) under seismic zone
V.

166
`
Apart from the above, the glass and the glazing system should also be designed
to withstand a concentrated load of 100kg applied at any location so as to
produce the maximum stresses in the glazing components. This load is
envisaged to be encountered during cleaning of the glass facade.
The stress on structural sealant shall not exceed 20 psi under any
circumstances. Thermal breaks shall be considered unable to transfer shear
stress for composite action of flexural members. Assume elements joined by
thermal breaks to act separately.
ii) Deflection
The deflection of any structural member in the plane normal to the glass
surface when subjected to the specified loads shall not exceed L/175 of its
clear span and shall be fully recoverable on withdrawal of the specified loads.
Deflection of any framing member shall not exceed 19mm within any glass
panel.
Parallel to glazing plane, deflection of a framing member when carrying full

design load shall not exceed an amount reducing the glazing unit bite below
75% of the design dimension. It shall also not reduce the edge clearance to less
than 3mm nor shall it damage or impair the function of any joint seals.
The deflection of the horizontal member due to the weight of the glass shall be
limited to 3mm or 25% of the design edge clearance of the glass or panel
below whichever is less.
Twisting or rotation of the horizontal member under dead load of glass shall be
limited to 1° by calculation from the horizontal plane.
There shall be no in plane raking.
In case either lite of the IG unit develops crack, the remaining lite should be
capable of supporting the entire load. The overall strength and deflection
behavior shall be calculated on the basis of the weakest lite.
iii) System assembly
The system assembly should accommodate the following without damage to

the system, components or deterioration of seals.
• Movement within the system

• Movement between system and perimeter framing components.
• Dynamic loading and release of loads

167
`
• Deflection of structural support framing

• Tolerance of supporting components
• Shortening of building concrete structural columns
• Creep of concrete structural members
• Inter story drift
• A mid span slab edge deflection of 25mm
• Accommodate building construction tolerance of +30mm. These
tolerances are not cumulative.
iv) Water Tightness
Water penetration shall be defined as the appearance of uncontrolled water on

inside face of any part of the structural glazing. No water leakage will be
permitted when tested in accordance with ASTM E331. The test shall be
carried out for duration of 15 minutes with a test pressure difference of 20 %
of design pressure with a minimum differential of 137 N / mm2 and a
maximum of 575 N / mm2. The minimum uniform water flow rate of
3.4L/m2/min.
2.11.7 LABORATORY TESTS FOR WATER INFILTRATION
TESTS FOR WATER INFILTRATION:
i) Static Pressure Test: No water infiltration shall occur when the mock-up is
tested accordance with ASTM E-331 with the static pressure differential
and the total time as specified.
i) Dynamic Pressure Test: No water infiltration shall occur when the mock-
up is tested in accordance with AAMA 501.1 with the dynamic pressure
differential and the total time as specified.
2.11.8 FILED MOCK - UP
i. In the presence of representatives of Owner, Engineer-in-charge, Contractor,

Installer and Manufacturers, the Testing Agency shall conduct field tests on
each of the installed Mock-Ups in accordance with methods described in
AAMA 501.2 “Filed Check of Metal Curtain Walls for Water Leakage” using
the loads specified in “performance Criteria”.
a. Allow for several weeks notice prior testing to allow for witnessing test.
ii. Approximately 50% of each Field Mock-Up shall be field water tested.

168
`
a. All interior finishes including trims should be left off to allow for clear
viewing.
iii. REMEDIAL WORK: If the Field test of any Mock-Up reveals leakage, points
of entry and paths of flow of water shall be identified, analyzed, and necessary
remedial work shall be established, subject to Engineer-in-charge’s /
Employer’s review and comment. Repairs and/or modifications shall be made
to the entire mock-up based on these findings and, after adequate curing of all
sealants, re-test to successful conclusion.
Re-testing after remedial work shall be from 50 percent to 80 percent of the

mock-up at the Engineer-in-charge’s recommendation. The re-test area
designated does not necessarily have to be exactly the same as the original test
area of the mock-up.
2.11.9 METHOD STATEMENT FOR HOSE TESTING (ON SHORE) AT

SITE:-
i. STANDARD :-
AAMA 501.2 – 94 Field Check of Metal Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and

Sloped Glazing Systems for Water Leakage
ii. TEST AREA :-
Area (s) to be tested will be selected by the Engineer-in-charge accordance

with the standard. The total area will be not more than that can be tested in one
day.
Testing shall be done at least one area of 100 square feet, in accordance with
the test standard, or more, depending on the time, and availability of suitable
access to the exterior. In case of failure the prescribed procedure for a
reasonable time but not more than that can be completed on the same day shall
be followed. The test will be supervised via two-way radio from the inside.
iii. EQUIPMENT: -
Testing equipments generally consists of the following and any other

equipments as required for carrying out the test :-
a) The ‘Monarch’ nozzle with pressure gauge and valve as prescribed by

AAMA and recommended by CWCT.
b) Two-way headset radio for communication between engineers and the
people in the cradle.

169
`
c) Other Requirements
i) (Optional) washing of the area as recommended in Paragraph 7.4 of

the CWCT Standard.
ii) Visual checking of test area for snags, visible defects etc.
iii) A cradle or scaffolding on the exterior at the locations (s) of the test
specimen (s) with an operator, a person to stabilise the cradle, a
person to hold and point the nozzle, technical person to
communicate between the people on the exterior and test engineer.
iv) Clean water in a minimum ¾” supply hose with approximately 4 bar

pressure. Note that the pressure given for the test is with the water
flowing, much higher actual pressure is necessary. Water pressure
drops 1 bar for every 10m rise in height.
v) Drying of test area and application and removal of tape if necessary to

locate leaks.
2.11.10 TEST CRITERIA:-
Water will be sprayed at a pressure of 30 –35 psi (2.07-2.41 Bar) in

accordance with the test standard. The flow rate will not be monitored.
The nozzle will be held 30 cm. from the wall spraying 1.5m lengths back and
forth along each joint, successively, for five minutes each, working from the
bottom up. Joints are interfaces between materials, and where these are less
than 120mm apart are to be considered one joint.
2.11.11 TEST PROCEDURE

a) The initial area shall be the width of the cradle. The lowest horizontal
joint will be wetted first, covering each 1.5m length in five minutes.
b) Next the cradle will be positioned so that the first 1.5m above the
bottom horizontal joint can be reached and each vertical will be sprayed
in turn over a period of 5 minutes.
c) The cradle will then be raised to test the next 1.5m and then the next
horizontal and so on.
2.11.12 LEAKAGE

170
`
If there is any leakage the test will be stopped and the procedure described in
the Standard will be followed up to the time allowed.
A compliance report suggesting any modification / corrective steps to be taken

if any leakage was observed.
2.11.13 Air Infiltration

When tested in accordance with ASTM E283, air infiltration shall not exceed
0.03 I / s / sqm. Of wall area, measured at a reference differential pressure
across assembly of 200 Pa.
2.11.14 System internal drainage

Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or
route moisture occurring within the system to the exterior by a weep drainage
network.
2.11.15 Expansion/Contraction
The system shall provide for expansion and contraction within system
components caused by a cyclical temperature range of 80°C over a 12hour
period without causing any detrimental effect to the system components.
2.11.16 Glass performance data

The contractor shall furnish the following performance characteristics for the
various laminated or IG (Insulated Glass) unit options all inclusive within his
price:
Visible light transmission (VLT) : 25% to 55%

Visible light reflection in : 10% to 25%
Visible light reflection out : 10% to 20 %
U Value : 2.5 to 3.3 w/m2 degree K
Contractor shall obtain final values on calculations from glass vendors and
furnish the same.
2.11.17 Test for structural performance

When tested in accordance with ASTM E330, the glazing system shall
conform to the performance requirements .
2.11.18 Special instructions

171
`
Vibration harmonics, wind whistles, noises caused by thermal movement,

thermal movement transmitted to other building elements, loosening,
weakening, or fracturing of attachments or components of the system will not
be permitted.
2.11.19 Heat soaking of glass

To minimize nickel sulphide (NiS) fractures at site heat soaking test is to be
conducted within the factory.
• Minimizing NiS fractures at site is mainly about making sure that

fractures happen within the factory rather than at site after installation.
• Heat soaking tempered glass is the most common form of ensuring that
the chance of NiS infected panes leaving the factory are minimized.
• The goal during heat soaking is to induce breakage at the factory to avoid
on site breakage after installation.
• It is heat tempering of glass to 2800 C for 24 to 48 hours over temperature
gradients to induce fracture.
• Due to inherent safety and security benefits it is highly recommended for
tempered glass to be heat-soaked in applications whose consequences of
breakage are high.
2.11.20 PRODUCTS
i)
A) Laminated glass :
ASTM C 1172. The laminated glass shall comprise of two glass of equal
thickness as per contractor's design and bonded with a poly vinyl butyral
(PVB) interlayer, meeting criteria of ANSI Z97.1 for safety glazing. The
PVB interlayer shall be minimum 0.38mm thick. No deviation will be
accepted with respect to the PVB interlayer.
B) Insulating glass unit :
The insulating glass unit shall be certified under a program approved by

the sealed insulating glass manufacturer's association (SIGMA) providing
third party validation of compliance to ASTM E 773 & E 774.
All glass quality shall be glazing as per relevant ASTM standards.
Performance requirements

172
`
Probability of breakage of glass shall not exceed 8/1000 for vertical glass upon
first application of design pressures or due to anticipated thermal stresses.
ii) Sealant
The insulated glass unit shall have poly-iso-butylene as primary sealant with
low moisture vapour transmission rate and a structural silicone sealant for
secondary seal.
The secondary edge sealant shall conform to ASTM C 1369-97. The contractor
shall indicate the classification of the edge sealant as per clause 5.0 of the
ASTM C 1369.
Structural flush glazed joints shall be a neutral cure high performance silicone
sealant applied in accordance with the sealant manufacturer's instructions.
Color: Black
Weather seal joints shall be a neutral cure medium modules silicone sealant
applied in accordance with the sealant manufacturer's instructions.
Color :Black
Unexposed, low movement flashing joints shall be non-drying, non-skimming,

non-oxidizing, non-bleeding glazing sealant meeting MMA 809.2.
The sealant proposed by the contractor shall not bleed or stain under any
circumstances. During the tender stage itself, contractor shall identify the
sealant to be used along with the structural glazing system and submit detailed
technical parameters of the sealant by way of the sealant manufacturer's
printed data sheets.
After award of the work, the Contractor will be responsible to carry out all the
compatibility tests as listed below but not restricted to the following, with
respect to the particular sealant from a laboratory approved by the Client /
Consultant.
The following tests shall be carried out with respect to the sealant:
• ASTM C 794 Peel test

• ASTM C1135 -Test method for determining Tensile-Adhesion Properties
of elastomeric sealant
• ASTM C-719 -Test method for adhesion and cohesion of elastomeric joint
sealant under cyclic movement

173
`
• ASTM C-1087 -Compatibility test between the proposed structural

silicone sealant and the finished aluminium extrusions (mullions and
transom)
For all sealant proposed to be used for this project, the contractor shall submit
a letter of certification form the sealant manufacturer stating that the sealant
has been tested for adhesion and compatibility on production of samples of
metals, glass and other glazing components and that all sealant details and
application procedures shown on the shop drawings are acceptable for use.
To prevent excessive shelf life and facilitate the correlation of batches of

sealant with panel production, silicone sealant generally shall be used in the
sequence of their manufacture.
The structural glazing contractor shall obtain from the manufacturer and the
supplier written confirmation of that the material has not been subjected to
temperatures in excess of 27 degree centigrade between manufacture and
delivery to the contractor's factory. The contractor shall store all silicone
sealant at or below 27 degree centigrade up to the day of its application.
Silicones which cure by different chemical reactions or which release different

chemical by-products, e.g. acetic acid, alcohols, amines etc. during cure,
should not come in contact to each other during fabrication, assembly and
erection of the glazing system.
All adjoining surfaces not to receive sealants shall be protected against

staining by masking tape.
iii) Other materials
The aluminium extrusions shall be 6063 alloy T6 temper conforming to ASTM

B221 or equivalent. They shall be clean, straight, with sharply defined edges
and free from distortion and defects impairing appearance, strength and
durability. It shall be of suitable wall thickness and profile for strength with
respect to tension, shear and bending stresses, capable of local and lateral
stability.
Fixing bolts, screws and nuts, where in contact with aluminium, will be of
stainless steel 304 grade.
Glazing tape for structural glazing shall be Norton or approved equivalent.
All dissimilar metal surfaces shall be isolated to prevent anti galvanic action.
Materials used for this purpose shall be non absorptive. Metal surfaces shall be
separated in such a manner that metal does not move on metal.
174
`
Aluminium surface in contact with mortar, concrete fireproofing, plaster,

masonry and absorptive materials shall be coated with anti-galvanic moisture-
barrier material and nothing extra will be paid for this.
iv) Accessories
Extruded gaskets, weather stripping, extruded seals and spacers which do not
come into contact with structural silicone sealant shall be of ethylene
propylene diene monomer (EPDM). Where in parallel contact with structural
silicone sealant, all gaskets, setting blocks and spacers other than foam glazing
tapes shall be of heat-cured silicone rubber, chemically compatible with the
silicone sealant and suitable for the specific purpose intended. All extruded
gaskets, weather stripping and spacers other than foam glazing tapes shall have
continuous mechanical engagement to framing members; any adhesive
attachment is not acceptable. Unless otherwise approved, gaskets, weather
stripping, extruded seals and spacers shall have a hardness of 40+5 durometer
Shore A.
The cladding system shall be constructed with (and shall maintain during its
design life) a standard of seal which shall not result in any reduction of sound
insulation performance.
Gaskets, weather stripping and seals used to achieve the required

weatherproofing and/or air tightness shall be selected to accommodate fully
the range of dimensional tolerances associated with fabrication and installation
of the cladding system. Gaskets, weather stripping and seals shall be formed
from materials capable of retaining their elastic qualities, dimensions and
resistance to physical and chemical attack sufficient to maintain the full water
tightness, air tightness and acoustic performance for the design life of the
structural glazing system.
Extruded gaskets, weather stripping, seals and spacers mechanically engaged

by flutes or pockets extruded in framing member shall be installed without
residual tension or extension. Dry lubricants may be used to reduce drag
during installation of synthetic rubber extrusions and to induce compression so
as to prevent gradual elastic shrinkage and retraction from their ends. Wet
lubricants containing detergent shall not be used in any location from which
spillage onto glass and aluminum surfaces cannot be immediately and
completely removed at the factory. Concentrated detergents shall not be used
for any purpose which may bring the liquid into contact with the coated
surfaces of vision and spandrel glass.

175
`
Setting blocks shall be dense heat-cured silicone rubber with a hardness of 80

to 90 durometer Shore A. Side blocks and anti-walking blocks shall be dense
heat-cured silicone rubber with a hardness of 60 to 70 durometer Shore A.
(v) Flashing
To prevent leakage, flashing shall be formed from either stainless steel or
aluminum or sheer neoprene of 1.5mm thickness with joints tapped and sealed
150mm minimum.
Flashing shall be provided on all sides of glazing where external glazing

terminates and wherever else required to provide a completely watertight
installation. Wherever visible, it shall have the matching finish of Aluminum.
(i) Column closers

The Contractor shall supply and install suitable closer section to seal up the
gap between columns and / or walls, which abuts the line of the external
glazing.
The principal function of the closer piece shall be to provide a neat connection
with the external glazing as well as a means of cutting off stray artificial light
from the outer face of the column / wall.
The column closer shall be installed in such a way as to provide a flexible

connection to allow for tolerances, building I external glazing movements and
dimensional differences between the external glazing and the column and / or
wall face.
The column closer shall also be designed in such a way as to allow the
following:
o Easy removal for maintenance.

o Installation after finishes are applied to the column / wall.
o Easy removal of internal glazing units for cleaning / maintenance
replacement.
o Compatibility with the requirements of the fire safety requirements.
(ii) Thermal insulation

Thermal insulation shall be provided in all spandrel areas without fail.
Insulation shall be provided using fasteners of the type and spacing
recommended by the insulation manufacturer.
The thermal insulation in spandrel panel shall be 50mm thick chemically inert
semi-rigid black faced fibreglass wool batts with a density of 48 Kg/Cum.
conforming to IS: 8183 / BS: 3958. Insulation within every spandrel panel
shall consist of a single panel of mineral wool or fibreglass without butt joints.

176
`
The Contractor shall replace any damaged or wetted insulation material when
so instructed by the Employer.
(iii) Fire Stop
At each floor edge the required fire protection is to be maintained between

elements of structure by using fire stop insulation to give a minimum of 2
hours fire protection between floors including in front of columns or blank
walls. The fire stop material is to be installed to completely seal up the void
between the face of the structure and the glazing and shall fully comply with
local Codes and Regulations.
The fire stop material must be flexible to allow movement between the
structure and the external glazing.
The fire stop material shall be located and held in position in such a way so as
to ensure integrity of the fire protection as well as preventing accidental
damage or loss of materials.
The Contractor is required to provide full details of all fire stop material
including fire test certificates and confirmation of local Fire Service Bureau
approved material status. Shop drawings shall also be submitted for approval
showing the full details of fire stops.
(iv) Finishes
All exposed framing members shall be free of scratches and other blemishes.
All aluminium surfaces shall be electrostatic powder coated in stainless steel
colour or as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The anodic coating shall
conform to IS:1868 -1968 / IS- 5523:1983 and shall be of AC25 grade with
minimum thickness of 20 microns when measured as per IS: 660/2-1970 and
density shall be at least 32 Mg/sqm. The anodic coating shall be tested in an
approved laboratory by eddy current method as per IS:6012 for thickness.
Sulphuric acid shall be used as the electrolyte for the anodic process. Prior to
anodizing, all aluminium shall be rendered uniform in appearance free from
disfiguring scratches, stains or other blemishes and etched in caustic soda
solution. Requisite tests shall also be carried out at the site as required by the
Employer and the contractor shall arrange all assistance and equipment
required for the purpose.
2.11.21 PROGRAMME OF WORK

177
`
The contractor shall submit a detailed program of work along with time
schedule indicating the various items of work pertaining to the structural
glazing work as below:
• Design and approval

• Shop drawings
• Submission of samples
• Mock-up
• Test reports
• Material co-ordination, ordering and delivery
• Fabrication
• Installation
• Inspection and remedial measures.
2.11.22 DESIGN CALCULATIONS
i) The contractor shall be responsible' for the design of the structural glazing
system including all its various components like glass, sealant, framing
system, gaskets, fixing and anchorages proposed by respective specialists.
The contractor shall submit structural design calculations prepared in
accordance with relevant Indian/International codes and standards as
applicable. The design shall be carried out under the direct supervision of a
professional engineer experienced in design of this type of work and
licensed at the place where the project is located. Structural design shall
include, but not limited to, computations for the justification of external
glazing sections and connections including fasteners, welds and anchorage
assemblies.
ii) The contractor shall submit for Engineer-in-charge’s approval all structural
calculations with reference to structural properties and physical
characteristics and dimensional limitations of the framing members of the
glazing system. The contractor shall also submit design calculations for all
connections, die dimensions of all extrusions and complete data of all
alloys proposed to be used for the project.
Approval of structural calculations shall not relieve the contractor from any
of the responsibilities and requirements specified therein.
iii) The contractor shall submit the glass manufacturer's wind pressure analysis,
seismic load analysis and thermal analysis showing that the specified
maximum deflections and probabilities of breakage are not exceeded.
2.11.23 SHOP DRAWINGS

178
`
The contractor shall submit shop drawings showing clearly the relationship of
the structural glazing facade to the building structure, mechanical and
electrical systems, floor slabs and any other related works. They shall show
the arrangement of components, instructions and explanatory details for the
sequence of fabrication, assembly, erection and installation of all materials
including the glass and de-glazing procedures. They shall include the
following:
• Plan, elevation and details required to fully describe the structural glazing
system.
• System dimensions framed opening requirements and tolerances for
squareness, corner offset and bows.
• Dimensional position of glass edge/face relative to the aluminium framing,
full size junction details between mullion and transom and end details.
• Isometric drawings of flashing, joints between transom and mullions, end
details etc.
• Expansion and contraction joint location and details
• Weep and condensation drainage network
• Full size details including isometric drawing of sealing, flashing and
jointing Methods
• Materials, type, size, location, spacing of all screws, bolts, weld, anchoring
devices and all accessories.
• Die drawings for all gaskets, extrusions
• Relationship of edge members with architectural stone/ wall finish and
flashing at joints.
The contractor shall submit a fully detailed program for the presentation of
shop drawings to the Engineer-in-charge for approval, and in no case shall the
contractor proceed with any of these works without approved shop drawings.
The contractor shall review and submit all shop drawings in a sequence
consistent with the sequence of erection, installation and assembly of the
various elements of the work. He shall be deemed to have determined and
verified all materials, site measurements and construction criteria related
thereto and to have checked the shop drawings for complete dimensional
accuracy.
Any approval by the Engineer-in-charge of the shop drawings shall not relieve
the contractor of his responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of
the contract unless he has specifically informed the engineer in writing of such
deviation at the time of submission and the Engineer-in-charge has given
written approval to the specific deviation.

179
`
2.11.24 SAMPLES
The contractor shall submit all samples at his own cost. Samples shall be
submitted for approval well in advance of the date, on which the particular
work involving the use of materials for which samples are submitted, is
scheduled to begin.
The work shall be carried out in accordance with the approved samples.
The following shall be submitted:
• 2 samples of 600mm x 600mm in size illustrating pre-coated aluminium

mullion and transom junction detail complete with glass skin and glazing
materials illustrating edge and corner.
• 4 nos. 12" x 12" samples of each type of glass.
• 4 nos. 6" long samples of principal extrusions.
• 4 nos. manufacturer's samples of each type of aluminium finish.
• 4 nos. manufacturer's samples of each type of sealant
• 2 nos. manufacturer's samples of all accessories and hardware envisaged to
be used for the structural glazing system.
2.11.25 MOCKUP
The contractor shall construct a mockup including intermediate and edge
mullion, vision and spandrel panel. The mockup should illustrate component
assembly including framing, glass, glazing materials, weep drainage system,
attachments, anchors and perimeter sealant.
Location for mockup will be at site approved in advance. Mockup will not
remain as part of the work.
2.11.26 TEST REPORTS

The contractor shall arrange for all testing required with regard to this
work at his own cost, at such test laboratories in India or abroad as
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Apart from the tests carried out, the
contractor shall substantiate engineering data and provide test results of
previous tests, which purport to meet performance criteria and any other
supportive data.
2.11.27 SOURCES
The contractor shall submit the name of the suppliers for the following items
of work along with the shop drawings and samples.

180
`
• All components of the structural glazing system

• Aluminium extrusions
• Anodizing paint from manufacturer I authorized applicator
• Sealant
• Glass
• Hardware
• Gaskets
• Fasteners
• Anchorages
2.11.28 SUBMITTALS
The contractor shall submit 4(four) copies of the following documents

pertaining to the engineering of the structural glazing using structural glazing
system to the engineer for approval, review etc.
• Shop drawings
• Structural design calculations for aluminium framing, glass thickness and
sealant byte sizes as per clause 6.1
• Calculations for deflection as per clause 6.2
• Test reports as per the performance requirements vide clause 13.0
• Special installation requirements, special procedures, safety precautions
and perimeter conditions requiring special attention as stated by the
manufacturer.
• Samples vide clause 11.0
• As-built drawings
• Maintenance manual upon completion of the project.
2.11.29 ORDERING AND DELIVERY
Before commencement of any fabrication or ordering of any materials, goods

or works, the contractor shall be required to submit for the Consultant's
approval shop drawings, samples etc. of all relevant details as to materials,
sizes, manufacturer's printed specifications and all other details and
information as desired by the Consultant.
Mockup shall have to be approved by the Employer / Consultant engineer

before placing final order for delivery of the approved products.
2.11.30 PRODUCT HANDLING

181
`
Handling of glass and aluminium frame, to be incorporated in to the structural

glazing system, shall be done with utmost care to avoid any damage or surface
scratch. Field cutting of anodized components shall not be permitted.
The glazing contractor shall submit Method statement for handling various
materials within two weeks of signing this contract to the Employer /
Consultant.
2.11.31 LIGHTNING PROTECTION:
Each complete frame shall be provided with a single bolt, to which the
bonding conductor may be connected by the electrical contractor on site. The
bolt shall be high tensile, size MB stainless steel, and shall be securely
fastened to and in sound electrical connection with the frame. The bolt shall be
supplied with two plain washers and locking washers and nuts, by which the
bonding conductor will be connected to the bolt. The bolt shall be supplied and
fixed at your works before delivery to site. The electrical connections from
bolts which are to be supplied by you including the lightning protection
devices, inspection openings for test lamps, etc.
2.11.32 SITE MANAGEMENT
Specific to this project the following project management roles have to be

provided as a minimum by the successful bidder.
1. Project Engineer -Full time responsibility for the project with a cell phone
provided for easy access & communications.
2. Design Manager -Responsible for the design and engineering development
of the project.
3. Installation Manager- Day-to-day responsibility for access equipment,
scheduling and site installation. He should also have mobile phone with
him for communication.
4. Quality assurance engineer -Responsible for implementation of project's
quality plan
5. Team leaders -Site team leaders heading each of the installation teams.
6. All key individuals should have been fully trained by the Contractor for
their tasks.
2.11.33 FABRICATION & INSTALLATION

182
`
The Structural glazing wall shall be fabricated, glazed and installed by

experienced workmen having specialized skill in structural glazing and strictly
in accordance with the approved shop drawings.
All welding shall be done by the heliarc process and all exposed welds ground
to minimum 100 grit finish.
2.11.34 PROTECTION
The contractor shall be responsible for all materials against damage from
mechanical abuse and foreign matter during installation. A layer of clear
transparent laquer based methacrylates or cellulose butyrate shall be applied on
anodized members before they are brought to site. The laquer shall be removed
on completion of erection.
On virtual completion and receiving instruction from the Engineer, the

Contractor shall remove all protective coverings, manufacturer's seals, labels
etc. The contractor shall thoroughly clear the internal and external glazing area
and members with cleaning solution recommended by the respective
manufacturers.
The Contractor shall ensure that the highest possible standards of material
protection are maintained both in the fabrication and installation of the external
glazing system.
The Contractor shall ensure that all materials and completed panels are
delivered to site without damage and that all components are fully protected.
In this respect a method statement will be required describing the protection
measures to be adopted when transporting material to site and hoisting it into
the floors for final installation.
Panels awaiting installation are to be stacked on pallets to a height to be stored

separately on site for possible fabrication in-situ.
As stated elsewhere, it is intended that as much as possible the fabrication shall

be carried out off site in the shop. Wherever this is not feasible for whatever
reason the Contractor is required to submit details of in-situ work for approval
by the Employer.
All materials stored at site are to be protected in such a manner as to prevent

damage from falling objects, dust, water and dirt. The material must be safe
from mishandling or damage by any contractor I agency I sub-agency either in
the pursuit or their own works or by their personnel.

183
`
During installation, the Contractor shall provide protection to the external

glazing to prevent the ingress of water from either rain or any other reasons.
This protection shall be strong enough to withstand adverse wind conditions,
and shall provide complete protection at the top level of the installation
necessary to prevent the ingress of water into or behind the cladding.
The external glazing shall be screened from weld splatter, spray-on fire
proofing, concrete, alkaline masonry washes, paint and other deleterious
substances. Any such soiling shall be promptly and completely removed. The
design of protective screening shall be such as to provide adequate ventilation
of the space between the glass and the protective screen and not induce thermal
stresses in the glass. In no case shall the protective screening be placed in
contact with the glass.
The Contractor shall provide at each completed floor an internal protection of

1000 gauge heavy Polyethylene sheet suspended from the top of the external
glazing at slab soffit and extending to the floor. These drop sheets must be
maintained until all wet trades are completed on each floor.
The fixing method for sheets is to be indicated in shop drawings and a sample
approved by the Consultant / Employer.
2.11.35 CLEANING
The Contractor shall ensure that all actions are taken during installation to
eliminate the effects of corrosive substances on the finishes of the external
glazing.
The Contractor shall clean both internal and external surfaces to remove
corrosive substances, dust or cement / mortar dropping during the installation
as may be directed and instructed by Engineer-in-charge.
The internal surfaces of glass and aluminium frame are to be cleaned with
compatible cleaning agents prior to the installation of the internal protective
sheeting.
The Contractor shall provide written verification that cleaning agents are
compatible with aluminium, stainless steel, glass coatings, granite, glazing
materials and sealants. In no case shall alkaline or abrasive agent be used to
clean the surface. Care shall be taken during cleaning to avoid scratching of
the surface by dirt particles.

184
`
Prior to snagging inspections the Contractor shall remove the internal

protection sheets and carry out a thorough cleaning of all glass, aluminium and
spandrel panels as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.
The protective sheeting shall then be removed permanently provided that no

other wet works or services work are required in the immediate vicinity of the
external glazing.
The Contractor shall also make good any physical drainage to the wall
including scratches, cents, abrasions, pittings, etc., to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge / Engineer.
Manufacturer's delivery or job marking on glass and adhesive for

manufacturers cables shall be either a neutral or slightly acidic material and in
no case shall such material be alkaline. Any staining of glass by alkaline
material will be cause to rejection of the glass.
After the installation of each panel of glass all markings and labels shall be
carefully and completely removed from the panes. Thereafter no markings or
labels of any sort shall be placed on the glass.
Glazed openings shall be identified by suitable warning tapes or flags attached

with a non-staining adhesive or other suitable means to the framing of the
opening. Tapes or flags shall not be in contact with glass.
Prior to the handing over of each floor to the Engineer-in-charge, the

Contractor shall carry out a final cleaning of the external glazing.
As soon as it is practically possible after the issuance of the occupation period

for the building, the Contractor shall carry out a complete cleaning of the
external face of the external glazing.
2.11.36 REMOVAL OF IMPROPER WORK AND MATERIALS

Any materials/or works which, in the opinion of the Employer, are not in
accordance with the specification, shop drawings and instructions shall be
removed from the site immediately.
2.11.37 REJECTION
If, at the time and place agreed in accordance with sub clause (Removal of
improper work and materials), the materials are not ready for inspection or
testing or if, as a result of the inspection or testing referred to in this clause, the
Engineer-in-charge determines that the materials are defective or otherwise not
in accordance with the contract, he may reject the materials and shall notify the

185
`
contractor immediately. The contractor shall then make promptly make good
the defect or ensure that rejected materials comply with the contract. If the
engineer so requests, the tests, on rejected materials shall be made or repeated
under the same terms and conditions. All costs incurred by the engineer by the
repetition of the tests shall be recoverable from the contractor by the engineer
and may be deducted from any monies due or to become due to the contractor.
2.11.38 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

(a) The contractor shall be solely responsible for the design including shop
drawings and performance of the installed structure glazing system,
aluminium composite panel cladding and louvers, sky lights, structurally
glazed aluminium windows/doors, fully glazed fixed partitions, frameless
fully glazed doors with patch fittings etc. The installations shall be
guaranteed by the contractor during the guarantee period for materials used,
workmanship, water tightness (wherever specified), structural design,
performance requirements and other requirements as given in the
specifications. The contractor shall submit in the enclosed format a written
guarantee for the same for a period of 10 years from the date of completion
of the work. In addition, the contractor shall obtain and submit to the
Engineer-in-Charge a similar back-to-back guarantee for same duration
from the specialist agency / structure glazing fabricator engaged by them.
(b) The design, fabrication, supply and installation of the system shall be to the
best of national / international standards and shall be guaranteed to take the
dead loads, wind and seismic loads, storms, air pollution, thermal stresses,
building movements and the consequent deflections without compromising
the performance characteristics. It shall be water tight, wherever specified
and prevent ingress of water/ moisture, pollutants etc. Further, the individual
members of the structural framing shall not deflect beyond permissible
limits as specified.
(c) In addition, guarantee for 10 years for all the material used and their
performances shall be submitted by the contractor. Besides, the contractor
shall obtain and submit similar back to back guarantees from the specialist
agency / structural glazing fabricator and also from the manufacturers /
suppliers / processors, as applicable, of various materials to the tune that
they conform to the specifications and other criteria as specified herein for:
i. Glass (Single, laminated or DGUs) – substrate, coatings, lamination,
assembly of DGUs etc. and that regarding suitability of single soft
coated glass in the spandrels.
ii. Sealants – usage as per requirement of structural design and functional

requirements, compatibility with different substrates and sealants, bite

186
`
size, quality assurance during sealing of DGUs and fixing glass to glass
and glass to the aluminium frame, etc.
iii. EPDM / Silicone gasket – for ozone resistance and other properties as
specified etc.
iv. Aluminium - material quality, tempering requirement, suitability of

aluminium grade and anodizing etc.
v. Anchor fasteners – suitability and strength requirement as per

manufacturers’ specifications etc.
vi. Aluminium composite panel cladding - Material quality and PVDF

coating etc.,
(d) The contractor shall also submit guarantee in the enclosed format for
replacement of glass during the guarantee period of 10 years from the date
of completion of work. All the Guarantees shall be submitted before final
payment is released after the date of the completion of work and shall not in
any way limit any other rights, which the Engineer-in-Charge may have
under the Contract.
(e) In addition 2% (two percent) of the cost of all the items under this sub-head,
as mentioned in the scope of work under para (1) above (structure glazing
system, aluminium composite panel cladding and louvers, sky lights,
structurally glazed aluminium windows/doors, fully glazed fixed partitions,
frameless fully glazed doors with patch fittings etc.,) shall be withheld from
the bills towards guarantee as specified above. This amount to be withheld
towards guarantee shall be in addition to the other amounts to be withheld as
mentioned elsewhere in the contract agreement. However, half of this
amount (withheld) would be released after five years from the date of
completion of the work, if the performance, as required, is satisfactory. The
remaining withheld amount shall be released after 10 years from the date of
completion of work, if the performance, as required, is satisfactory. If any
defect is noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the
contractor within seven days of issue of notice to the contractor, at least
temporarily, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, till the permanent
rectification of the defects / replacement of defective materials is carried out
by the contractor, in maximum four months period. If not attended to, the
same shall be got done by the Engineer-in-Charge through other agency at
the risk and cost of the contractor and the cost, which shall be final and
binding on the contractor, shall be recovered from the amount withheld
towards the guarantee as mentioned above or any other amount due to the
contractor. In any case, during the guarantee period, the contractor along

187
`
with specialist agency/ curtain wall fabricator shall inspect and examine the
work atleast once in every year and make good any defects observed. The
contractor shall submit a written certificate in this regard. A recovery of
Rs. 10,000/- per year shall be made from the amount, withheld towards
guarantee or any other amount due to the contractor, in event of not
fulfilling this provision. However, the amount withheld as guarantee can be
released in full, if irrevocable bank guarantee, from a Schedule /
Nationalized Banks, of the same amount, for the guarantee period is
submitted by the contractor to the Engineer-in-Charge. The defects, if any,
shall be rectified in a workmanlike manner, retaining the same aesthetics
and other functional parameters of the original work.
2.11.39 MAINTENANCE MANUAL

On completion of the works, The contractor shall prepare a detailed
maintenance manual for the structural glazing system. The manual should
cover the following:
• Complete and detailed explanation of operating principles of the structural

glazing system
• Description of all the various components of the glazing system,
• Recommended Inspection schedule and periodic inspection procedure,
• Complete parts list,
• Instructions for proper cleaning procedures and routine maintenance of the
facade including frequency,
• Cleaning products and their source
• Method statement for re-glazing and replacement of component parts with
appropriate drawings;
Four copies of the maintenance manual must be handed over to the CPWD
within four weeks from actual completion of work.
2.12 Particular specifications for sanitary installations, water supply & drainage
General
a) The work under this sub-head in general shall be carried out as per the CPWD
specifications, as per architectural drawings and as per directions of Engineer-
in-Charge.
b) Before taking up the work, the contractor shall prepare integrated shop
drawings showing details of various pipe lines running horizontally and
vertically and obtain approval of Engineer-in-Charge. Integrated services

188
`
drawings shall conform to local byelaws. The work shall be carried out as per
approved integrated shop drawings for sanitary installations, water supply, rain
water and drainage pipes.
c) Samples of all the pipes, fittings, fixtures etc., of make as per the list of
approved materials shall be brought to site, well in advance, prior to start of any
of the works and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
d) Two sample toilets with all the pipelines, fittings and fixtures shall be prepared
and tested for proper functioning of the system and got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge before taking up mass work. The sample toilet(s) shall form
part of the main work if the performance is found satisfactory; otherwise, the
same shall be dismantled and redone by the contractor at his cost.
e) The chasing, cutting and making holes in the masonry and / or cement concrete
and / or RCC works shall be done carefully without causing any damage to the
structure. As far as possible, mechanical cutters & core cutting machines shall
be used in a workman like manner, for concealing the pipelines and fittings.
The chases / holes, so made, shall be made good with the cement mortar of mix
1: 4 (1cement: 4 coarse sand) after testing of the pipe lines for leakage. The
cost of cutting cores in RCC, cutting holes in masonry & making good the
same shall be inclusive in the respective item of drainage/water supply lines.
f) All vertical sanitary & GI pipes shall be fixed to hot dipped galvanized M.S
supporting frame with “U” shaped G.I bolts, threaded at both ends, as specified,
with GI nuts, GI washers, GI cleats etc. as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Supporting frame shall be fixed with approved anchor fasteners as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge. In all cases, pipelines shall be fixed, minimum 50 mm
away from the finished wall face and shall not be fixed directly to the walls.
The cost of providing and fixing GI supporting frame, “U” bolts, GI nuts, GI
cleats, anchor fastener etc., for clamping the pipes to the supporting frame shall
be paid for separately under relevant items.
g) All horizontal pipes shall be fixed to the soffit of beams / slabs etc. with G.I.
hanger rods & G.I. frame work as per the approved shop drawings and as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The pipelines shall be clamped to the
structural steel frame work with “U” bolts and nuts, washers, cleats etc., of
length and diameter as required and as specified. The G.I. frame work, hanger
rods, anchor fasteners and U bolts shall be paid for separately under relevant
items.
h) Water supply pipes on the terrace shall be fixed to the walls with GI clamps or
by supporting on masonry / plain cement concrete piers cast on slabs as
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The cost for providing and fixing G.I.

189
`
clamps & Plain cement concrete piers etc. shall be included in the cost of water
supply pipe.
i) The contractor shall sequence the activities for external drainage and other pipe
lines work in such a way that no hindrance is caused to other activities like
laying of external electrical cable, development, landscape and road work etc.
A. MATERIALS & EXECUTION FOR STAINLESS STEEL FRAME

WORK:
1. The work shall be carried out using AISI SS304 grade stainless steel for all
sections (tubes, plates, cleats), nuts, bolts, fasteners, etc.
2. The structural design and analysis shall be carried out as per IS 800:2007
and any other relevant IS code.
3. The shop drawings along with structural design shall be submitted within 7
days from the date of start of work.
4. The manufacturing of framework shall be carried out in workshop approved

by Engineer-in-Charge.
5. All material before being assembled shall be straightened, if necessary,

unless required to be curvilinear form and shall be free from twist and shall
be assembled in such manner that they are neither twisted nor damaged.
6. The pipes shall be welded to the end connecter using MMAW/MIG/MAG
process. Welding Process shall be in accordance to ISO 4063.
7. Weld joints to be cleaned and polished. General Welded tolerances shall be
in accordance to ISO 13920-B
8. General Tolerances shall be in accordance to ISO 2768-C.
9. Joint Preparation shall be in accordance to ISO 9692.
10.Suitable Fasteners in SS 304 are to be used for mounting of frame / Base
Plate on existing floor.
11.The agency shall adopt all safety precautions while carrying out erection at
site and any damages caused to existing works shall have to be repaired by
agency at their own cost and nothing extra shall be paid on such account.
12.Contractor and labour will have to follow the discipline and rules of
working inside IIT Delhi Campus.

190
`
4.0) MEASUREMENT
1. The framework shall be paid in weight as per actual measurement of

modular components of framework including base plates, cleats, lugs, nut
& bolt, etc.
2. The weight of modular component shall be worked out as per shop drawing
and shall be restricted to the theoretical weight.

191
`
GUARANTEE BONDS
GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY CONTRACTOR FOR CURTAIN
WALL/STRUCTURAL GLAZING AND OTHER RELATED WORKS AFTER
COMPLETION OF WORK
This agreement made this _____day of _________________two thousand and
________________________________________________________________
between_____________________________________________________________
(Name of contractor, hereinafter call Guarantor of the one part) and the PRESIDENT
OF INDIA (hereinafter called the Government of the other part).
WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the

Contract) dated________________ made between the GUARANTOR of the one
part and the GOVERNMENT of the other part for Construction of 414 capacity
single seated New Girls Hostel at IIT Delhi including Water Supply, Sanitary
Installations, Electrical Installation, DG Set, Substation, HVAC, Fire Alarm, Fire
Fighting System, Solar Water Heating System, Lifts and LAN. Whereby the
Contractor, inter-alia, undertook to carry out structural analysis and design,
preparation of shop drawings, getting the structural design and shop drawings
vetted from the Principals of the curtain wall system, setting out, fabrication,
supply, assemble, install, align and fix to the building structure the curtain wall
and execute other related works, all as specified and set out in the contract and as
per the correct international / national standards.
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee (for all works as
stated above) for the following:
1. System
1.1 Structural design has been carried out for design loads, as specified,
thermal stresses, building movements and the consequent deflections
without compromising the performance characteristics.
1.2 That deflection in the framing members shall be within permissible limits
as specified.
1.3 Structural stability, safety, integrity and required performances of the
work for all design loads and building movements as specified.
2. Material
2.1 Glass (Single, Laminated or IGUs) – Substrate, coatings, lamination of
laminated glass, insulation of IGUs. Replacement of broken glass panes
(breakage not attributable to vandalism or accident), defective insulated
glazed units (evident due to condensation or dirt between the lites,

192
`
failure of seal and damage to internal glass panes, staining, damage to

the soft coating etc.) during the guarantee period.
2.2 Sealants – Material used, performance of sealant used, usage as per the
requirement of structural design and functional requirement,
compatibility with different substrate and sealants, bite size, quality
assurance during sealing of IGUs and fixing glass to glass and glass to
the aluminum frame, etc.
2.3 EPDM / Silicone gasket – for ozone resistance and other properties as
specified etc.
2.4 Aluminum - material quality, tempering requirement, suitability of
aluminum grade and anodizing etc.
2.5 Anchor fasteners – suitability and strength requirements as per
manufacturers’ specifications etc.
2.6 Aluminum composite panel cladding - Material quality and PVDF
coating / lumiflon-based fluoropolymer resin coating for colour
retention, chalking resistance, humidity resistance, hardness and gloss
retention etc as specified.
3. Performance
3.1 Water tightness, wherever specified in the Contract.
3.2 workmanship
3.3 Integrity of system during movements within and relative to the building
structure.
3.4 Indemnify the Department against all claims of whatsoever nature due to
defective designing by the contractor, material & workmanship etc. and
/or non-performance of the work during the guarantee period.
NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantees that the work executed by him shall
perform to the specified standards of quality and workmanship during the guarantee
period of ten years to be reckoned from the date of completion of work. During this
period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and if any defect is
noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor within
seven days of issue of notice to the contractor, at least temporarily, to the satisfaction
of the Engineer-in-Charge, till the permanent rectification of the defects /
replacement of defective materials is carried out by the contractor, in maximum four
months period, retaining same aesthetic and other functional parameters of the
original work. If not attended to, the same shall be got done by the Department

193
`
through other agency at the risk and cost of the contractor which shall be final and
binding on the contractor.
That is the Guarantor fails to execute the necessary rectification or commits breach
there under, then the Guarantor will indemnify the Principal and his successors
against all loss, damage, cost expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by
reasons of any default on the part of GUARANTOR in performance and observance
of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and / or damage and / or
cost incurred by the Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final
and binding on the parties.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF these presents has been executed by the OBLIGATOR
________________________________________________and by_______________
_____________________________and for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT OF
INDIA on the day month and year first above written.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by OBLIGOR in the presence of:
1.
2.
SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY
________________________ in the presence of:
1.
2.

194
`
GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL OF

DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK IN RESPECT OF WATER
PROOFING WORKS, FIRE DOORS WORK
This agreement made this _____day of _________________two thousand and
_______ between____________________________,
_________________________________ (Name of the contractor, hereinafter call
Guarantor of the one part) and the PRESIDENT OF INDIA (hereinafter called the
Government of the other part).
WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the
Contract) dated________________ and made between the GUARANTOR of the one
part and the GOVERNMENT of the other part where by the Contractor inter alia,
undertook to render the buildings and structures in the said contract recited
completely water and leak proof.
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that
the said structures will remain water / leak proof for ten years from the date of
completion of work
NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantees that water proofing treatment given by
him will render the structures completely leak proof and the minimum life of such
water proofing treatment shall be ten years to be reckoned from the date completion
of work.
Provided that the guarantor will not be responsible for leakage caused by earthquakes
or structural defects or misuse of roof or alterations and for such purpose
a) Misuse of roof shall mean by operation, which will damage roofing treatment, like
chopping of firewood and things of the same nature, which might cause damage to
the roof.
b) Alteration shall mean construction of an additional storey or a part of roof or
construction adjoining to existing roof, where by roofing treatment is removed in
parts.
c) The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge with regard to cause of leakage shall be
final.
During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and in case
of any defects being found, render the building water proof at his own cost, to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and shall commence the work for such
rectification within seven days from the date of issue of the notice from the Engineer-
in-Charge calling upon him to rectify the defects, failing which the work shall be got
done by Department through some other contractor at the GUARANTOR’S cost and

195
`
risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost, payable by the Guarantor
shall be final and binding.
That is the Guarantor fails to execute the necessary rectification or commits breach
there under then the Guarantor will indemnify the Principal and his successors
against all loss, damage, cost expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by
reasons of any default on the part of GUARANTOR in performance and observance
of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and / or damage and / or
cost incurred by the Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final
and binding on the parties.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF these presents has been executed by the Obligator
________________________________________________and by
_____________________________and for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT OF
INDIA on the day month and year first above written.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by (OBLIGOR) in the presence of:
1.
2.
SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY
____________________________________in the presence of:
1.
2.

196
`
LIST OF ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS
Note:
1. The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer-in-charge before
placing order for any specific material or engaging any of the specialized
agencies. The Contractor shall make a detailed submittal with catalogues and
highlighted proposed specifications, as well as full details of the works
proposed to be executed by the specialized agency, as specified.
2. Wherever applicable, the Engineer-in-charge may approve any material
equivalent to that specified in the tender subject to proof being offered by the
Contractor for equivalence to his satisfaction.
3. Unless otherwise specified, the brand / make of the material as specified in the
item nomenclature, in the particular specifications and in the list of approved
materials attached in the tender, shall be used in the work.

197
`
List of Acceptable makes

S.No. ITEM ACCEPTABLE MAKES/BRANDS
1 Cement Ultra tech, ACC, Lafarge, JK Super, Ambuja, Vikram,

Shree Cement
2 White Cement J.K. White/ Birla White
A.C.C./ Ultra Tech./RMC Ready Mix
3 Ready Mix Concrete
(India)/Lafarge/NDCON
4 All types of Admixtures Fosroc, BASF, Sika, Pidilite
5 Super plasticizers McBauchemie/Fosroc/ Sika
6 Waterproofing Compound Dr.Fixit (Pidilite)/Fosroc/Sika
7 Curing Compound Fosroc/Sika/Dr.Fixit
8 Flyash Bricks Sand Plast/ KJS
9 Galvanising Jenco/ Steel lite/ Karamtara Engineering Pvt. ltd.
10 Reinforcement Steel TISCO/ SAIL/RINL /Jindal
11 Structural Steel TISCO/ SAIL/RINL /Jindal
Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel

12 Jindal/Salem steel
Structural space frame
Hardware Fittings- Stainless

13 Dorma/Blum /Hettich/Kich -Arch)
Steel
14 M.S. Tubes, M.S. Plates TISCO/ SAIL/RINL /Jindal
Ceramic Tiles (For Walls &

15 Kajaria/ Somany/Orient-Bell/Nitco/AGL (Asian)
Floors)
16 Vitrified Ceramic Tiles Kajaria/Somany/Orient-Bell/ Marbonite/AGL (Asian)
17 Unglazed vitrified tiles Johnson (Endura)/Somany (Dura Stone)/ Regency
Polymer Modified Cementitious

18 BalEndura/ Laticrete/ Ferrous Crete
Grout
19 Non shrink cementous Grout Xypex /Fosroc/Krytone/ Ferocrete
CrystalineCementious Xypex/Krytone/ Penetron

20
Waterproofing Compound
21 Polysuphidesealent Fosroc/ Pidilite/ Sika/ Choksey
22 Hardeners Ironite/ Ferrok/Hardonate/ Fosroc

198
`
23 Flush Doors (ISI mark only) Greenlam/Duro/Merino/Century/Archid
24 Natural Wood Veneers Green Ply/ Duro/ Century/ Merino/Archid
25 Plywood Green Ply/ Duro/ Century/ Merino/Archid
26 MDF Board Green Ply/ Duro/ Century/ Action Tessa
27 Cement Board Bison/ Everest
28 Adhesive Fevicol/ Dunlop/ Anchor/ Wembley/ Vamicol
29 W.C. Cubicles Merino/Greenlam/Stylam
Anti Static High Pressure

30 Formica/Bakelite Hylam/ Merino/ Greenlam/Archid
Laminate
31 Stainless Steel Staircase Railing D-line/ Carl-F/KICH- Arch/Dorma
Stainless Steel Dash Fasteners/

32 Hilti/Fischer/Bosch/Anchor
Anchors
Ball Bearing Hinges and Spring

33 Dorma/Hafele/Geze/Kich-Arch
Hinges
Aluminium Doors, windows and

34 Schuco/ Alutec(SIADOW)/SAPA/Reynaers
structural glazing system
35 Aluminium Extrusions Hindalco/Indalco/Jindal
36 Aluminium Composite Panels Alucobond/Reynobond/ Euro bond
37 All types of glass St. Gobain/ Modiguard/ AIS
38 Glass Mirror St. Gobain/ Modi Float/Asahi Float
39 Epoxy Primer and Paints Berger Paints/ Asian Paints/ Nerolac/ ICI Dulux
Paints/ Distemper/ Acrylic

40 Berger Paints/ Asian Paints/ Nerolac/ ICI Dulux
Emulsion
41 Texture Paints SKK/Acro/Spectrum/Heritage/Ultratech
42 Fire Retardant Paint Asian Paint/ Burger Paint/ Shalimar/ Acro Paints
43 Wall putty Birla/ JK white
44 Wood Polish Asian Paints / Pidilite Industries/ ICI Dulux
Eco Board/ Kitlem/ Action

45 Prelaminated Particle Board
Tesa/Greenalm/Marino/Archid

199
`
46 Gypsum Board St. GobainGyproc/USG Boral
47 Gypsum/Ready Mix Plaster Ferrous crete/ Gyproc/ Ultratech
Calcium Silicate False Ceiling

48 System Along With Supporting Aerolite/Everest/NCL/Hilux
Grid
49 Metal False Ceiling Armstrong/ Hunter Douglas/Invantage/Dampa
50 Mineral Fibre Ceiling Armstrong/Nitobo/Daikin
51 Thermal Insulation Board UP Twiga/Lloyd’s India Ltd./Supreme/Rockwool India
All hardware and fittings for all

52 types of glazing, doors, windows Dorma /Hafele/Kich-Arch/Geze
etc.
Glass hardware and Patch

53 Dorma/Hafele/Hardwyn/Kich– Arch/Geze
Fittings
54 Floor Springs, Door Closers Dorma/Hafele/Hardwyn/Kich-Arch/Geze
55 Cupboards Locks Hettich/Haffele/ Godrej
56 Steel Fire Door Shutter Godrej/Navair/ Saint Gobain
Clamp System For Stone

57 Hilti/Fischer/Bosch/ Axel
Cladding
Adhesive /Epoxy Grout for floor

Ferrous crete (Ferro-1122)/Ardexendura (GOLD STAR)
58 tiles, marble stone, granite stone
/Pidilite (Fevimate XL)
etc.
Ferrous Crete (Ferro-201)/Ardex endure (Heavy duty

Silicon based water repellent
59 IM(Reganaling& stone sealer)/Pidilite(Roff stone guard
coat
wb)
60 Backer Rod Supreme India Ltd./Systrans Polymers
61 All Types of PVC Flooring LG Hausys/GerFlor/ArmstrongWonder floor
62 European WC Jaquar/Kohler/Parryware/Hindware/Roca/Cera
Jaquar/Kohler/Parryware/Hindware/Roca/Cera
63 Washbasin
64 Urinal Jaquar/Hindware/Kohler/RocaCera
65 RCC Pipes Pragati/Lakshmi/Sood&Sood/Jain & Co./Usha
Supreme/Prince/Astral/Finolex/AKG
66 UPVC Pipes & Fittings

200
`
67 Stainless Steel Sinks Nirali/Cera/ Jayna/Neelkanth
Spun Cast Iron Pipes & Fittings JaiswalNeco/RIF/SKF/ BIC

68
(Is:3989)
JaiswalNeco/ RIF/SKF/
69 C.I. Pipes & Fittings
70 CP Fitting Jaquar/ Roca/ Kohler/Parryware/Hindware
71 G I Pipe Tata/Jindal Hissar/Prakash Surya
72 GI Fittings (Malleable Cast iron) Zoloto/ Unik/ ICS
73 CPVC Pipes & Fittings Astral/Prince/Supreme/Prayag/AKG
74 CPVC Pipe Jointing Material Loctite 55/Dr.Fixit/ Chowksey Chemical/ Fosroc
75 Stoneware Pipes and fittings Perfect/Burn/Anand/Parry
Gunmetal Valves (Full Way Zoloto/Castle/Leader

76
Valve) Class-I
77 CI Double Flanged Sluice Valve Kirloskar/Ivc
CI Manhole Frame & Covers Neco/RIF/SKF/ BIC

78
and GI Grating
SFRC Manhole Covers & K.K./Jain/Pragati
79
Grating
80 SS Floor Grating Jayna/Chilly/Nirali
81 CC Paver block Unistone/ KK/ Nitco/ Teraferma/ Ultra
82 Expansion Joint Hercules/ CS/ Vexcolt/ Sanfield
Wooden /Metal glazed Acoustic

83 Navair/Sukri/Pacific/Kutty
Fire door
Fire Check Glass 120 minute

84 Saint Gobain/Gleverbel/Pyrogaurd/Schott
rating
85 Fire Doors Hardware Dorma/ Kich-Arch/Geze/Hafele
86 APP Roflex/STP/ Dermabit/Bengal Bitumen
87 S.S Plumbing Jindal/J-Press/Vigia
88 Polycarbonate Sheets Danpalon / Bayer Makrolon / G.E. Lexan
89 PVC Frame and shutter Rajshree, Sintex, Polygreen or equivalent

201
`
Schedule of Quantities
(Civil Work)

202
`
Schedule of Quantity (A) Civil Work

S.No Particulars of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
Earth Works
1 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means
(Hydraulic excavator) /manual means over areas
(exceeding 30 cm in depth, 1.5 m in width as well
as 10 sqm on plan) including getting out and
disposal of excavated earth lead upto 50 m and lift
upto 1.5 m, as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
1.1 All kinds of soil 5920 cum 125.95 745624
2 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means
(Hydraulic excavator) / manual means in
foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding 1.5
m in width or 10 sqm on plan), including dressing
of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift upto 1.5 m,
including getting out the excavated soil and
disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed,
within a lead of 50 m.
2.1 All kinds of soil. 228 cum 166.40 37939
3 Excavating trenches of required width for pipes,
cables, etc including excavation for sockets, and
dressing of sides, ramming of bottoms and
dewatering of sub-soil water, depth upto 1.5 m
including getting out the excavated soil, and then
returning the soil as required, in layers not
exceeding 20 cm in depth, including consolidating
each deposited layer by ramming, watering, etc.
and disposing of surplus excavated soil as
directed, within a lead of 50 m :
All kinds of soil
3.1 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. but not
425 Mtr 225.45 95816
exceeding 300 mm dia.
4 Extra for excavating trenches for pipes, cables etc.
in all kinds of soil for depth exceeding 1.5 m, but
not exceeding 3 m. (Rate is over corresponding
basic item for depth upto 1.5 metre).
4.1 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. but not
150 Mtr 286.30 42945
exceeding 300 mm dia.
5 Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock)
in trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in
layers not exceeding 20cm in depth, consolidating 4125 cum 125.75 518719
each deposited layer by ramming and watering,
lead up to 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m.
6 Extra for every additional lift of 1.5 m or part
thereof in excavation /banking excavated or
stacked materials.
6.1 All kinds of soil. 2475 cum 51.75 128081

203
`
7 Supplying and filling in plinth with Jamuna sand

under floors, including watering, ramming, 425 cum 917.75 390044
consolidating and dressing complete.
8 Surface dressing of the ground including
removing vegetation and inequalities not
exceeding 15 cm deep and disposal of rubbish,
lead upto 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m.
8.1 All kinds of soil 8000 sqm 13.95 111600
9 Supplying chemical emulsion in sealed containers
including delivery as specified.
9.1 Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane emulsifiable concentrate
2500 litre 185.95 464875
of 20%
10 Diluting and injecting chemical emulsion for
POSTCONSTRUCTIONAL
anti-termite treatment (excluding the cost of
chemical emulsion) :
Treatment of soil under existing floors using
chemical emulsion @ one litre per hole, 300 mm
apart including drilling 12 mm diameter holes and
plugging with cement mortar 1 :2 (1 cement : 2
Coarse sand) to match the existing floor :
10.1 With Chlorpyriphos/Lindane E.C. 20% with 1%
2235 sqm 131.90 294797
concentration
11 Extra for levelling & neatly dressing of disposed
soil completely as directed by Engineer-in-charge. 800 cum 37.95 30360
Concrete Work
12 Providing and laying in position cement concrete
of specified grade excluding the cost of centering
and shuttering - All work up to plinth level :
12.1 1:4:8 (1 Cement : 4 coarse sand (zone-III) : 8
graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) 500 cum 4478.15 2239075
12.2 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand (zone-III): 10
graded brick aggregate 40 mm nominal size). 50 cum 4849.42 242471
13 Providing and laying cement concrete in retaining
walls, return walls, walls (any thickness) including
attached pilasters, columns, piers, abutments,
pillars, posts, struts, buttresses, string or lacing
courses, parapets, coping, bed blocks, anchor
blocks, plain window sills, fillets, sunken floor,
etc., up to floor five level, excluding the cost of
centering, shuttering and finishing:
13.1 1:2:4 (1 Cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
10 cum 6547.27 65473
aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
14 Providing and laying damp-proof course 40mm
thick with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2
255 sqm 263.10 67091
coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5mm
nominal size).
15 Extra for providing and mixing water proofing
per 50
material in cement concrete work in doses by
160 kg 47.95 7672
weight of cement as per manufacturer’s
cement
specification.

204
`
16 Providing & applying a coat of residual petroleum

bitumen of grade of VG-10 of approved quality
using 1.7kg per square metre on damp proof
255 sqm 91.90 23435
course after cleaning the surface with brushes and
finally with a piece of cloth lightly soaked in
kerosene oil.
17 Extra for concrete work in superstructure above
floor V level for each four floors or part thereof. 15 cum 641.15 9617
18 Making plinth protection 50mm thick of cement
concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement :3 coarse sand : 6 graded
stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) over 75mm
thick bed of dry brick ballast 40 mm nominal size, 290 sqm 450.35 130602
well rammed and consolidated and grouted with
fine sand, including necessary excavation,
levelling & dressing & finishing the top smooth.
Reinforced Cement Concrete Work
19 Centering and shuttering including strutting,
propping etc. and removal of form for :
19.1 Foundations, footings, bases of columns, etc. for
390 sqm 193.95 75641
mass concrete.
19.2 Walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters,
butteresses, plinth and string courses etc. 1755 sqm 378.60 664443
19.3 Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies and
9890 sqm 422.30 4176547
access platform.
19.4 Shelves (Cast in situ) 50 sqm 422.30 21115
19.5 Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumers
12440 sqm 342.90 4265676
and cantilevers.
19.6 Columns, Pillars, Piers, Abutments, Posts and
11890 sqm 467.85 5562737
Struts
19.7 Stairs, (excluding landings) except spiral-
435 sqm 419.35 182417
staircases
19.8 Small lintels not exceeding 1.5 m clear span, Sqm 193.95
moulding as in cornices, window sills, string
940 182313
courses, bands, copings, bed plates, anchor blocks
and the like
19.9 Edges of slabs and breaks in floors and walls.
Under 20cms wide 3300 Mtr 122.20 403260
19.10 Weather shade, chajjas, corbels etc. Including Sqm 521.75
2300 1200025
edges.
20 Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work ready to use
"cut and bend" rebars of approved make from
factory/workshop to construction site including
placing in position and binding all complete upto
plinth level.
20.1 Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-
232875 kg 54.10 12598538
500D or more.
21 Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work ready to use
"cut and bend" rebars of approved make from
factory/workshop to construction site including
placing in position and binding all complete above

205
`
plinth level
21.1 Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-
594500 kg 54.10 32162450
500 D or more.
22 Providing and fixing in position copper plate as
800 kg 338.70 270960
per design for expansion joints.
23 Providing and filling in position bitumen mix
filler of Proportion 80 kg. of hot bitumen , 1 kg. of
1 cum 16494.35 16494
cement and 0.25 cubic metre of coarse sand for
depth per expansion joints.
24 Extra for providing richer mixes at all floor levels.
24.1 Providing M-30 grade concrete instead of M-25
grade BMC/ RMC. (Note:- Cement content 400 cum 69.50 27800
considered in M-30 is @ 340 kg/ cum)
25 Extra for R.C.C./ B.M.C/ R.M.C. work above
floor V level for each four floors or part thereof. 1060 cum 232.30 246238
26 Providing and laying in position ready mixed M-
25 grade concrete for reinforced cement concrete
work, using fly ash and cement content as per
approved design mix, and manufactured in fully
automatic batching plant and transported to site of
work in transit mixer for all leads, having
continuous agitated mixer, manufactured as per
mix design of specified grade for reinforced
cement concrete work, including pumping of
R.M.C. from transit mixer to site of laying,
excluding the cost of centering, shuttering,
finishing and reinforcement, including cost of
admixtures in recommended proportions as per IS
: 9103 to accelerate / retard setting of concrete,
improve workability without impairing strength
and durability as per direction of the Engineer - in
- charge.
NOTE- (1) Cement content considered in this item
is @ 330 kg/cum. Excess/ less cement used as per
design mix is payable/ recoverable separately.“
(2) Fly ash conforming to grade I of IS 3812 (Part-
1) only be used as part replacement of OPC as per
IS : 456. Uniform blending with cement to be
ensured in accordance with clauses 5.2 and 5.2.1
of IS:456 -2000 in the items of BMC and RMC.
26.1 All works up to Plinth level. 2025 Cum 6691.85 13550996
26.2 All works above plinth & up to floor V level. 4100 Cum 7495.40 30731140
Note:- The above item shall be used judiciously
where specified quality of Fly Ash is available for
mixing in concrete. Also, the guidelines issued by
CDO, CPWD, vide circular no. CDO/SE(RR)/Fly
Ash (Main)/102 dated 9th April 2009 shall be
followed in such cases.
27 Providing and fixing in position Stainless steel
Grade 304 plate-1.0 mm thick as per design for
expansion joints.

206
`
27.1 200 mm wide. 250 metre 584.10 146025

Brick works
28 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non
modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in
foundation and plinth in:
28.1 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 120 cum 4751.65 570198
29 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non
modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in
superstructure above plinth level up to floor V
level in all shapes and sizes in :
29.1 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 1670 cum 5582.85 9323360
30 Extra for brick work / AAC block masonry / Tile
brick masonry in superstructure above floor V
715 cum 205.45 146897
level, for each four floors or part thereof by
mechanical means.
31 Half brick masonry with common burnt clay
F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation
7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor
V level.
31.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand) 1970 sqm 684.20 1347874
32 Extra for half brick masonry in superstructure,
above floor V level for every four floors or part 500 sqm 18.20 9100
thereof by mechanical means.
33 Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos
6mm dia. M.S. bars at every third course of half 13800 sqm 56.85 784530
brick masonry.
34 Brick work with common burnt clay machine
moulded modular bricks of class designation 12.5
in exposed brick work including making
horizontal and vertical grooves 10mm wide 12mm
deep complete in cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6
coarse sand).
34.1 From ground level upto plinth level. 50 cum 4993.60 249680
34.2 Above plinth level upto floor V level. 1250 cum 5824.75 7280938
35 Half brick with common burnt clay machine
moulded modular bricks of class designation 12.5
in exposed brick work including making
horizontal and vertical grooves 10 mm wide 12 200 sqm 997.72 199544
mm deep. With cement mortar 1:3 Complete as
per drawing or as directed by Architect/Engineer-
in-charge. .
Marble & Granite Works
36 Providing and fixing 18mm thick gang saw cut
mirror polished premoulded and prepolished)
machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity
counters, window sills, facias and similar
locations of required size of approved shade,
colour and texture laid over 20mm thick base
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with
joints treated with white cement, mixed with
matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including

207
`
rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edges

to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels.
Granite of any colour and shade
36.1 Area of slab upto 0.50 sqm 15 sqm 3351.95 50279
36.2 Area of slab over 0.50 sqm 60 sqm 3113.30 186798
37 Providing edge moulding to 18mm thick marble
stone counters, Vanities etc. including machine
polishing to edge to give high gloss finish etc.
complete as per design approved by Engineer-in-
Charge.
37.1 Granite work. 105 Metre 245.70 25799
38 Extra for fixing marble /granite stone over and
above corresponding basic item, in facia and drops
105 Metre 266.25 27956
of width upto 150 mm with epoxy resin based
adhesive including cleaning etc. complete.
39 Extra for providing opening of required size &
shape for wash basins/ kitchen sink in kitchen
platform, vanity counters and similar location in
105 Each 427.95 44935
marble/Granite/stone work including necessary
holes for pillar taps etc. including moulding,
rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc. complete.
40 Providing and fixing cramps of required size &
shape in RCC/ CC / Brick masonry backing with
cement mortar 1:2 ( 1 cement : 2 coarse sand),
including drilling necessary hole in stones and
embedding the cramp in the hole (fastener to be
paid separately).
40.1 Stainless steel cramps 800 Kg 521.10 416880
41 Providing and fixing expansion hold fasteners on
C.C. /R.C.C./Brick masonry surface backing
including drilling necessary holes and the cost of
bolt etc complete.
Wedge expansion type
41.1 Fastener with threaded dia 10 mm 1600 each 25.55 40880
42 Providing and laying Polished Granite stone
flooring in required design and patterns, in linear
as well as curvilinear portions of the building, all
complete as per the architectural drawings, with
18 mm thick stone slab over 20 mm (average)
thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand), laid and jointed with cement slurry
and pointing with white cement slurry admixed
with pigment of matching shade, including
rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as
specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
42.1 Polished Granite stone slab jet Black, Cherry Red,
4590 sqm 2937.70 13484043
Elite Brown, Cat Eye or equivalent.
43 Extra for granite stone flooring in treads of steps
755 Sqm 357.95 270252
& risers using single length upto 2 m.

208
`
44 Providing and fixing 18mm thick gang saw cut

mirror polised (Premoulded and prepolised
wherever required) machine cut for dado/ skirting
of required size of approval shade, colour and
texture laid over 12 mm thick base of cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) with joints
treated with white cement mixed with matching 920 Sqm 3956.40 3639888
pigment epoxy touch up i/c rubbing caring,
moulding and polishing to edge to give high glass
finish etc. complete at all levels (moulding will be
paid separately) Granite stone shall be any colour,
shade and pattern (sample shall be approved by
Engineer-in-charge).
45 Stone work for wall lining with special adhesive
like araldite or equivalent over 12mm thick bed of
cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand)
including pointing in white cement with an
admixture of pigment to match the stone shade at
all level and height and as per pattern of
Architectural Drawing and direction of Engineer-
incharge.
18mm thick (mirror polished & flamed and
machine cut edge)
45.1 Granite of any colour and shade 3200 sqm 4063.79 13004128
46 Providing and fixing 25 mm thick granite stone
slab, both side mirror polished, full round edge
moulding on expose edge and prepolished,
machine cut for kitchen and Cupboard shelves
fixed by cutting a chase in brick wall with
appropriate size 60x50mm with cement mortar 1:3
(1 cement : 3 fine sand) and joints treated with
white cement, mixed with matching pigment,
epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing and
polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc.
complete at all levels. (Single piece granite stone
shall be provided )
46.1 Granite of any colour and shade 75 sqm 4289.63 321722
Wood Works
47 Providing wood work in frames of doors,
windows, clerestory windows and other frames,
wrought framed and fixed in position with hold
fast lugs or with dash fasteners of required dia &
length (hold fast lugs or dash fastener shall be paid
for separately).
47.1 Second class teak wood 22 Cum 92743.05 2040347
48 Providing and fixing aluminium extruded section
body tubular type universal hydraulic door closer
(having brand logo with IS : 3564, embossed on
440 each 388.40 170896
the body, door weight upto 36 kg to 80 kg and
door width from 701 mm to 1000 mm), with
double speed adjustment with necessary

209
`
accessories and screws etc. complete.

49 Providing and fixing fire resistant door frame of
section 50 x 60 mm on horizontal side & 35 x 60
mm on vertical sides having built in rebate made
out of 1.6 mm thick GI sheet ( Zinc coating not
less than 120gm/m²) suitable for mounting 120
min Fire Rated Glazed Door Shutters. The frame
shall be filled with Mineral wool Insulation having
density min 96Kg/m³. The frame will have a
provision of G.I. Anchor fasteners 14 nos. ( 5 each
185 metre 1260.00 233100
on vertical style & 4 on horizontal style of size
M10 x 80 ) suitable for fixing in the opening along
with Factory made Template for SS Ball Bearing
Hinges of Size 100x89x3mm for fixing of fire
rated glazed shutter. The frame shall be finished
with a approved fire resistant primer or Powder
coating of not less than 30 micron in desired shade
as per the directions of Engineer - in- charge.
(Cost of SS ball bearing hinges is excluded).
50 Providing and fixing 60 mm thick glazed fire
resistant door shutters of 120 min Fire Rating
confirming to IS:3614 (Part II) or EN1634-
1:1999, tested and certified as per laboratory
approved by Engineer-in-charge, with suitable
mounting on door frame, consisting of vertical
styles, top rail & side rail 60 mm x 60 mm wide
and bottom rail of 110 mm x 60 mm made out of
1.6mm thick G.I. sheet (zinc coating not less than 145 sqm 6839.65 991749
120gm/m²) duly filled mineral wool insulation
having density min 96 kg/m³ and fixing with
necessary stainless steel ball bearing hinges of size
100x89x3mm of approved make, including
applying a coat of approved fire resistant primer
or powder coating not less than 30 micron etc all
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge
(panelling to be paid for separately).
Providing and fixing non load bearing fixed frame
for fire resistant glazed Partition for 120 min Fire
Rating, made out to a profile of dimension 60mm
x 70 mm of 1.6 mm thick galvanised steel sheet as
per test evidence suitable for fixing fire rated glass
for 120 min of both integrity & radiation control
(EW120) & minimum 20 min of insulation
(EI20).The profile has to be fixed to the
120 metre 1234.85 148182
supporting construction by means of anchor
fasteners of size M10 x 80, every 150 mm from
the edges and every 500 mm (approx) c/c. Linear
measurement of frame shall be measured for
payment. The frame shall be filled with mineral
wool insulation of density min 96kg/ m³. and
finished with a approved fire resistant primer or
Powder coating of not less than 30 micron in

210
`
desired shade as per NBC 2016 IS 16231 ( part 3)

: 2016 and direction of Engineer - in- charge.
51 Providing and fixing glazing in fire resistant door

shutters, fixed panels & partitions etc., with
Stainless steel beading made out of 1.6 mm thick
SS sheet 304 grade of size 20 x 33 mm screwed
with M4 x 38 mm SS screws at distance 75 mm
from the edges and 150 mm c/c & special
ceramic tape of 5 x 20 mm size etc complete in all
respect as per NBC 2016, IS16231 (Part 3) : 2016
and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge with
glass of desired thickness of approved brand with
120 minutes of fire resistance both integrity and 130 sqm 34058.90 4427657
20 min of insulation (EI20). The manufacturer has
to give test report/certification of fire glass and the
glass should have the stamp showing the value of
E, and EI. The glass shall be tested in approved
NABL accredited lab or any other accredition
body which operates in accordance with
ISO/IEC17025 for testing and calibration scopes
shall be eligible. The maximum glazing size shall
not be more than 1100 mm x 2200 mm (w x h) or
2.42 sqm
52 Providing and fixing of non-metallic asbestos free
composite fire smoke check for 2 hrs Fire Rating
door system duly tested for Stability, Integrity and
Insulation a criteria clause 9.4 as per IS 3614 Part
- 22 and BS 476 Part 22 for single and double leaf
Doors tested from CBRI Roorke with Hardwood
Door Frame (Red Merrantti) of section 145mm x
70mm with heat activated intumescent fire seal
strip of size 10mm x 4mm and one coat of anti-
termite fire retardant primer alongwtth 55mm
thick fire / smoke check wooden shutters of 120
minute fire rating comprising of two 9mm thick
Calcium Silicate board a 100% without asbestos,
bruclte and meerschaum having density not more
150 sqm 23531.76 3529764
than 950 Kg/M3 and thermal conductivity 0.14
W/m*k sandwiching 31mm thick fire resistance
insulation filler coated with FR sealants and faced
with 3mm thick commercial ply facing on both
sides with heat activated intumescent fire seal
stips of size 10mm x 4mm mounted in the grooves
of hardwood lipping on three sides except bottom.
The single/double leaf doors shall be provided
with vision panels of minimum size 350 x 350
mm made out of 6 mm thick fire rated , fully
transparent in fire/non-fire conditions clear glass
of 120 min. rating with complete fire rated gasket
channel & moulding beading and filling the gap
between moulding /beading and glass with

211
`
suitable sealant including fixing each shutter with

4 Nos. stainless steel ball bearing hinges of size
102mm x 76mm x 3mm with screws, door closers
suitable for shutters weighing 70kg- 120 kg.
53 PANIC BAR: Supply & fixing of stainless steel

304 grade fire rated touch type panic bar from
Marshall MH -PB - SS -11001-03/ Von Duprin
CX 98 tested in accordance with IS : 3614 Part -
II and BS : 476 Part 20 & 22 from CBRI Roorkee
for 2 hrs fire rating along with the wooden fire
door as a complete assembly. The Panic bar shall
have a 5 years mechanical guarantee / warranty
from the manufacturer and the same shall be
submitted to Engineer- in -charge.
53.1 For Double Leaf shutters 45 each 18731.13 842901
54 OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICE (TRIM):
Providing & fixing of stainless steel 304 grade
external trim with keys for Panic Bar of approved
make all complete as per manufacturer's 45 each 5351.75 240829
specifications, approved drawing and direction of
the Engineer- in- charge, tested along with fire
door.
55 DEAD LOCK: Providing & fixing of 2 Hrs Fire
rated SS Dead lock with 55mm backseat and
20mm square for end prepared for euro profile
cylinder including strike plate and EPC 70mm
length both side key operation and escutcheons in 28 each 4966.00 139048
SS Finish etc. all complete as per manufacturer's
specifications, approved drawing and direction of
the Engineer- in- charge, tested along with the fire
door .
56 Supply & fixing of fire rated, CBRI Roorkee
tested Dorma's TS 83 , Brition's LCN1460 and
Marshall MH-DC-S-14016 extruded aluminium
body heavy duty 2 hrs fire rated door closer tested
from CBRI Roorkee as per IS : 3614 Part -II and
BS : 476 Part 20& 22 from CBRI Roorkee
alongwith wooden /glazed fire doors. The door 73 each 6143.30 448461
closer shall be of type 1- 6, non handed having
back check function and complies for 100000
cycles. The door closer shall have a 10 year
mechanical guarantee / warranty from the
manufacturer and the same shall be submitted to
the Engineer -in-charge.
57 Providing & fixing 2 hrs fire rated CBRI tested IS
3614 part-2 and BS 476 Part-22 stainless steel 304
grade fire rated ball bearing hinges of size 73 each 468.00 34164
102x76x3mm thick of make IR
briton/Dorma/Marshal

212
`
58 Providing & fixing 2 hrs fire rated CBRI tested IS

3614 part-2 and BS 476 Part-22 stainless steel 304
grade D type pull handles of size 22mm dia and 112 each 1003.00 112336
300mm long of make IR briton/Dorma TGDI
series/Marshal
59 TOWER BOLT: Supply and fixing of
Marshall/Dorma/Briton exposed stainless steel
110 each 663.00 72930
304 grade tower bolt of 10mm dia rod x 300 mm
long with screws all complete.
60 Providing and fixing Stainless steel grade 304 butt
hinges with 4 ball bearing with necessary brass
screws etc. complete :
60.1 125x75x3mm 1040 each 558.27 580601
61 Providing and fixing bright /matt finished
Stainless Steel grade 304 handles of approved
quality & make with necessary screws etc all
complete.
61.1 150x19 mm (door shutter) 1568 pair 828.38 1298900
61.2 160x10 mm (Cupboard shutters) 1870 each 196.11 366726
61.3 600x25 mm (12mm glass door) 12 pair 2048.58 24583
62 Providing & fixing Auto Hinges (Make Hettich or
equivalent) with necessary brass screws etc. 3500 each 106.88 374080
complete.
63 Providing and fixing factory made ISI marked
flush door shutters conforming to IS : 2202 (Part
I) non-decorative type, core of block board
construction with frame of 1st class hard wood
and well matched commercial 3 ply veneering
with vertical grains or cross bands and face
veneers on both faces of shutters and providing
/fixing both face decorative high pressure 1.0 mm
thick laminated sheet of plain / wood grain in
gloss / matt/ suede finish with high density
protective surface layer and reverse side of
adhesive bonding quality conforming to IS : 2046
Type S, including cost of adhesive of approved
quality.
63.1 37mm thick including Stainless Steel grade 304, 4
ball bearing butt hinges with necessary screws 1085 sqm 4713.82 5114495
64 Providing & Fixing Non decorative high pressure
laminated sheet of plain / wood grain in gloss /
matt/ suede finish with high density protective
surface layer and reverse side of adhesive bonding 6548 sqm 612.19 4008620
quality conforming to IS : 2046 Type S, including
cost of adhesive of approved quality. 0.8 mm plain
white
65 Providing and fixing plain 18 mm thick
commercial board with necessary screws/nuts &
bolts/ nails, including a coat of approved primer 5246 sqm 1493.92 7837104
on one face, and fixed on wooden /steel frame
work, complete as per direction of Engineer-in-

213
`
charge.
66 Providing and fixing PVC beading to cabinate
fixed with favicoal etc. complete : 5400 metre 45.74 246996
18 x 0.8mm
67 Providing & Fixing decorative high pressure
laminated sheet of plain / wood grain in gloss /
matt/ suede finish with high density protective
surface layer and reverse side of adhesive bonding 1208 sqm 518.00 625744
quality conforming to IS : 2046 Type S, including
cost of adhesive of approved quality. 1.0 mm thick
decorative
Stainless Steel grade 304 tower bolt of approved
quality & make with necessary screws etc all
complete.
68.1 Square shape 150 x10 mm 440 each 662.40 291456
68.2 Square shape 250x10 mm 1140 each 682.20 777708
Stainless Steel grade 304 Sliding door bolt of
approved quality & make with necessary screws
etc all complete.
69.1 200x16 mm 55 each 774.10 42576
69.2 250x16 mm 790 each 914.50 722455
Stainless Steel grade 304 Sliding door bolt
(latch) of approved quality & make with necessary
screws etc all complete.
70.1 250x16 mm 560 each 533.00 298480
71 Providing and fixing Stainless steel hanging floor
door stopper, with necessary SS screws etc.
complete.
71.1 Twin rubber stopper 440 each 187.60 82544
Steel Works
72 Structural steel work riveted, bolted or welded in
built up sections, trusses and framed work,
including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and 2000 Kg 67.60 135200
applying a priming coat of approved steel primer
all complete:
73 Providing and fixing 1mm thick M.S. sheet door
with frame of 40x40x6mm angle iron and 3 mm
M.S. gusset plates at the junctions and corners, all
necessary fittings complete, including applying a
priming coat of approved steel primer.
73.1 Using M.S. angles 40x40x6 mm for diagonal
35 sqm 2870.25 100459
braces
74 Steel work in built up tubular (round, square or
rectangular hollow tubes etc.) trusses etc.,
including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and
applying a priming coat of approved steel primer,
including welding and bolted with special shaped

214
`
washers etc. complete.
74.1 Hot finished welded type tubes 2500 kg 90.25 225625

75 Providing and fixing M.S. fan clamp type I or II of
16 mm dia M.S. bar, bent to shape with hooked
ends in R.C.C. slabs or beams during laying, 128 each 112.15 14355
including painting the exposed portion of loop, all
as per standard design complete.
76 Providing and fixing circular/ Hexagonal cast iron
or M.S. sheet box for ceiling fan clamp, of internal
dia 140 mm, 73 mm height, top lid of 1.5 mm
thick M.S. sheet with its top surface hacked for
proper bonding, top lid shall be screwed into the 728 each 130.10 94713
cast iron/ M.S. sheet box by means of 3.3 mm dia
round headed screws, one lock at the corners.
Clamp shall be made of 12 mm dia M.S. bar bent
to shape as per standard drawing.
77 Providing and fixing carbon steel galvanised (
minimum coating 5 micron) dash fastener of 10
mm dia double threaded 6.8 grade (yield strength
480 N/mm2), counter sunk head, comprising of 10
m dia polyamide PA 6 grade sleeve, including
drilling of hole in frame , concrete/ masonry, etc.
as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
77.1 10 x 160 mm 250 each 125.65 31413
78 Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 304)
railing made of Hollow tubes, channels, plates
etc., including welding, grinding, buffing,
polishing and making curvature (wherever
required) and fitting the same with necessary
stainless steel nuts and bolts complete, i/c fixing
the railing with necessary accessories & stainless
steel dash fasteners , stainless steel bolts etc., of
33280 Kg 472.40 15721472
required size, on the top of the floor or the side of
waist slab with suitable arrangement as per
approval of Engineer-in-charge, ( for payment
purpose only weight of stainless steel members
shall be considered excluding fixing accessories
such as nuts, bolts, fasteners etc.).Complete as per
drawing or as directed by Architect/Engineer-in-
charge.
79 Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved
make, made of required size M.S. laths,
interlocked together through their entire length
and jointed together at the end by end locks,
mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with
brackets, side guides and arrangements for inside 52 Sqm 2316.10 120437
and outside locking with push and pull operation
complete, including the cost of providing and
fixing necessary 27.5 cm long wire springs
manufactured from high tensile steel wire of
adequate strength conforming to IS: 4454 – part 1

215
`
and M.S. top cover of required thickness for

rolling shutters.
80 Providing and fixing ball bearing for rolling each

6 379.30 2276
shutters.
81 Extra for providing mechanical device chain and
crank operation for operating rolling shutters.
81.1 Exceeding 10.00 sqm and upto 16.80 sqm in the sqm
8 724.05 5792
area.
81.2 Exceeding 16.80 sqm in area. 45 sqm 724.05 32582
Flooring Works
82 52 mm thick cement concrete flooring with
concrete hardener topping, under layer 40 mm
thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse
sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal
size) and top layer 12 mm thick cement hardener
consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement hardener mix : 2
50 sqm 555.25 27763
graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) by
volume, hardening compound mixed @ 2 litre per
50kg of cement or as per manufacturers
specifications. This includes cost of cement slurry,
but excluding the cost of nosing of steps etc.
complete.
83 Cement plaster skirting (up to 30 cm height) with
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand)
finished with a floating coat of neat cement.
83.1 18 mm thick. 30 sqm 350.05 10502
84 Providing and fixing glass strips in joints of
terrazo/ cement concrete floors.
84.1 40 mm wide and 4 mm thick. 250 Metre 52.50 13125
85 Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed
wall tiles conforming to IS : 15622 (thickness to
be specified by the manufacturer) of approved
make in all colours, shades except burgundy,
bottle green, black of any size as approved by
Engineer-in-Charge, in skirting, risers of steps and
3310 sqm 744.80 2465288
dados over 12 mm thick bed of cement Mortar 1:3
(1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey
cement slurry @ 3.3kg per sqm including pointing
in white cement mixed with pigment of matching
shade complete. Size
of tile 300x600 mm
86 Providing and laying Anti skid Vitrified floor tiles
in approved design, shade and pattern as shown in
the architectural drawing in different sizes
(thickness to be specified by the manufacturer)
with water absorption's less than 0.08% and
confirming to IS: 15622 of approved make in all
colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement
mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement: 4 coarse sand ) including
grouting the joints with tile grouts and matching

216
`
pigments etc. complete. The rate shall be for all

heights, floors, levels & leads.
86.1 Size of Tile 600x600 mm 590 Sqm. 1509.94 890865
87 Providing and laying Full body vitrified
(homogenous) floor tiles in different sizes
(thickness to be specified by the manufacturer)
with water absorption's less than 0.08% and
conforming to I.S.4457- 2007, of approved make
in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
Jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm.
including grouting the joints with white cement
and matching pigments etc., complete.
87.1 Size of Tile 600x600 mm 4550 sqm 1509.94 6870227
88 Providing and laying full body Vitrified
(homogenous) tiles in different sizes (thickness to
be specified by manufacturer), with water
absorption less than 0.08 % and conforming to
I.S.4457- 2007, of approved make, in all colours
& shade, in skirting, riser of steps, over 12 mm
thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1cement: 3 coarse
sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @
3.3kg/sqm including grouting the joint with white
cement & matching pigments etc. complete.
89 Providing and laying glazed vitrified tiles (GVT)
in different sizes (thickness to be specified by
manufacturer), with water absorption less than
0.08 % and conforming to I.S. 15622, of approved
make, in all colours & shade, in skirting, dado
,riser of steps, over 12 mm thick bed of cement
mortar 1:3 (1cement: 3 coarse sand), jointing with
grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg/sqm including
grouting the joint with white cement & matching
pigments etc. complete.
Roofing
90 Making khurras 45x45 cm with average minimum
thickness of 5 cm cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement
: 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 20
mm nominal size) over P.V.C. sheet 1 m x1 m x
38 Each 187.60 7129
400 micron, finished with 12 mm cement plaster
1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and a coat of neat
cement, rounding the edges and making and
finishing the outlet complete.
91 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised
Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS :
13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring
conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for
thermal expansion,
(i) Single socketed pipes.

217
`
91.1 110 mm diameter 800 metre 236.35 189080

92 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised -
PVC moulded fittings/ accessories for
unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes
conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including
jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382,
leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion.
92.1 Bend 87.5°
110 mm bend 30 each 113.10 3393
92.2 160 mm bend 8 each 130.30 1042
92.3 Shoe (Plain)
110 mm Shoe 35 each 98.00 3430
False ceiling
94 Providing and fixing Gl Clip in Metal Ceiling
System of 600x600 mm module which includes
providing and fixing 'C' wall angle of size
20x30x20 mm made of 0.5 mm thick pre painted
steel along the perimeter of the room with help of
nylon sleeves and wooden screws at 300 mm
center to centre, suspending the main C carrier of
size 10x38x10 mm made of G.I steel 0.7 mm thick
from the soffit with help of soffit cleat
37x27x25x1.6 mm, rawl plugs of size 38x12 mm
and C carrier suspension clip and main carrier
bracket at 1000 mm c/c. Inverted triangle shaped
Spring Tee having height of 24 mm and width of
34 mm made of Gl steel 0.45 mm thick is then
fixed to the main C carrier and in direction
perpendicular to it at 600 mm centers with help of
suspension brackets. Wherever the main C carrier
and spring T have to join, C carrier and spring T
connectors have to be used. All sections to be
galvanized @ 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive),
fixing with clip in tiles into spring T with :
94.1 GI Metal Ceiling Clip in plain Bevelled edge
global white color tiles of size 600x600 and 0.5
mm thick with 25 mm height, made of G I sheet
having galvanizing of 100 gms/ sqm (both sides
inclusive) and 20% perforation area with 1.8 mm 2800 Sqm 1527.25 4276300
dia holes and having NRC of 0.5, electro statically
polyester powder coated of thickness 60 microns
(minimum), including factory painted after
bending and perforation.

218
`
95 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height

including providing and fixing of frame work
made of special sections, power pressed from
M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of
120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277
and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide
x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm,
at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to
the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x
50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of
cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm
of required length with nuts & bolts of required
size and other end of angle hanger fixed with
intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running
at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to
which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom
wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm
each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to
centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular
to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips
made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire
at every junction, including fixing perimeter
channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges
of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of
ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl
plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall
screws @ 230 mm interval, including fixing of
gypsum board to ceiling section and perimeter
channel with the help of dry wall screws of size
3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing and
finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square
edges of the board with recommended jointing
compound , jointing tapes , finishing with jointing
compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on
both sides of joint and two coats of primer suitable
for board, all as per manufacturer's specification
and also including the cost of making openings for
light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made with
frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed, all
complete as per drawings, specification and
direction of the Engineer in Charge but excluding
the cost of painting with :
95.1 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum moisture
2200 sqm 958.65 2109030
resistant board
Finishing
96 12 mm cement plaster of mix :
96.1 1:6 (1 cement: 6 fine sand) 1251 sqm 160.35 200598
97 15 mm cement plaster on the rough side of single
or half brick wall of mix :
98 6 mm cement plaster of mix :

219
`

99 18 mm thick cement plaster in two layers bottom
layer 12 mm thick in cement mortar 1:5 ( 1
200 sqm 272.05 54410
cement : 5 coarse sand) and a top layer 1:3 (1
cement : 3 fine sand) finished rough with spounge.
100 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior
paint of required shade :
100.1 New work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67
ltr/10 sqm over and including priming coat of 2800 sqm 96.00 268800
exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm)
101 Wall painting with acrylic emulsion paint of
approved brand and manufacture to give an even
shade :
101.1 Two or more coats on new work 34355 sqm 84.45 2901280
102 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved
brand and manufacture to give an even shade :
102.1 Two or more coats on new work. 825 sqm 78.40 64680
103 Providing and applying white cement based putty
of average thickness 1 mm, of approved brand and
34355 sqm 87.35 3000909
manufacturer, over the plastered wall surface to
prepare the surface even and smooth complete.
104 Providing and fixing 24 gauge Chicken Wire mesh
in junction of block work & RCC works at
1415 Sqm 258.52 365806
corner/wall surface as per direction of Engineer-
In-Charge.
105 Providing and applying silicon treatment to
exposed brick work to create waterproofing
barrier by diluting water soluble transparent
silicone paint with water in ratio 1:9 ( 1 part of
silicon to 9 parts of water or as recommended by 5250 Sqm 301.04 1580460
manufacturer ) and spraying the solution @ 15
sqm per kg of concentrate or as recommended by
manufacturer. Complete as per drawing or as
directed by Architect/Engineer-in-charge.
106 Providing and fixing Glass Reinforced Concrete
(G.R.C) Screens of 35mm thickness in approved
size, pattern, design, thickness and color of M/S
UniStone make or equivalent. The Screens should
be made from ‘53 grade’ White Portland Cement
manufactured by ‘JK Cement’ or equivalent,
Quartz, Fine Silica Sand, Alkali Resistant Glass
Fiber manufactured by ‘Saint Gobain’ or
equivalent, Super Plasticizers manufactured by 125 Sqm 6228.00 778500
‘BASF’ or equivalent, Polymers manufactured by
‘BASF’ or equivalent and U.V resistant Synthetic
inorganic pigments should be used for
pigmentation manufactured by YFERROX
(Germany)’ or equivalent. The material casting
should take ace in Synthetic Rubber / FRP Mould
manufactured by ‘Reckli’ or equivalent. The
fixing of Screens should be ‘Dry fixing’ i.e. to be

220
`
done with Stainless Steel (SS – 304) ‘L’ shaped

Clamps, dash fasteners and pins.
Dismantling & Demolishing

107 Demolition of residential quarters ( Ground Plus
three floor) etc which includes demolishing of
cement concrete, RCC work, brick work, doors,
windows (wood or Steel), steel work in builtup
section, tile work, flushing cistern, taking out all
sanitary items and fixtures, partition wall and false
ceiling, water proofing over slab, taken out all G.I
and CI, Main holes, Gully trap, etc and all civil &
electrical item which is used in the construction of 2 Job -214206.00 -428412
building, etc. manually /by mechanical means
including taking away all serviceable material
received from dismantling and disposal of
unserviceable material, building rubbish/malba
and waste material by mechanical means, from the
campus to outside where the location available in
the city and all work executed as per direction of
Engineer -in -charge
External Development Works
Road Work
Road Work, Parking, water bodies, Seat wall
and Pavements
108 Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with
power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne capacity after
excavating earth to an average of 22.5 cm depth,
dressing to camber and consolidating with road 1550 sqm 90.10 139655
roller including making good the undulations etc.
and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of
surplus earth with lead upto 50 metres.
109 Supplying and stacking of graded stone aggregate
230 cum 1336.05 307292
at site of size 90mm to 45 mm.
110 Supplying and stacking of graded stone aggregate
230 cum 1449.30 333339
at site of size 63mm to 45 mm.
111 Supplying and stacking of stone screenings
/chippings at sites 13.2mm nominal size (Type - 80 cum 1505.60 120448
A)
112 Supplying and stacking of stone screenings
/chippings at sites 11.2mm nominal size (Type - 40 cum 1462.05 58482
B)
113 Supplying and stacking of moorum at site. 40 cum 643.20 25728
114 Laying, spreading and compacting stone aggregate
of specified sizes to WBM specifications in
uniform thickness, hand picking, rolling with 3
wheeled road / vibratory roller 8-10 tonne capacity
460 cum 449.10 206586
in stages to proper grade and camber, applying
and brooming requisite type of screening / binding
material to fill up interstices of coarse aggregate,
watering and compacting to the required density.

221
`
115 Providing and applying tack coat using hot

straight run bitumen of grade VG - 10, including
heating the bitumen, spraying the bitumen with
mechanically operated spray unit fitted on
bitumen boiler, cleaning and preparing the
existing road surface as per specifications :
115.1 On W.B.M. @ 0.75 Kg/sqm 1500 sqm 36.40 54600
116 Providing and laying Bituminous concrete using
crushed stone aggregates of specified grading,
premixed with bituminous binder and filler,
transporting the hot mix to work site by tippers,
laying with paver finisher equipped with
electronic sensor to the required grade, level and
alignment and rolling with smooth wheeled,
vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the desired
compaction and density as per specification,
complete and as per directions of Engineer-in-
Charge.
116.1 40/50 mm compacted thickness with bitumen of
grade VG-30 @ 5.5% (percentage by weight of
total mix) and lime filler @ 3% (percentage by
weight of Aggregate) and waste plastic additive @ 125 cum 8345.45 1043181
8% (percentage by weight of bitumen) prepared in
Batch Type Hot Mix Plant of 100- 120 TPH
capacity.
117 Providing and laying at or near ground level
factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement
concrete in position to the required line, level and
curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement: 3 coarse sand), including making joints
with or without grooves (thickness of joints except
at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm), 30 cum 5012.65 150380
including making drainage opening wherever
required complete etc. as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb edging
shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C.
kerb stone shall be approved by Engineer-in-
charge).
118 Providing and laying 100mm thick C.C pavement
of mix M25 with ready mixed concrete from
batching plant. The ready mixed concrete shall be
laid and finished with screed board vibrator,
vacuum dewatering process and finally finished
by floating , brooming with wire brush etc.
complete as per specifications and directions of
Engineer-in-charge. (The panel shuttering work
shall be paid for separately)
118.1 (Note:- Cement content considered in this item is
@ 330 kg/cum. Excess/less cement used as per 75 cum 6912.15 518411
design mix is payable/ recoverable separately).

222
`
119 Providing and laying tactile tile (for vision

impaired persons as per standards) of size
300x300x9.8mm having water absorption less
than 0.5% and conforming to IS: 15622, of
approved make in all colours and shades in
outdoor floors such as footpath, court yard, multi
55 sqm 1450.45 79775
modals location etc., laid on 20mm thick base of
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) in all
shapes & patterns including grouting the joints
with white cement mixed with matching pigments
etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-
Charge.
120 Providing and laying in position 50 mm thick
cuddapa stone in drop off laid over 20mm
(average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) and jointed with grey 200 sqm 2700.51 540102
cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the
shade of stone. All complete as per drawing & as
per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
121 Providing and laying in position 50 mm kota
stone in drop off laid over 20mm (average) thick
base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand) and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed 150 sqm 2205.08 330762
with pigment to match the shade of stone. All
complete as per drawing & as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
122 Providing and laying in position 50 mm sand
stone in amphithetre laid over 20mm (average)
thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand) and jointed with grey cement slurry 400 sqm 2452.80 981120
mixed with pigment to match the shade of stone.
All complete as per drawing & as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
123 Providing and laying in position 50 mm Dholpur
in pathways laid over 20mm (average) thick base
of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with 150 sqm 2535.88 380382
pigment to match the shade of stone. All complete
as per drawing & as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
Plumbing Works
SANITARY INSTALLATION
124 Providing and fixing water closet squatting pan

(Indian type W.C. pan ) with 100 mm sand cast
Iron P or S trap, 10 litre low level white P.V.C.
flushing cistern, including flush pipe, with
manually controlled device (handle lever)
conforming to IS : 7231, with all fittings and
fixtures complete, including cutting and making
good the walls and floors wherever required:

223
`
124.1 White Vitreous china Orissa pattern W.C. pan of

size 580x440 mm with integral type foot rests 16 each 3494.20 55907
125 Providing and fixing Stainless Steel A ISI 304

(18/8) kitchen sink as per IS: 13983 with C.I.
brackets and stainless steel plug 40 mm, including
painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and
making good the walls wherever required :
Kitchen sink with drain board
125.1 510x1040 mm bowl depth 200 mm 4 each 3772.35 15089
Kitchen sink without drain board
125.2 610x510 mm bowl depth 200 mm 3 each 2476.60 7430
126 Providing and fixing 600x450 mm bevelled edge
mirror of superior glass (of approved quality)
complete with 6 mm thick hard board ground 5 each 817.95 4090
fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brass screws and
washers complete.
127 Providing and fixing bevelled edge mirror of
required size as per architectural details, 6mm
thick of modiguard/saint goben or equivalent with
6 mm thick plywood backing including fixing in 35 sqm. 3850.03 134751
position on existing tiled wall using necessary C.P
brass screws/SS Stud and washers complete as
directed by Engineer in charge.
128 Providing and fixing liquid soap dispenser with
glass bottle similar to "Jaquar make Cat no.ACN-
1135N or equivalent including cutting and making 70 each 1277.73 89441
good the walls wherever required complete as
directed by Engineer in charge.
129 Providing and fixing C.P. brass towel rail 600 mm
size similar to "Jaquar make Cat No. ACN-
1111NM" or equivalent with S.S. screws wooden 58 each 1277.73 74108
cleats including necessary fittings cutting holes in
wall and making good the wall wherever required.
130 Providing and fixing stainless steel hand drier
similar to "Euronics make Cat No. EH 26NW"
including providing necessary Concealed brackets
painted with two or more coats of enamel paint of
approved shade over a coat of primer, wiring 35 each 17545.71 614100
cables from drier to plug, plug tops etc. including
cutting and making good the walls wherever
required complete as directed by Engineer in
charge.
131 Providing and fixing S.S. hinged grating, 125mm
dia with frame (CAMRY make Cat. No. SKDH-
05 or approved equivalent make) including setting
in floor with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 169 each 274.28 46353
coarse sand) including cutting and making good
the floor wherever required complete as directed
by Engineer in charge.

224
`
132 Providing and fixing C.P. brass double coat hook

similar to "Jaquar make Cat No. ACN-1161N" or
approved equivalent make) including cutting and 64 each 508.41 32538
making good the walls wherever required
complete as directed by Engineer in charge.
133 Providing and fixing C.P. brass toilet roll holder
similar to "Jaquar make Cat No. ACN-1151N or
approved equivalent make) , fixed to wall with
64 each 682.35 43670
wooden cleats and S.S screws etc. including
cutting holes in wall and making good the wall
wherever required.
134 Providing and fixing C.P. brass Soap dish similar
to "Jaquar make Cat No.ACN-1131N" or
approved equivalent make) including cutting and 70 Each 588.69 41208
making good the walls wherever required
complete as directed by Engineer in charge.
135 Providing and fixing handicapped Grab bar (Utech
make Cat no. TVB-7800) complete in all respects
including cutting and making good the walls or 8 Each 10797.15 86377
floor wherever required as directed by Engineer in
charge.
SOIL WASTE AND RAIN WATER PIPE :
136 Providing and fixing wash basin with C.I.
brackets, 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps, 32 mm
C.P. brass waste of standard pattern, including
painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and
making good the walls wherever require:
136.1 White Vitreous China Wash basin size 630x450
mm with a single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar tap 2 each 2020.60 4041
137 Providing and fixing soil, waste and vent pipes :
Centrifugally cast (spun) iron socket & spigot
(S&S) pipe as per IS: 3989
137.1 100 mm dia 1275 metre 921.65 1175104
138 Providing and fixing plain bend of required
degree.
100 mm dia
138.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS : 3989 140 each 334.95 46893
139 Providing and fixing heel rest sanitary bend
100 mm dia
139.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989 8 each 370.95 2968
140 Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of
required degree with access door, insertion rubber
washer 3 mm thick, bolts and nuts complete
100x100x100 mm
141 Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of
required degree :
100x100x100 mm

225
`
142 Providing lead caulked joints to sand cast

iron/centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes and
fittings of diameter :
142.1 100 mm 1800 each 309.95 557910
143 Providing and fixing terminal guard :
100 mm
144 Providing and fixing trap of self cleansing design
with screwed down or hinged grating with or
without vent arm complete, including cost of
cutting and making good the walls and floors :
100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet
144.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS: 3989. 123 each 1034.45 127237
145 Painting sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast (spun)
iron soil, waste vent pipes and fittings with two
coats of synthetic enamel paint of any colour such
as chocolate grey, or buff etc. over a coat of
primer (of approved quality) for new work :
145.1 100 mm diameter pipe 1275 Mtr 40.65 51829
146 Providing and fixing white vitreous china
extended wall mounting water closet of size
780x370x690 mm of approved shape including
providing & fixing white vitreous china cistern
64 each 9685.70 619885
with dual flush fitting, of flushing capacity 3 litre/
6 litre (adjustable to 4 litre/ 8 litres), including seat
cover, and cistern fittings, nuts, bolts and gasket
etc complete.
147 Providing and fixing of C.P. brass Health faucet
with 8mm dia 1.5 mtr. Long Metal Hose and wall 64 each 1296.97 83006
holder Kohlar K- 129271N-CP or equivalent
148 Providing and Fixing oval shape wash basin size
550x450x with 15mm CP brass swan neck pillar
tap rest on M.S Frame. (M.S Frame shall be paid
separately)
148.1 Oval Shape Wash basin size 550 x 450 mm with a
15 mm C.P. brass Swan neck pillar taps. 70 each 6055.55 423889
149 Providing and fixing GI slotted clamp of required
length for CI waste pipe, Sewage Pipe, UPVC rain
water pipe, GI Pipe and UPVC water supply pipe
fixed in wall with 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand :
4 stone aggregate 10mm nominal size) cement 150 metre 871.89 130784
concrete block (minimum block size 200x230x150
mm)including tie rod, U clamp, fastener, washer,
nut bolt of required size and provided as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
WATER SUPPLY

226
`
150 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl

Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability
for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC
plain & brass threaded fittings, including fixing
the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This
includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step
CPVC solvent cement and testing of joints
complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge.
Internal work - Exposed on wall
150.1 15 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 26 Mtr 142.95 3717
151 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl
Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability
for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC
plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe
with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes
jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC
solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and
making good the same including testing of joints
complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge.
Concealed work, including cutting chases and
making good the walls etc.
151.1 15 mm dia nominal outer dia pipes 350 Mtr 246.20 86170
152 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I.
fittings and clamps, i/c cutting and making good
the walls etc.
Internal work - Exposed on wall
152.1 20 mm nominal bore 25 Mtr 224.15 5604
153 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I.
fittings including trenching and refilling etc.
External work
153.1 25 mm dia. nominal bore 45 Mtr 205.85 9263

227
`
154 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with

C.I. wheel of approved quality (screwed end) :
154.1 25 mm nominal bore 8 each 428.85 3431
154.3 32 mm nominal bore. 44 each 500.75 22033
155 Providing and fixing ball valve (brass) of
approved quality, High or low pressure, with
plastic floats complete :
156 Providing and fixing gun metal non- return valve
of approved quality (screwed end) :
65mm nominal bore
156.1 Horizontal 3 each 1768.50 5306
80mm nominal bore
156.2 Horizontal 2 each 2503.10 5006
25mm nominal bore
156.3 Horizontal 3 each 410.45 1231
157 Providing and fixing brass ferrule with C.I mouth
cover including boring and tapping the main:
158 Providing and fixing uplasticised PVC connection
pipe with brass unions :
30 cm length
158.1 15mm nominal bore 210 each 59.40 12474
159 Providing and fixing C.P. brass shower rose with
15 or 20 mm inlet :
159.1 150 mm diameter 58 each 85.90 4982
160 Constructing masonry Chamber 60x60x75 cm
inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) for sluice valve, with C.I.
surface box 100mm. top diameter, 160 mm bottom
diameter and 180 mm deep ( inside) with chained
lid and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement :2
coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm
nominal size ) , i/c necessary excavation,
foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand
: 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size)
and inside plastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement : 3 coarse sand) 12 mm thick finished with
a floating coat of neat cement complete as per
standard design :
160.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S.(non modular)
4 each 6849.60 27398
bricks of class designation 100A

228
`
161 Painting G.I. pipes and fittings with synthetic

enamel white paint with two coats over a ready
mixed priming coat, both of approved quality for
new work :
162 Painting G.I. pipes and fittings with two coats of
anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality
:
163 Providing and filling sand of grading zone V or
coarser grade alround the G.I. pipes in external
work.
164 Providing and fixing G.I Union in G.I. pipe
including cutting and threading the pipe and
making long screws etc. complete (New work):
165 Providing and placing on terrace (at all floor
levels) polyethylene water storage tank, IS : 12701
marked, with cover and suitable locking
arrangement and making necessary holes for inlet,
outlet and overflow pipes but without fittings and
the base support for tank.
165.1 Circular tank 3400 Litres 7.25 24650
166 Providing and fixing C.P. brass long body bib
cock of approved quality conforming to IS
standards and weighing not less than 690 gms.

229
`

167 Providing and fixing C.P. brass stop cock
(concealed) of standard design and of approved
make conforming to IS:8931.
168 Providing and fixing C.P. brass angle valve for
basin mixer and geyser points of approved quality
conforming to IS:8931
169 Providing and fixing PTMT Ball cock of approved
quality, colour and make complete with Epoxy
coated aluminium rod with L.P./ H.P.H.D. plastic
ball.
169.1 40 mm nominal bore, 206mm long, weighing not
4 each 646.70 2587
less than 690 gms
169.2 50 mm nominal bore, 242mm long, weighing not
4 each 1125.25 4501
less than 1240 gms
170 Providing and fixing 9 mm thick VidoFlex
Insulation on hot water pipe including one layer of
chicken mesh complete in all respect.
170.1 15 mm dia 290 metre 142.00 41180
170.2 20 mm dia 290 metre 166.00 48140
170.3 25 mm dia 45 metre 201.00 9045
171 Providing and fixing 25mm thick resin bounded
mineral wool section, painting (two coats keeping
a gap of one-two days) coat of bit mastic paint,
securely fixing of the sections of insulation to the
pipes with all joints butted together tightly and
stitching 24 SWG x 20mm mesh G.I. wire netting
over the pipe section and wrapping with
aluminium foil pasting on over lap and tying with
G.I. 16 SWG wire. (Insulation sections should
have a density of 122-145 kg/cum).
171.1 20 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 150 metre 230.00 34500
DRAINAGE AND SEWERAGE
172 Providing, laying and jointing glazed stoneware
pipes class SP-1 with stiff mixture of cement
mortar in the proportion of 1:1 (1 cement : 1 fine
sand) including testing of joints etc. complete :
173 Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1
cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 graded stone aggregate
40 mm nominal size) all-round S.W. pipes

230
`
including bed concrete as per standard design:
173.1 100 mm diameter RCC pipe 20 Mtr 622.95 12459

173.2 150 mm diameter RCC pipe 182 Mtr 761.85 138657
173.3 250 mm diameter RCC Pipe 222 Mtr 1027.00 227994
174 Providing and fixing square-mouth S.W. gully
trap class SP-1 complete with C.I. grating brick
masonry chamber with water tight C.I. cover with
frame of 300 x300 mm size (inside) the weight of
cover to be not less than 4.50 kg and frame to be
not less than 2.70 kg as per standard design :
100x100 mm size P type
174.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
4 each 1602.40 6410
bricks of class designation 7.5
175 Providing and laying non-pressure NP2 class
(light duty) R.C.C. pipes with collars jointed with
stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of
1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) including testing of
joints etc. complete :
175.1 150 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 200 Mtr. 356.70 71340
175.2 250 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 68 Mtr 482.05 32779
176 Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement
mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) with
R.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2
coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1
40 mm nominal size), inside plastering 12 mm
thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement
and making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1
20 mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat
of neat cement complete as per standard design :
Inside size 90x80 cm and 45 cm deep including
C.I. Cover with frame (light duty) 455x610 mm
internal dimensions, total weight of cover and
frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight of cover
23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg) :
5 each 8634.10 43171
Inside size 120x90 cm and 90 cm deep including
C.I. Cover with frame (medium duty) 500 mm
internal diameter, total weight of cover and frame
to be not less than 116 kg (weight of cover 58 kg
and weight of frame 58 kg) :
13 each 18422.40 239491

231
`
177 Extra for depth for manholes :

Size 90x80 cm
1 metre 5718.60 5719
Size 120x90 cm
2 metre 6850.70 13701
178 Constructing brick masonry circular type manhole
0.91m internal dia at bottom and 0.56m dia at top
in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand), in
side cement plaster 12 mm thick with cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished
with a floating coat of neat cement, foundation
concrete 1:3:6 mix (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6
graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size), and
making necessary channel in cement concrete
1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20mm nominal size) finished with a
floating coat of neat cement, all complete as per
standard design :
0.91 m deep with S.F.R.C. cover and frame (heavy
duty,HD-20 grade designation) 560mm internal
diameter conforming to I.S. 12592, total weight of
cover and frame to be not less than 182kg., fixed
in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1cement : 2 coarse sand
including centering, shuttering all
complete.(Excavation, foot rests and 12mm thick
cement plaster at the external surface shall be paid
for separately) :
7 each 8683.75 60786
179 Extra depth for circular type manhole 0.91m
internal dia (at bottom) beyond 0.91m to 1.67m
3 Mtr 4911.80 14735
180 Constructing brick masonry circular manhole 1.22
m internal dia at bottom and 0.56 m dia at top in
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand)
inside cement plaster 12 mm thick with cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished
with a floating coat of neat cement foundation
concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded
stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and making
necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1
20 mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat
of neat cement, all complete as per standard
design :

232
`
1.68 m deep with SFRC Cover and frame (heavy

duty HD- 20 grade designation) 560 mm internal
diameter conforming to I.S. 12592, total weight of
cover and frame to be not less than 182 kg. fixed
in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand
including centering, shuttering all complete.
(Excavation, foot rests and 12 mm thick cement
plaster at the external surface shall be paid for
separately) :
1 each 16560.80 16561
181 Extra depth for circular type manhole 1.22 m
internal dia (at bottom) beyond 1.68 m to 2.29 m :

2 Mtr 6362.65 12725
182 Providing orange colour safety foot rest of
minimum 6 mm thick plastic encapsulated as per
IS : 10910 on 12mm dia steel bar conforming to
IS : 1786 having minimum cross section as 23
mmx25mm and over all minimum length 263 mm
and width as 165mm with minimum 112 mm
space between protruded legs having 2 mm tread
on top surface by ribbing or chequering besides
necessary and adequate anchoring projections on
70 each 327.90 22953
tail length on 138 mm as per standard drawing and
suitable to with stand the bend test and chemical
resistance test as per specifications and having
manufacture's permanent identification mark to be
visible even after fixing, including fixing in
manholes with 30x20x15 cm cement concrete
block 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded
stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) complete as
per design.
183 Providing and fixing in position pre-cast RCC
manhole cover and frame of required shape and
approved quality
H D - 20
183.1 Circular shape 560 mm internal diameter 8 each 1300.95 10408
184 Making connection of drain or sewer line with
existing manhole including breaking into and
making good the walls, floors with cement
concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4
graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
cement plastered on both sides with cement mortar
1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), finished with a
floating coat of neat cement and making necessary
channels for the drain etc. complete :
184.1 For pipes 100 to 250 mm diameter 1 each 391.15 391
184.2 For pipes 250 to 300 mm diameter 2 each 463.45 927

233
`
185 Constructing brick masonry road gully (catchpit)

chamber 60x60x45 cm with bricks in cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including
885x885x150 mm frame @ 126 kg weight and
cover 700x700x75 mm @ 76kg pre-cast R.C.C. 26 Nos 9343.55 242932
horizontal grating Cover HD 20 with frame
rectangular shape complete as per standard design
:With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
186 Extra for depth for road gully chamber 60x60x45
cm With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non 8 m. 7167.56 57340
modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
Aluminium Works
187 Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors,
windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded
built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z
sections and other sections of approved make
conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with
dash fasteners of required dia and size, including
necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at
top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/
neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be
smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed
mechanically wherever required including cleat
angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing /
paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all
complete as per architectural drawings and the
directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing,
paneling and dash fasteners to be paid for
separately) :
For fixed portion
187.1 Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of
9000 kg 384.50 3460500
powder coating 50 micron)
For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators
including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and
making provision for fixing of fittings wherever
required including the cost of EPDM rubber /
neoprene gasket required (Fittings shall be paid
for separately).
187.2 Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of
2500 kg 444.90 1112250
powder coating 50 micron)
188 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door,
window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with
EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket etc. complete as
per the architectural drawings and the directions of
engineer-in-charge . (Cost of aluminium snap
beading shall be paid in basic item):
188.1 With float glass panes of 5.50 mm thickness 75 sqm 1003.95 75296

234
`
189 Providing and fixing double action hydraulic floor

spring of approved brand and manufacture
conforming to IS : 6315, having brand logo
embossed on the body / plate with double spring
mechanism and door weight upto 125 kg, for
doors, including cost of cutting floors, embedding
in floors as required and making good the same
matching to the existing floor finishing and cover
plates with brass pivot and single piece M.S. sheet
outer box with slide plate etc. complete as per the
189.1 With stainless steel cover plate minimum 1.25 mm
19 each 2054.40 39034
thickness
190 Providing and fixing double glazed hermetically
sealed glazing in aluminium windows, ventilators
and partition etc. with 6 mm thick clear float glass
both side, having 12 mm air gap, including
providing EPDM gasket, perforated aluminium 675 sqm 3176.20 2143935
spacers, desiccants, sealant (Both primary and
secondary sealant) etc. as per specifications,
drawings and direction of Engineer-in-charge
complete.
191 Providing and fixing anodised aluminium grill
(anodised transparent or dyed to required shade
according to IS: 1868 with minimum anodic
coating of grade AC 15) of approved
design/pattern, with approved standard section and
fixed to the existing window frame with C.P.
brass/ stainless steel screws @ 200 mm centre to 6000 kg 408.85 2453100
centre, including cutting the grill to proper
opening size for fixing and operation of handles
and fixing approved anodised aluminium standard
section around the opening, all complete as per
requirement and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
(Only weight of grill to be measured for payment).
192 Providing and fixing 12 mm thick frameless
toughened glass door shutter of approved brand
and manufacture, including providing and fixing
top & bottom pivot & spring type fixing
45 sqm 4608.85 207398
arrangement and making necessary holes etc. for
fixing required door fittings, all complete as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge (Door handle,
lock and stopper etc. to be paid separately).
193 Filling the gap in between aluminium/ stone/
wood frame and adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stone/
wood/ Ceramic/ Gypsum work by providing
weather/structural non sag elastomeric PU sealant
over backer rod of approved quality as per
architectural drawings and direction of Engineer-
in-charge complete, complying to ASTM C920,
DIN 18540-F & ISO 11600
193.1 Upto 5 mm depth and 5 mm width 2475 metre 96.65 239209

235
`
193.2 Upto 10 mm depth and 10 mm width 2475 metre 133.20 329670

194 Providing and fixing fly proof stainless steel grade
304 wire gauge, to uPVC windows and clerestory
windows using wire gauge with average width of 350 Sqm 1343.55 470243
aperture 1.4 mm in both directions with wire of
dia. 0.50 mm all complete.
195 Providing and fixing 84R aluminium louvers
manufactured by Hunter Douglas or approved
equivalent brand. 84R panels shall be corrosion
resistant aluminium. Panels shall be roll formed
from made from 0.6 mm thick exterior grade
160 Sqm 6170.56 987290
prepainted coil. Panels shall be fixed to aluminium
white colour stringer in a module of 86mm centre
to centre. Stringer shall be made out of 0.95 mm
thick aluminium. This item shall be executed as
Waterproofing
196 Providing & applying integral crystalline slurry of
hydrophilic in nature for waterproofing treatment
to the RCC structures like retaining walls of the
basement, water tanks, roof slabs, podiums,
reservior, sewage &water treatment plants,
tunnels/subways & bridge deck etc., prepared by
mixing in the ratio of 5:2 (5 parts integral
crystalline slurry:2 parts water) for verticle
surfaces and 3:1 (3 parts integral crystalline
slurry:1 parts water for horizontal surfaces and
applying the same from negative (internal) side
with the help of synthetic fiber brush. The
material shall meet the requirements as per
specified in ACI-212-3R-2010 i.e by reducing
permeability of concrete by more than 90%
compered with control concrete as per DIN 1048
and resistant to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure on
negative side. The crystalline slurry shall be
capable of self-healing of cracks up to a width of
0.50mm. The work shall be carried out all
complete as per specification and the direction of
the engineer-in-charge. The product performance
shall carry guaranteed for 10 years against any
leakage.
196.1 For vertical surface two coats @0.70kg per sqm
170 sqm 468.10 79577
per coat
197 For horizontal surface one coat @1.10 kg per sqm. 80 sqm 362.35 28988
198 Providing and laying water proofing treatment to
vertical and horizontal surfaces of depressed
portions of W.C., kitchen and the like consisting
of:

236
`
i) Ist course of applying cement slurry @ 4.4

kg/sqm mixed with water proofing compound
conforming to IS 2645 in recommended
proportions including rounding off junction of
vertical and horizontal surface.
ii) IInd course of 20 mm cement plaster 1:3 (1
cement : 3 coarse sand) mixed with water proofing
compound in recommended proportion including
rounding off junction of vertical and horizontal
surface.
iii) IIIrd course of applying blown or residual
bitumen applied hot at 1.7 kg. per sqm of area.
198.1 iv) IVth course of 400 micron thick PVC sheet.
(Overlaps at joints of PVC sheet should be 100
835 sqm 505.90 422427
mm wide and pasted to each other with bitumen
@ 1.7 kg/ sqm).
199 Providing and laying integral cement based water
proofing treatment including preparation of
surface as required for treatment of roofs,
balconies, terraces etc consisting of following
operations:
(a) Applying a slurry coat of neat cement using
2.75 kg/sqm of cement admixed with water
proofing compound conforming to IS. 2645 and
approved by Engineer-in-charge over the RCC
slab including adjoining walls upto 300 mm
height including cleaning the surface before
treatment.
(b) Laying brick bats with mortar using broken
bricks/brick bats 25 mm to 115 mm size with 50%
of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand)
admixed with water proofing compound
conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by
Engineer-in-charge over 20 mm thick layer of
cement mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement :5 coarse
sand) admixed with water proofing compound
Engineer-in-charge to required slope and treating
similarly the adjoining walls upto 300 mm height
including rounding of junctions of walls and slabs.
c) After two days of proper curing applying a
second coat of cement slurry using 2.75 kg/ sqm
of cement admixed with water proofing compound
Engineer-in-charge.
(d) Finishing the surface with 20 mm thick
jointless cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1 cement :4
coarse sand) admixed with water proofing
compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved
by Engineer-in- charge including laying glass
fibre cloth of approved quality in top layer of
plaster and finally finishing the surface with

237
`
trowel
with neat cement slurry and making pattern of
300x300 mm square 3 mm deep.
(e) The whole terrace so finished shall be flooded
with water for a minimum period of two weeks for
curing and for final test. All above operations to
be done in order and as directed and specified by
the Engineer-in-Charge :
199.1 With average thickness of 120 mm and minimum
2235 sqm 1034.65 2312443
thickness at khurra as 65 mm.
200 Providing and laying china mosaic flooring using
broken glazed tiles of required colours and shade,
laid in random pattern as per the architectural
drawing fixed on top surface of integral cement
based water proofing treatment including grey
cement slurry @ 4.40 kg./ sqm. base admixed with
water proofing compound. The broken tiles shall
be laid and jointed with cement slurry @
3.30kg/sqm including pointing with white cement 2235 sqm 836.68 1869980
mortar 1:2 (1 White Cement 2 Marble Dust) with
an admixture of pigment to match the approved
shade and mixing water proofing compound in the
proportions recommended by the manufacturer.
levelling and cleaning of top finished surface etc.
including making rough the existing surface by
hacking all complete as per directed by the
Engineer-in- charge.
SUB HEAD V : RAIN WATER
HARVESTING
201 Boring/drilling bore well of required dia for
casing/ strainer pipe, by suitable method
prescribed in IS: 2800 (part I), including
collecting samples from different strata, preparing
and submitting strata chart/ bore log, including
hire & running charges of all equipments, tools,
plants & machineries required for the job, all
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge,
upto 90 metre depth below ground level.
All types of soil
201.1 400 mm dia 75 metre 518.95 38921
202 Boring/drilling bore well of required dia for
casing/ strainer pipe, by suitable method
prescribed in IS: 2800 (part I), including
collecting samples from different strata, preparing
and submitting strata chart/ bore log, including
hire & running charges of all equipments, tools,
plants & machineries required or the job, all
complete as per direction of Engineer -in-charge,
beyond 90 metre & upto 150 metre depth below
ground level.
All types of soil

238
`
202.1 400 mm dia 25 metre 648.70 16218

203 Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in
vertical position in bore well, unplasticized PVC
medium well casing (CM) pipe of required dia,
conforming to IS: 12818, including required hire
and labour charges, fittings & accessories etc. all
complete, for all depths, as per direction of
Engineer -in-charge.
203.1 200 mm nominal size dia 18 metre 610.65 10992
204 Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in
vertical position in borewell unplasticized PVC
medium well screen (RMS) pipes with ribs,
conforming to IS: 12818, including hire & labour
charges, fittings & accessories etc. all complete,
for all depths, as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
204.1 200 mm nominal size dia 60 metre 821.15 49269
205 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling stone
boulders of size range 5 cm to 20 cm, in recharge
pit, in the required thickness, for all leads & lifts, 65 cum 921.90 59924
all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
206 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling gravels of
size range 5 mm to 10 mm, in the recharge pit,
over the existing layer of boulders, in required 65 cum 1038.05 67473
thickness, for all leads & lifts, all complete as per
207 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling coarse
sand of size range 1.5 mm to 2 mm in recharge pit,
in required thickness over gravel layer, for all 65 cum 1038.05 67473
leads & lifts, all complete as per direction of
Engineer -in-charge.
208 Gravel packing in tubewell construction in
accordance with IS: 4097, including providing
gravel fine/ medium/ coarse, in required grading 15 cum 1175.60 17634
& sizes as per actual requirement, all complete as
209 Providing and fixing Bail plug/ Bottom plug of
required dia to the bottom of pipe assembly of
tubewell as per IS:2800 (part I).
209.1 200 mm dia 4 each 253.95 1016
structural glazing aluminium Composite
panel

239
`
210 Providing and supplying aluminium extruded

tubular and other aluminium sections as per the
architectural drawings and approved shop
drawings , the aluminium quality as per grade
6063 T5 or T6 as per BS 1474,including super
durable powder coating of 60-80 microns
conforming to AAMA 2604 of required colour 900 kg 338.25 304425
and shade as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
(The item includes cost of material such as cleats,
sleeves, screws etc. necessary for fabrication of
extruded aluminium frame work. Nothing extra
shall be paid on this account).
211 Designing, fabricating, testing, protection,

installing and fixing in position semi (grid)
unitized system of structural glazing (with open
joints) for linear as well as curvilinear portions of
the building for all heights and all levels,
including:(a) Structural analysis & design and
preparation of shop drawings for the specified
design loads conforming to IS 875 part III (the
system must passed the proof test at 1.5 times
design wind pressure without any failure),
including functional design of the aluminium
sections for fixing glazing panels of various
thicknesses, aluminium cleats, sleeves and splice
plates etc. gaskets, screws, toggles, nuts, bolts,
clamps etc., structural and weather silicone
sealants, flashings, fire stop (barrier)- cum-smoke
seals, microwave cured EPDM gaskets for water
tightness, pressure equalisation & drainage and
protection against fire hazard including:
Fabricating and supplying serrated M.S. hot dip
galvanised / Aluminium alloy of 6005 T5 brackets
of required sizes, sections and profiles etc. to
accommodate 3 Dimentional movement for
achieving perfect verticality and fixing structural
glazing system rigidly to the RCC/
masonry/structural steel framework of building
structure using stainless steel anchor fasteners/
bolts, nylon seperator to prevent bimetallic
contacts with nuts and washers etc. of stainless
steel grade 316, of the required capacity and in
required numbers.

240
`
(c) Providing and filling, two part pump filled,

structural silicone sealant and one part weather
silicone sealant compatible with the structural
silicone sealant of required bite size in a clean and
controlled factory / work shop environment,
including double sided spacer tape, setting blocks
and backer rod, all of approved grade, brand and
manufacture, as per the approved sealant design,
within and all around the perimeter for holding
glass.
(d) Providing and fixing in position flashings of
solid aluminium sheet 1 mm thick and of sizes,
shapes and profiles, as required as per the site
conditions, to seal the gap between the building
structure and all its interfaces with curtain glazing
to make it watertight.
e) Making provision for drainage of moisture/
water that enters the curtain glazing system to
make it watertight, by incorporating principles of
pressure equalization, providing suitable gutter
profiles at bottom (if required), making necessary
holes of required sizes and of required numbers
etc. complete. This item includes cost of all inputs
of designing, labour for fabricating and
installation of aluminium grid, installation of
glazed units, T&P, scaffolding and other
incidental charges including wastages etc.,
enabling temporary structures and services, cranes
or cradles etc. as described above and as specified.
The item includes the cost of getting all the
structural and functional design including shop
drawings checked by a structural designer, dully
approved by Engineer-in-charge. The item also
includes the cost of all mock ups at site, cost of all
samples of the individual components for testing
in an approved laboratory, field tests on the
assembled working structural glazing as specified,
cleaning and protection till the handing over of the
building for occupation. In the end, the Contractor
shall provide a water tight structural glazing
having all the performance characteristics etc. all
complete as required, as per the Architectural
drawings, as per item description, as specified, as
per the approved shop drawings and as directed by
the Engineer- in-Charge.
Note:- 1. The cost of providing extruded
aluminium frames, shadow boxes, extruded
aluminium section capping for fixing in the
grooves of the curtain glazing and vermin proof
stainless steel wire mesh shall be paid for
separately under relevant items under this sub-
head. However, for the purpose of payment, only

241
`
the actual area of structural glazing (including

width of grooves) on the external face shall be
measured in sqm. up to two decimal places.
Note:- 2. The following performance test are to be

conducted on structural glazing system if area of
structural glazing exceeds 2500 Sqm from the
certified laboratories accreditated by NABL
(National Accreditation Board for Testing and
Calibration Laboratories), Department of Science
& Technologies, India. Cost of testing is payable
separately. The NIT approving authority will
decide the necessity of testing on the basis of cost
of the work, cost of the test and importance of the
work. Performance Testing of Structural glazing
system Tests to be conducted in the NBL Certified
laboratories
(1) Performance Laboratory Test for Air Leakage
Test (-50pa to - 300pa) & (+50pa to +300pa) as
per ASTM E-283-04 testing method for a range of
testing limit 1 to 200 mVhr(2) Static Water
Penetration Test. (50pa to 1500pa) as per
ASTME- 331-09 testing method for a range up to
2000 ml.(3) Dynamic Water Penetration (50pa to
1500pa) as per AAMA 501.01- 05 testing method
for a range upto 2000 ml(4) Structural
45 sqm 2409.90 108446
Performance Deflection and deformation by static
air pressure test (1.5 times desing wind pressure
without any failure) as per ASTME-330-10 testing
method for a range upto 50 mm (5) Seismic
Movement Test (upto 30 mm) as per AAMA
501.4-09 testing method for Qualitative test. Tests
to be conducted on site.(6) Onsite Test for Water
Leakage for a pressure range 50 kpa to 240 kpa
(35psi) upto 2000 ml
212 Providing, assembling and supplying vision glass
panels (IGUs) comprising of hermetically-sealed
6-12- 6 mm insulated glass (double glazed) vision
panel units of size and shape as required and
specified, comprising of an outer heat
strengthened float glass 6mm thick, of approved
colour and shade with reflective soft coating on
surface # 2 of approved colour and shade, an inner
Heat strengthned clear float glass 6mm thick,
spacer tube 12mm wide, dessicants, including
primary seal and secondary seal (structural
silicone sealant) etc. all complete for the required
performances, as per the Architectural drawings,
as per the approved shop drawings, as specified
and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
IGUs shall be assembled in the factory/ workshop
of the glass processor.“(Payment for fixing of IGU

242
`
Panels in the curtain glazing is included in cost of

item No.26.2)“For payment, only the actual area
of glass on face # 1 of the glass panels (excluding
the areas of the grooves and weather silicone
sealant) provided and fixed in position, shall be
measured in sqm.“
(i) Coloured tinted float glass 6mm thick substrate

with reflective soft coating on face # 2, + 12mm
Airgap + 6mm Heat Strengthened clear Glass of
approved make having properties as visible Light
transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35 %, Light
reflection internal 10 to 15%, light reflection 45 sqm 3730.70 167882
external 10 to 20 %, shading coefficient (0.25-
0.28) and U value of 3.0 to 3.3 W/m2 degree K
etc. The properties of performance glass shall be
decided by technical sanctioning authority as per
the site requirement.
GARBAGE CHUTE
213 Design, Built and Install segregated type
automatice garbage chute of 450 diameter made
with stainless steel 430 grade having thickness
1.2mm. Chute should have bottom hinged self-
closing hopper type door of size 300x375mm at
every floor fitted with gas piston to ensure smooth
& silent closing of door. All intake door should
have electric interlock alongwith stainless steel
Tee handle with self latching mechanism. The
door should have slection panel with "Dry" and
"Wet" buttons
The garbage chute should have cleaning sprinkler
having 120 degree, full cone and solid profile high
pressure water jet to ensure proper cleaning. The
sprinkler are operated though automatic control
panel in colletion room. The chute should have air
vent system with exhuast at top floor. Auto fire
horizontal sliding door shall be installed at bottom
discharge end of chute.
The Garbage chute should be provided for Stilt+7
floors having height of 25.0 Mtr. Having
following component:
Intake Door (Segregated) - 7 Nos

Hooper ((Segregated)- 7 Nos
Intermediate Pieces (In Mtrs.) - 16.6 Mtr
Discharge piece- 1 No.
Sanitation Unit - 1 No.
Air Vent with Exhaust system - 1 No.
Diverter - 1 No.
Master Control Panel - 1 No.

243
`
Discharge End Auto Fire Door - 1 No.

Fire Sprinkler - 4 Nos.
Trolley - 360 litres - 1 No.
Trolley - 240 litres - 1 No.
Odour control unit - 1 No.
The Garbage chute should be provided for Stilt+7
floors having above component for height of 25.0 2 Nos 736040.00 1472080
Mtr.
Total Rs. 279953527
Add Cost Index on DSR items @12.745 %
(Except item nos. 12.2, 35, 44, 45, 46, 52, 53.1,
54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60.1, 61.1, 61.2, 61.3, 62,
63.1, 64, 65, 66, 68.1, 68.2, 69.1, 69.2, 70.1, 71.1,
86.1, 87.1, 88.1, 89.1, 91.2, 92.2, 104, 105, 106, 27772599
107, 120, 121, 122, 123, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131,
132, 133, 134, 135, 147, 148.1, 149, 170.1, 170.2,
170.3, 171.1, 171.2, 171.3, 171.4, 171.5, 185, 186,
195, 200, 213)
Grand total Rs. Total Rs. 307726126
Executive Engineer
IITPD-II, CPWD, IIT Campus,
Hauz Khas, New Delhi-16

244

General Index: Sl. No. Description Page No

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

General Index: Sl. No. Description Page No

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

General Index: Sl. No. Description Page No

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

Name of work:-Construction of 414 capacity single seated New Girls Hostel at

Assistant Engineer (P) Executive Engineer (P) Executive Engineer (E)

Chief Project Manager

Time and Date of Opening of Eligibility bid 15:30 hrs. on 09/04/2018.

ADDITION: NIL CORRECTION : NIL AE(P) EE(P)

VOLUME I OF PART “A”

OFFICE OF THE CHIEF PROJECT MANAGER

ADDITION: NIL CORRECTION : NIL AE(P) EE(P)

Last date & time of submission 15:00 hrs. on 09/04/2018

Time & date of opening 15:30 hrs. on 09/04/2018

ADDITION: NIL CORRECTION : NIL AE(P) EE(P)

Note-3:Mumty/lift machine room/basement will not be counted as storey for

SL. Component of Estimated Eligibility

Three similar works each costing not less than

Similar work shall mean “Internal Electrical

Components of work executed other than those

The value of executed works shall be brought to

3. HVAC Rs. 3.50 Should have successfully completed the works as

ADDITION: NIL CORRECTION : NIL AE(P) EE(P)

Similar works means “SITC of Central Air-

Components of work executed other than those

The value of executed works shall be brought to

Three similar works each costing not less

Similar works means “SITC Wet riser and sprinkler

Components of work executed other than those

The value of executed works shall be brought to

Three similar works each costing not less

Similar works means “SITC of

Components of work executed other than those

The value of executed works shall be brought to

Three similar works each costing not less

Similar works means “SITC of Solar Water Heater.”

Components of work executed other than those

ADDITION: NIL CORRECTION : NIL AE(P) EE(P)

Three similar works each costing not less

Similar works means “SITC of CCTV.”

Components of work executed other than those

The value of executed works shall be brought to

Three similar works each costing not less

Similar works means “SITC of LAN.”

Components of work executed other than those

ADDITION: NIL CORRECTION : NIL AE(P) EE(P)

The value of executed works shall be brought to

Three similar works each costing not less

Similar works means “SITC of Sub-Station” having

Components of work executed other than those

The value of executed works shall be brought to

Three similar works each costing not less

Components of work executed other than those

The value of executed works shall be brought to

5. The bid document consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of

3 Certificate of Registration for GST

ADDITION: NIL CORRECTION : NIL AE(P) EE(P)

5 Financial information (Form ‘A’).

6 Bank Solvency Certificate (Form ‘B’).

8 Performance report of works referred in Form ‘C’ (Form ‘D’)

9 Structure & Organization (Form ‘E’).